Chapter 1: Part 1
Chapter Text
You wake up.
At first you were a bit confused by your surroundings. It was dark, yet a dim light could be seen all around you, so it wasn't completely void of light. You recalled previous events that happened not too long ago to yourself, you remembered walking down the streets, trying to get home when you saw a truck come at you.
You thought for sure that you were hit by the truck. But as you look down at your body there wasn't a single scar or mark. The next thing you notice was a voice, almost a whisper even.
"Over here" It said.
You walk to where the voice was located. There you found what looked like a small, bizarre gap. Looking at it you notice what seems to be a variety of eyes staring back at you.
Then a figure emerged from the gap. A beautiful woman, with long blonde hair, a purple silky dress, and a mature yet mysterious aura radiating around her. She twirled her parasol a bit before smiling back at you.
"My my. Of all the people to be sent here, you're quite a surprise." The woman said. "You're probably confused by what happened, but let's just say that you earned a second chance at life."
A second chance, you thought. Surely this can't be real. This has to be a dream right?
"This is not a dream in case you were wondering." The woman giggled. You found it shocking that she knew what you were thinking, but before you could speak, she interrupted you once again.
"Before I send you to Gensokyo, I must inform you that it is quite a dangerous place for a fragile being such as you. So, I'll grant you one ability that you desire. Although I can only grant you one from a limited pool, so choose wisely."
You didn't even have time to react as 6 different colored orbs surrounded you: Red-White, Black-White, Blue-Silver, White-Green, Purple-Red and Green-Blue respectively, all in the shape of yin-yang orbs.
"One of these orbs shall grant you an ability, that ability will help you adjust to your newfound life. Don't worry, I'll let you repick in the future if you desire so." The woman said, patiently waiting for you to choose.
Having no choice, you look at the surrounding orbs...
Which do you pick?
Chapter 2: Part 2
Summary:
You picked Blue-Silver (Grants Time Manipulation)
Chapter Text
You looked at all of the 6 orbs that surrounded you, before laying your eyes on one of them. You're not entirely certain why but the Blue-Silver orb seemed the most appealing to you.
As you walk closer to it, you feel a strange feeling well up inside of you. And when you touched it, a large flash enveloped your eyes.
You feel a surge of power flow around you. It was as if the past, present, and future all combined together just for you. You feel like time was slowing down yet speeding up. You feel like everything was moving and unmoving, still and quick, ongoing and settled.
When the light finally faded, you opened your eyes, looking down you notice a strange pocket watch in your hands. It was well-made, and looked brand new.
"This is what you will be using from now on. Make sure to keep it safe and secure, you wouldn't want to be losing that." The woman said. "Now then... Off you go."
Before you could ask for her name, she snapped her fingers, opening a gap below you as you fell in.
You fell for a few minutes before landing with a thud on the soft grass. How you didn't break a single bone in your body can be asked another time, you have other things to worry about now.
You look around, getting up and brushing off any grass that was on you. You seem to be in a large open field, unsure of your exact location.
You look back at the watch that is in your hands again. Feeling curious, you press the top of the watch. Suddenly the world turned more grey besides you. Nothing moved, or showed signs of moving. The grass below you didn't flow with the wind, you can't even feel the wind around you, yet picking up a few pieces of grass showed that they only move when you do, as when you let them go they moved slowly before stopping midair. Feeling worried you go and press the watch again, and everything went back to normal.
You heard a sound behind you. Turning around you caught a glimpse of one of the gaps you saw earlier just before it vanished. Looking down you saw what seems to be a map.
Picking it up you saw what seems to be a map of a region. On the top left you saw a note attached to it, it said: "This is a map of Gensokyo, I recommend heading to the Human Village to get accustomed, but you're free to make your own choice if you please."
Judging by the neat handwriting you assume it was from that woman from before, you look at the map again and started to look at the marked locations.
It's best to get moving, so where do you want to go?
Chapter 3: Part 3
Summary:
You Picked Human Village
Chapter Text
After giving it some thought, you decided to take the woman's advice and decided your course to the Human Village. After determining where you are on the map, you began heading to where the village is located.
Yet the moment you took your first step, another gap appeared below you, causing you to fall in. Something tells you that these gaps are going to be a regular occurrence.
As you fell in, you quickly landed at the foot of the village's entrance. You look around, noticing the distinct design and structure of the buildings. It resembles a more old-fashioned Japanese look compared to the more modern cities you've been used to most of your life.
Everyone also seemed to be wearing somewhat odd-looking clothing. But since everyone is wearing these outfits it doesn't look as strange as it may seem to you.
Just by this glance alone, you can tell that this newfound place will take some getting used to.
What do you do?
Chapter 4: Part 4
Summary:
You decide to Wander around and explore the village
Chapter Text
Well you can't just stand around doing nothing. So you decide to walk right into the village.
At first, nothing odd happened. You walked around, seeing some of the buildings and the sceneries. But then you began noticing the stares of everyone else.
A few of the people around you just look at you, like you're a foreign exchange student who just transferred to a new school... Which is similar to the situation you're in right now.
Looking down, you see that the clothes you're wearing do stand out. It's nothing too abnormal, but when everyone is wearing the same outfit besides you, it makes it all the more obvious that you're not exactly from here.
Feeling nervous, you figured the best solution is to go to a store and see if they have any clothes you can wear: Only problem is you're not 100% certain if they'll accept your currency.
But it's at least worth a shot.
...
You just left the Kirisame-ya Second Hand Shop. You were so thankful they had clothes that fit you, and you were lucky enough that they did accept your money. What you're wearing is a bit baggy, but now no one should give you weird looks now.
Now the other thing to worry about is food. But you already spent most of your money on the clothes, so you likely don't have enough for anything else.
If only there was someone who can help you...
*crash*
You turned around, seeing two people lying on the ground and a bunch of capsules and containers scattered all over.
"Hey! Watch where you're going next time!"
"S-sorry! I was just trying to deliver this medicine in time!"
You look at the two individuals who were speaking to one another. The first was a girl who wore what seems to be a blue maid outfit. If you thought you stood out earlier, they were like a sore thumb.
The other however was more odd. Sure their clothes were normal like all the other villagers, but what truly made them stand out was the rabbit ears.
Based on this picture alone, you can clarify that they likely bumped into each other. As you see them argue, you notice that things were starting to escalate between the two.
"You want to settle this with a danmaku battle?" The maid said.
"Bring it!" The rabbit girl said.
Quickly you see all the other villagers in the surrounding area begin to scatter. Unsure of what's happening, you just stand there and watch.
In a matter of seconds, the two girls began shooting out bullets and knives at one another. The patterns were a sight to behold, yet also dangerous at the same time.
The two girls clashed and dodged, flying through the sky and blasting each other with their attacks. You were so in awe that you actually began to walk closer.
The Rabbit Girl noticed your presence. She quickly turned to look at you. However this left her open for an attack by the maid, causing her to be knocked into a nearby wall.
You snapped out of your awe, realizing that you essentially walked into a literal battle taking place. You just stood there as the maid floated back down and planted her feet, picking up a few of her knives that scattered across the area.
What do you do?
Chapter 5: Part 5
Summary:
You decide to go help the rabbit girl
Chapter Text
Taking a step forward, you walked over to where the rabbit girl landed. The maid noticed you, but didn't bother trying to stop you or anything, instead she picked up the rest of her knives and went back to what she was doing prior.
The rabbit girl winced in pain, rubbing her head as she mumbled something under her breath. Despite the impact being severe she looks like she only suffered a few scratches, making you wonder if people in this world are more resilient.
You reached out your hand to them. "A-are you okay?" You ask.
The rabbit girl noticed you holding out your hand to them, she didn't move at first, instead just stared at you with a confused look. "U-Um... I guess so?" She said.
"Do you need help getting up?" You ask.
"...No actually." She said in a more calm voice. "I'm used to people attacking me out of nowhere, so being knocked into a wall is- ACK!!!" She winced in pain as she clenches her ankle. "Augh... I think I sprained my ankle..." She said.
You went down and try to help her up. Once again you offered your hand, this time she took it. You pulled her up as she leaned on the wall a bit to not apply too much pressure on her ankle.
"Do you need something to help ease the pain?" You ask.
"Yeah... go to where my pack was, there should be some bandages that I can wrap around my ankle."
You walk over to where she pointed to, walking over you see the pack just lying there, surprisingly unaffected by the previous battle that took place, despite a few of the medicines lying around and scattered.
Opening the pack, you see a large variety of medicines, labeled and organized. Some were marked for physical pain, some for mental ones, and others for... Well it's hard to say really. What's more interesting is how they were separated. The left side was marked as "Human Medicine", the other marked for "Youkai Medicine".
Youkai... You remember learning about them once after a lazy day of browsing the internet, they're these supernatural beings that were born from human fears, most of them are seen as terrifying creatures, bloodthirsty and only seeking to make humans either their toy or their meal. You always pondered on what it would be like if you encountered a youkai... Thinking about it the gap woman from before, was she a youkai?
You waved the thought away as you continue back to what you were doing. You grabbed the bandages and walked back to where the rabbit girl was.
"Here you go." You said. "Do you need me to wrap these around you?"
"No, I can do it." She said, sitting back down to apply the bandages. A couple of minutes later she finished and put her footwear back on, limping a bit but able to walk for now.
"Thanks." She said. "I'll be fine here, no need to worry about me."
"But you still look hurt. Also how were you flying around and shooting bullets out of your fingers?" You ask.
"What do you mean?" She asked, feeling confused. "Actually thinking about it... Why did you walk straight into the battle? You could've gotten hurt if you weren't careful." She said in a more stern tone. "You act like you're not from here or something."
Well she's not wrong I guess. You thought. "Sorry... But the patterns were so amazing that I lost my focus." You laughed a bit.
"...You're weird for a human." She said. "Then again maybe you're just insane... What's your name?" She asked.
Your name... Do you even have a name?
Obviously you do... But what was it?
Chapter 6: Part 6
Summary:
Their name is Fargo Kaninchen (and also Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke)
Chapter Text
"My name... Is Fargo Kaninchen." You said. "However, my friends call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You spoke without stuttering.
The rabbit girl looked at you with another odd look. "Um... Okay?" She said, shaking her head and composing herself. "My name is Reisen Udongein Inaba, please just call me Reisen."
"It is nice to meet you Reisen." You said. "So... What was that all about with the maid from before?"
"You mean Sakuya?" Reisen said. "Well I accidentally ran into her because I was-" Reisen gasped suddenly, quickly moving to her pack, despite her limping. "Oh no... I forgot that I need to deliver all this medicine before sundown!!! Master is going to kill me!!!"
You look at the sky, noticing that it was already the afternoon and approaching the evening.
Quickly she picks up the scattered containers and put them back into the pack. She puts it on her back and attempts to start moving, only problem is her ankle is sprained, so it would be hard to run. She kneels down again to check on her ankle.
"Damn it... I can't get my work done at this rate..." Reisen said in a sad tone. You look at her, feeling bad for her current predicament. Then she turned to face you.
"Fargo was it?" Reisen asked. "Since you were somewhat responsible for this, I like it if you can help me with delivering all the medicine. If you do, I'll reward you." She said with a slight smile on her face.
"...What happens if I say no?" You ask.
Reisen's smile faded away and was replaced with her eyes widening, glaring at you like you're the most insignificant thing on the planet. "I don't think you want to find out..."
"..." You felt a shiver go down your spine.
What do you do?
Chapter 7: Part 7
Summary:
You agree to help Reisen with her deliveries
Chapter Text
You nod your head yes rapidly, to which Reisen smiled with a happy look of joy.
"Perfect!" She said, removing her pack and making you hold it. It was heavy for sure, you're not certain how someone like her can carry it with ease.
"The job isn't too hard, all we need to do is go to these locations on this list for the day and we'll be done." Reisen said, holding a list.
Sure enough it wasn't too long of a list. Only about... 20 people.
"Um... I don't think we can get through all of these by sundown." You say.
"Don't worry, I know this village well so as long you carry all the medicine we'll be fine. Follow me." Reisen took your wrist and began pulling you with her as the two of you walked.
The first half hour was quiet. Neither of you really said anything to one another, but instead just went from location to location to get all the medicine delivered.
If something was going to kill you in this new world, it was going to be sheer boredom.
You might as well start a conversation with Reisen.
What do you talk about?
Chapter 8: Part 8
Summary:
You decide to talk about Gensokyo.
Chapter Text
"So... I heard that people call this place Gensokyo. How much do you know about it?" You ask.
Reisen turned to look at you. "Gensokyo? Well... According to my Master, it was originally a sanctuary for youkai and gods whose existence was at risk, this place is a way to continue living without worrying about people forgetting them." Reisen said. "Wait, why do you want to know about that?"
"Oh... No reason." You said with a bit of hesitation. "I just wanted to talk about something while we handle these deliveries."
"I see... I can understand that. Sometimes you just want to talk to someone even if you're busy." Reisen said.
You chuckled a bit. "Anyways, what else do you know about Gensokyo?" You ask.
"What else? Well, there are several locations that I know of. You have Youkai Mountain, home of many dangerous youkai as well as the location of Moriya Shrine. Then there is Misty Lake, with the Scarlet Devil Mansion close by. You also have The Bamboo forest of the Lost, The Forest of Magic, and then Hakurei Shrine." Reisen listed each one with her hand.
"That's a lot of places." You say.
"It may seem like that, but Gensokyo isn't as big of an area as some think it is." Reisen said. "There's this saying that if you were to try to reach the end of Gensokyo, you will always wind up at Hakurei Shrine."
"Why is that?" You ask.
Reisen shrugged her shoulders as the two of you reach your next destination.
You went and delivered the medicine to the customer and went on your way to the next one.
What do you talk about next?
Chapter 9: Part 9
Summary:
You decide to talk about The Human Village
Chapter Text
"You said you know this village well. How much do you know exactly?" You ask.
"The village? Well its population is mostly comprised of solely humans, however there do exist a few youkai and other species, though they don't come out during the day." Reisen said.
"Youkai?" You ask.
"Yeah, beings built on humans deepest fears and the unknown... Have you never seen a youkai?" Reisen asked.
"Of course! I just wanted to see if you know!" You said.
Reisen stared at you before shrugging it off.
"A-anyways, what else do you know about the village?" You ask.
"Well... There are several locations, like the House of Hieda, the Terakoya, Suzunaan, and Geidontei just to name a few." Reisen said.
"I see. You know this place better than I thought."
The two of you went to the next customer and went on your merry way.
What else do you talk about?
Chapter 10: Part 10
Summary:
You decide to talk about Reisen's Hobbies
Chapter Text
"So, what do you do for fun when you're not working?" You ask.
"Fun?" Reisen asked. She spent a good 30 seconds before answering that question.
"Well... Sometimes I like to spend time with my friends. I don't have that many friends here in Gensokyo however." She said. "Other than that... I don't really have any hobbies."
"Really? There must be something that you enjoy." You say. "What about games? Do you like those?"
"As in video games? Not really, my princess once tried to make me play with her, but they were too weird for me and it's hard to look at screens for too long." Reisen says.
"Then... What about reading? Do you like manga?"
"I like to read, but manga? Not my kind of thing."
"...Karaoke?" You ask hesitantly.
"I find it too loud for my ears."
"Then what do you like?" You ask, hoping there is at least one thing you and Reisen would have in common.
"Hm..." Reisen thought to herself again when you came across an elder woman struggling to get back up.
Do you help the elder woman?
Chapter 11: Part 11
Summary:
You decide to help the Elder Woman.
Chapter Text
You walk over to the elder woman, holding out a hand as they take it and get right back up.
"Oh, thank you kind young folk." The Elder woman said. "Say, I haven't seen you before here."
"Um..." You hesitate. "I-I've always been here though."
"Really now? Cause I've been living here for over 80 years and I have never seen you before." The Elder woman said.
You look back, noticing Reisen quickly looking the other way, she seemed a bit nervous as you notice what seemed to be a smile that she had.
After helping the elder woman, you went back and continued the walk with Reisen.
...
It took a while, but you managed to get all the deliveries finished in time.
"Phew..." Reisen said. "Glad we got that done."
"Yeah..." You said, feeling tired from carrying the pack the whole time. You never knew that medicine could weigh so much. "I guess you don't need me any longer now."
"Not really." Reisen said. "...I suppose I owe you for helping me. Come, I know a good area where they sell Dango."
You follow Reisen down the village. Moments later, you began seeing what seems to be a line.
The line was long, very long in fact. You recall the one time when you went to a theme park as a kid, and you were always shocked when the lines for all the best rides stretched beyond your expectations.
So why are there so many people lined up just for Dango?
"So... Is this the line we need to wait by?" You ask Reisen.
Reisen laughed a bit. "Relax, we're not going to have Ringo's, that would take too long."
You walk with Reisen some more, passing down the line as you were able to see where the line ends.
At the stand, you saw what looks like a girl frantically serving and making food for the crowd of impatient customers, she looks like she is struggling a bit, but is keeping the flow of work consistent.
What you also notice is she had long rabbit ears, just like Reisen. It's a bit surprising as you were somewhat convinced that Reisen's ears were either fake or a very strange genetic mutation. But now that you see another girl with rabbit ears your assumption for Reisen is now less true.
Finally, you and Reisen make your way to a more isolated part of the area. There you see another stand, called "Seiran's". There was a girl, also with rabbit ears, standing there with dead eyes and holding what looks to be a small bladed knife in her hands.
"Hey Seiran!!!" Reisen shouted at the girl.
Quickly the girl scrambled to hide the knife away and recompose herself to look more normal, forming a smile on her face and letting her eyes brighten up. "Oh! Hello again Reisen!" Seiran said. "How is your day?"
"It was alright. I ended up spraining my ankle after facing against Sakuya earlier."
"You mean the maid? Yeah I think I saw her not too long ago. Came over just to see what my stand was, then quickly left when she heard Ringo was having a sale... again."
"It's okay Seiran..." Reisen said with a sincere tone. "I'm certain that you'll get more customers eventually... Speaking of, I actually brought someone here with me."
You walk over, letting Seiran take a good look at you before smiling. "Well hello there valuable and kind customer!!! Would you like to try some of my freshly made dango!?" Seiran said in the most enthusiastic voice.
"Um... Sure." You said.
"Great! We have many flavors and varieties available! We have normal, vanilla, chocolate, strawberry, and our limited edition Seiran flavor!" She said.
"What... What is Seiran Flavor?" You ask.
"..." Seiran just stared at you with a zoned out look, as if she has looked right at you in another dimension. "Only one way to find out huh?"
"..." This is the second time you got shivers from a rabbit girl.
Which dango do you pick?
Chapter 12: Part 12
Summary:
You decide on the Seiran Flavor
Chapter Text
"I guess I'll go with the Seiran Flavor." You said reluctantly.
"Perfect!" Seiran said in a happy tone. "What about you Reisen?"
"I'll have what they're having." Reisen said.
"Then 2 Seiran-Flavors, coming right up!!!"
10 minutes later...
You and Reisen waited for what seemed to be an unreasonable amount of time just for some dango. The two of you talked about a few things, they were mostly random topics. Eventually, Seiran came back out, holding two servings of dango.
"Here is your dango... Sorry for the wait..." Seiran said, sweating and panting slightly.
"Um... Are you okay?" Reisen asked.
"Oh yeah, I'm fine..." Seiran said, handing the dango to you and Reisen.
"How much?" You ask.
"Oh, this is on the house, since you're friends with Reisen. Plus you're the first customer I had in a week." Seiran said.
That is a sad thing to say in your opinion.
You look at the dango in your hand, picking it up, you decide to take a bite. Reisen did the same thing as well.
The taste... It's strange to say the least. It has some sweetness to it, but also a bit salty. You're unsure what this taste is supposed to represent.
You look at Reisen, and she doesn't seem to mind the taste. In fact, she looks like she enjoys it.
"This is really good Seiran!" Reisen said. "How did you make this?"
"Trade secret~" Seiran said with a wink.
How do you respond?
Chapter 13: Part 13
Chapter Text
"This is delicious!!!" You say.
"Really!?" Seiran asked with joy in her eyes. "Thank you! I rarely hear anyone say something like that to my dango before!"
That is another sad thing to say.
You look at the rest of your dango. Each bite, no matter how it tastes, fills your mind with joy and wonder. You feel like your body would glow and your clothes would be torn off any moment now. Your face screams with wonder, and you just want to let out how you truly feel right now.
...But knowing that you don't want to weird out the people in front of you, you decide to hold back.
"By the way, I don't think I've gotten your name yet, what is it?" Seiran asked you.
"Oh, it's Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say without pause.
"...Um... Okay, I don't think I'll ever call you that, but it's nice to meet you." Seiran said, giving you a confused look.
Reisen looks up at the sky. "Oh! I need to get going now! Else Master will scold me!" Reisen said.
"Okay then, take care!" Seiran said.
Just as Reisen was about to take off, she looked at you.
"Say... You have somewhere to live right?" Reisen asked.
"Huh? Why do you ask?" You say.
"It's just... I never seen you here before, yet you suddenly showed up now of all times..."
She's right. You only showed up here at the human village, so it's not like you have a home to go to. And you already spent most of your remaining money on the clothes, so even if you manage to find an inn, you won't have enough money on anything else.
"...You're right... I don't really have a home here." You say.
"I see..." Reisen said, looking to the side while thinking to herself for a moment. "...Okay, I know we only just met, but I would feel bad if the person who helped me ends up sleeping on the streets, so what can I do to help you until you at least find a solution?"
You're a bit surprised at how Reisen is willing to help you at this moment, but then again she does look like the type to help others whenever possible.
How do you respond?
Chapter 14: Part 14
Summary:
You decide to ask for any possible places to work.
Chapter Text
"I guess... You can help me by telling me where I can get a job?" You say.
"A job..." Reisen said. "Well... A job is a good start. I would recommend just finding a job here, there should be plenty of stores in the village that are hiring. Though I'm not sure if any of them would provide shelter."
"Do you know any good places I can work?" You ask.
"There's the Terakoya. You can work as a teacher assistant, as long you can prove that you're well-educated. Geidontei is also another place you can work, its a bar but I think you can apply for their kitchen." Reisen said. "Those are the only places I know much about that hire."
"What about outside the village? Are there any other areas?" You ask.
"...The Scarlet Devil Mansion is a good place. They pay very well, provide food and shelter, and the environment isn't as bad as some rumors may say it is." Reisen says. "However, I wouldn't recommend it as the workload is massive. So unless you have an ability similar to what Sakuya has, it's best you look elsewhere."
You thought about what she meant by that. You checked your pocket and feel the watch that you still have in there. Could that work somehow?
"There's also Eientei clinic, the place I work at. You don't need any medical experience or anything to work there. I'm certain that my Master would find something for you if you decide." Reisen said. "You don't have to decide now, but if you ever feel like coming over for some medicine, just make sure to find Mokou so you don't get lost in the bamboo forest." Reisen said with a smile.
She walks over to you, taking your hand and placing something on it. It was a small pouch.
"What's this?" You ask.
"Money, it should be enough for at least 3 nights at the village Inn. Don't worry about paying me back. Hopefully you figure something out." Reisen said. She turned the other way, putting her pack on firmly and proceed to walk.
"...Why are you helping me like this? You barely know me?" You ask. You found it strange how helpful Reisen has been, even though you're a stranger to her.
"..." Reisen looks back at you, the lighting of the sun shined in her eyes, making them glow a bit. "It's because I like to make myself useful to others."
As she walked off, you wonder about her. Other than the rabbit ears on her head, there's something about her that just feels... Well you're not sure what it is exactly.
You hold the pouch firmly in your hand, walking down the road as it is just about the evening. You walked until you arrived at an inn. You checked in, went to your room, and got ready to go to sleep.
...
You open your eyes. Sitting back up, you look around. The place seems to be familiar, like you've been here before.
It was dark, but a dim light could still be seen so it wasn't completely void of light. Walking around you see what looks to be a small portal. This does feel familiar indeed.
You feel like walking towards it, but decided not to. However, taking a step back, you felt you bumped into something that was behind. Turning around, you saw her.
She wore a purple dress that fit her body well, long blonde hair that swayed a bit with each step, and a parasol that stayed closed this time. She looked down at you with a smile.
"My my... We meet again." The woman said.
"It's... It's you..." You say. "How are you-"
"In your dreams? There's no need to question that for now. Lets just say I know a person." The woman said. "I see you've gotten accustomed in Gensokyo better than I thought. Most people who arrive here normally get killed by wild youkai the moment they breathe."
The thought made you uncomfortable. But you do have some questions that you wish to ask now that you have your chance.
"Who are you? What do you want with me?" You ask.
The woman giggled a bit. "I guess I did forget to introduce myself last time. Very well... My name is Yukari Yakumo. I'm what is known as a gap youkai. Now... Who are you exactly?"
"My name is Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But I also go by-"
"No need for that long name of yours." Yukari said. "But I wasn't asking for your name... I want to know what you are."
...You're not sure what she meant by that. You should know what you are right?
...Right?
"Confused? It's okay... I'll help you..." Yukari made a gap appear. Out came a full-length mirror, showing a reflection.
"I want you to look at yourself... And tell me what you see..."
You look into the mirror...
What do you see?
Chapter 15: Part 15
Summary:
As you look into the mirror, you are able to get a glimpse of yourself.
And based on what you can tell... You're a human.
Chapter Text
"I see a human." You say.
Yukari frowns at your statement. "Huh... That's rather boring. I honestly expected you to say something else entirely. Oh well." Yukari opens a gap, sending the mirror away. "Well now that we got that out of the way, I guess now's the time for you to wake up."
"Wait." You say. "You still haven't answered my-"
Yukari snaps her fingers as everything turned pitch black.
...
You open your eyes wide. Sitting straight up, you look around, seeing that you're still inside the room you rented for the night.
You get out of your bed, walking over to the dresser where the mirror was located.
You look at yourself... You're indeed human.
With a sigh of relief, you went out of the room, thanking the service for the night stay as you walk out.
Looking around, you see everyone walking as if everything was normal. A part of you was kinda hoping that everything that happened yesterday was nothing more than a very long dream, one where you wake up from and find out you're in a hospital after miraculously surviving being hit by a truck.
But no... It seems you're stuck in this place.
You recall your talk with Reisen yesterday. About how you could go find a place to work at.
She mentioned 4 places she knows of that you can work at.
The Terakoya is a good option to work as a teacher assistant. It's still inside the village and could be a good opportunity to learn a thing or two about this place.
Geidontei is also another option. You were told it is a bar so there's a possibility you could get free food.
Then there is the Scarlet Devil Mansion. Reisen mentioned about how it comes with many benefits, but with a massive workload. You still have your pocket watch, so that could come in handy if you decide that place.
Finally there is Eientei, the place Reisen works at. She mentioned it was located at the Bamboo Forest. You still have the map with you, so finding where it is shouldn't be too hard.
What do you choose?
Chapter 16: Part 16
Summary:
You decide on Eientei
Chapter Text
It only makes sense to go to the place where someone you know works at. Reisen has been very helpful to you, so why not?
You pull out your map, looking at where the Bamboo Forest of the Lost is located. Reisen mentioned about seeking a person named Mokou for guidance, but you're unsure who or where they are at right now.
Regardless, you decided to head to the Bamboo Forest of the Lost.
And as you did, a portal appeared below you as you fell in.
...
You landed on your feet, looking up and seeing the portal closing on you. It's like this map lets you do a fast travel like those open-world games you played, where every time you choose a location on the map to head to, you immediately go there without wasting time walking.
It's either that or Yukari is messing with you.
Nonetheless, you look at your surroundings. In front of you is tall stalks of bamboo, with an open path inside.
You notice a sign to your right. You went and read it.
The first line was neatly written, saying: "Welcome to the Bamboo Forest of the Lost. Please be careful when walking in, as it is quite easy to get lost."
However, the second line was harder to read, as if whoever written on it clawed it on. It says: "BEWARE OF TRAPS!!!"
There was an image of what looks like a white rabbit holding a mallet at the bottom of the sign. You're not sure what it means, but it gives you an uneasy feeling.
On one hand, you can walk into the forest and trust your navigation skills. Or you can look for Mokou and see if they can help.
What do you do?
Chapter 17: Part 17
Summary:
You decide to seek out Mokou
Chapter Text
Feeling like you wouldn't trust yourself, you went and began looking for this Mokou individual.
You started by walking around the forest, seeing if there is anyone who could possibly resemble a living being.
As you walked, you noticed a house close-by. It looked worn down, as if it was caught in a fire once. It was probably abandoned but it is worth a shot.
You knocked on the door a few times, hearing the sound of what seems to be a person walking towards the door.
The door opened slowly, revealing the person in front of you.
They had pure white hair, and for some reason their body and clothes are covered with paper charms. They had an uninterested look as they stared at you.
"Oh, it's just a human." They said. "Let me guess, you want to get to Eientei?"
"Um... Y-yes..." You said, unsure of how to respond to this person. "A-are you Mokou?"
"That's me alright. Any peculiar reason why you want to go to Eientei?"
"I... I was wondering if I can find a job there."
"..." Mokou looked at you with a confused look before bursting into laughter. "Are you joking!? That's the most hilarious thing I've heard today!!!" Mokou laughed.
She laughed for a good 3 minutes before calming down and spoke to you again. "Wait... You're not actually serious are you?"
"Um... I am?" You said.
"Oh... Well... Word of advice then." Mokou placed a hand on your shoulder. "If you by chance meet up with a snotty, lazy, good for nothing, ***** of a princess there... Tell her I said 'go to hell'. Okay?" Mokou asked with fire in her eyes.
"O...Okay..." You said, feeling very concerned about Mokou's thought process.
"Great! Lets go then! Follow me!!!" Mokou said.
...
The two of you walked down the bamboo forest for a good 5 minutes. So far you have no idea where you're going, but you can tell that Mokou knows the way.
The bamboo stalks all look the same around you, and the sky above is barely visible from all the shade. You feel glad you went and found Mokou else you would probably be lost in the forest for hours.
As you two walked, you felt like making conversation. Mostly because it would be boring to walk and say absolutely nothing.
What do you talk about?
Chapter 18: Part 18
Summary:
You decide to talk about Mokou's life
Chapter Text
"So, if you don't mind me asking... What is your life like?" You ask.
"Pain, fire, hate, and never-ending." Mokou said.
"Okay then?" You say. "I'm not really sure what you mean by that."
"Well I rather not go into detail on it."
"How come?"
"...Do you honestly want to know?" Mokou looked at you.
"I just... Wanted to have a conversation is all... Sorry if I brought anything up." You said, averting your eyes.
Mokou sighed. "No, you're fine. It's just most people normally don't ask me those kinds of questions, so hearing you ask that kind of thing was surprising... Say, are you new here to Gensokyo or something? Because I've never seen you before in my life."
"Well..." Just as you were about to answer that, Mokou stopped on her feet.
You continued to walk forward regardless, not sure why Mokou suddenly stopped.
"HEY! LOOK OUT!!!" Mokou shouted at you.
"Huh?" You said. Before you could react, the ground beneath you collapsed.
What do you do?
Chapter 19: Part 19
Summary:
You decide to use your ability
Chapter Text
As if it was instinct, you quickly pulled out the pocket watch that you have. As you were about to press it, you said the following phrase (you're not sure why you did, but you can blame anime for this one):
"ZA WARDO!!!!!"
You pressed the watch, and everything around you turned grey. The ground stopped moving, Mokou's hand that was reaching out to you held still, and you just waited, waited for the ground to move.
But it didn't, you stayed where you were at.
Taking a couple of steps back, you look at the area around you, noticing how everything just seemed lifeless.
It was like standing in a painting, where there is no color, only light, and the only thing that moved was you, because you are the only being in the world full of color.
As you ponder this philosophical analogy, you forgot that you let time stay still for a bit long, so you went and unpaused it.
The ground next to you collapsed into a pit, Mokou leaned forward but quickly pulled back, and the world was full of color once again.
Mokou looked around before laying her eyes on you. She looked at you with surprised eyes, as if she saw an abnormal phenomenon.
"How... How did you-?" She asked. "Wait... I've seen that power before... Are you capable of stopping time or something?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 20: Part 20
Summary:
You decide to tell the truth
Chapter Text
"Well... I met this woman named Yukari, who essentially gave me this power to stop time using this pocket watch." You said honestly.
"Yukari? Yukari!?" Mokou shouted. "She gave you Sakuya's ability!?!?"
You recalled hearing that name before from Reisen. "Who is Sakuya?" You ask.
"...You're really not from here are you?" Mokou asked.
"Not really..." You said. "Like I said, Yukari was the one who brought me here."
Mokou let out a groan of disappointment. "Okay... I think I have an idea of what is going on here... For now, I'm just going to pretend you're a regular human, take you to Eientei, and hope I don't run into a certain **** along the way. Deal?"
"Deal." You say.
"Good, now please be careful next time you run into a trap. Tewi has them scattered all over the forest." Mokou said.
The two of you continued down the bamboo forest, this time letting Mokou guide you in front so you don't run into anymore traps.
After about ten minutes of walking, you saw sight of what looks to be a Japanese mansion. It is surrounded by several tall and thick bamboo, but there was a clear line of sight from where you're walking.
As you and Mokou got closer, you noticed several figures near the area. they all wore similar clothing and they all have rabbit ears and tails. Since you already met one before this isn't as much of a surprise. They were all chanting something while pounding what looks like mochi.
You approached the entrance to the doors of the mansion. It feels a bit intimidating to be here.
"Well this is it." Mokou said. "I'll be heading back now, it's not a good idea for me to stick around too long." She said while turning around and leaving. "Have fun or something."
You looked forward, staring at the door.
What do you do?
Chapter 21: Part 21
Summary:
You decide to give the door a knock.
Chapter Text
Just as you were about to knock however, an object landed next to you.
You saw one of Yukari's portals close just as the item fell, so you knew she was up to something.
You look down, seeing that looks like a shotgun, with a note next to it.
"Someone wanted you to use this." -Yukari
You look at the shotgun, looking at the door and...
You used the hilt of the gun to knock on the door instead.
...
"Coming..." a faint voice called out. You recogize that voice a bit.
"Hey, why do you get to answer the door? Let me do it for a change." Another voice said.
"No, I still remember the last time you answered the door for someone. Master made me tend to their wounds for that!"
"How was I supposed to know humans are sensitive to liquid nitrogen? C'mon just let me-"
The sounds of thrashing could be heard alongside some yelling. You wondered if they were alright inside.
Just then, the noises stopped, and the door slid open.
"Sorry, how can I-" Reisen stopped. She looked a bit worn out but quickly looked a bit surprised to see you. "Oh! It's you! Welcome!" She said with a smile.
You looked at what she was wearing. She wasn't wearing the outfit you saw her wear back at the village yesterday, rather it was an entirely different outfit. It composed of a dark blazer and a white skirt, but there were other things you noticed also. Such as her ears, standing up somewhat straight.
"Hey." You said. "I decided to take your advice and-"
"Reisen!!!" A voice shouted. "Get back here and untie me!!!"
"Sorry... I need to go take care of something. You can come in if you like." Reisen said.
You walk in with her. Looking around the place, it feels very nice. It gave off the feeling of a Japanese room.
Looking down the hall a bit, you see a person all tied up and struggling to move. Reisen was over there untying them. When she finished, the person stood up.
They wore a bright pink dress and socks, and had very dark brown hair with a pair of rabbit ears on their head, but unlike Reisen's they were hanging down. They were also significantly shorter compared to Reisen.
"Seriously, when did you get so good at tying people up?" The girl asked Reisen. "Anyways, who was at the door?"
"That's none of your business Tewi." Reisen told the girl named Tewi.
Tewi looked over at your direction, and quickly moved closer. Reisen tried to stop her but tripped over the rope that somehow was tied to her legs. "Tewi!!!" Reisen said in annoyance.
Tewi ignored Reisen and walked up to you, moving around to get a good look and everything. "So... Are you perhaps the human that Reisen would not shut up about?" Tewi asked you.
"TEWI!!!!!" Reisen shouted.
You blushed a bit at what Tewi said. "U-Um... I guess so?" You said.
Tewi smiled. "Well a friend of Reisen is a friend of mine. Here, want some chocolate?" Tewi offered you a small piece of chocolate in her hand.
Do you accept?
Chapter 22: Part 22
Summary:
You do not accept the chocolate
Chapter Text
"I'm good. No thanks." You say.
"...Oh well." Tewi said as she shoved the chocolate back into her pocket. "The name is Tewi, Tewi Inaba. As you can see, I'm an Earth Rabbit."
"Tewi Inaba? Reisen never mentioned she had a younger sister." You said.
"..." Tewi stared at you before laughing to herself.
"What's so funny?" You ask.
"Sorry, sorry... But you're one of the first to ever ask that." Tewi said. At this point Reisen managed to remove herself from the ropes and walked over, pushing Tewi's head down with her hand.
"I'm so sorry Fargo. Tewi didn't do anything did she?" Reisen asked.
"No, all she did was offer me some chocolate." You say.
"Chocolate?" Reisen thought by what you said, then quickly glared at Tewi with a blushing look. "Tewi!!! What the hell were you thinking offering them that!?"
"What? They respectfully declined, so what's the big deal?" Tewi said.
"You were offering them-"
"Udonge? What's with all the noise over there?" A voice from down the hall called out.
Reisen quickly composed herself and turned around. "It's nothing Master! Just helping a guest is all!" Reisen said.
"Udonge?" You thought.
"A guest? Let me see." The voice said back. Moments later, another figure showed up.
She wore a red and blue outfit, resembling that of a doctor's outfit. Her hair was a shining silver and braided down her back. Her piercing eyes and her snow-like skin matched the aura that radiated off of her.
In all honesty, you're at a loss for words.
"Greetings." The woman said. "I'm Eirin Yagokoro, the doctor of this clinic. May I ask for your name?"
"It's... F-F-Fargo Ka-Kaninchen." You said while stuttering. "But I also go by... Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You surprisingly said without stuttering once.
Eirin and Tewi looked at you with odd expressions. Reisen on the other hand just smiled like she's used to it already.
"I see... So you're the one that Udonge wouldn't shut up about yesterday." Eirin said.
"M-M-Master!!!" Reisen said. "Don't just say stuff like that!"
"Says the one who constantly talked about how nice of a person Fargo is." Tewi said.
"Quiet Tewi." Eirin said sternly. "Anyways, what brings you here to Eientei?" Eirin asked you.
"Well..." You began.
5 minutes later...
"I understand now." Eirin said. "Because of your current predicament, you're hoping you can seek out a suitable job."
"Yes, that's correct." You say.
"Hm... It is strange that you went and picked this place first of all places. I would've looked around the Human Village before coming all the way here."
"Well what can I say? My decisions are based on a democracy." You say with absolutely no meaning behind those words.
"...Well I wasn't looking to hire anymore assistants, I already have Udonge. And most of the housework get done by the rabbits that live here. So I don't think I can hire you."
"Oh..." You said with a bit of disappointment.
"However..." Eirin began once more, turning to face Reisen. "I think this is a good opportunity for you Udonge."
"Me?" Reisen asked. "What do you mean?"
"I've already taught you mostly everything that I know in regards to medicine, in fact you probably know enough to teach someone else. At first I wanted to have you go teach at the Terakoya, but it actually be better if I gave you your own assistant." Eirin said.
"What!?" Reisen spoke with shock in her voice. "But Master! I can't take in a disciple! I-I-"
"Udonge. Think of this as a trial. If you're capable of proving to me your reliability, then a task as simple as teaching someone everything you know would be possible." Eirin said.
"But-"
"I'm not asking. This is an order."
"...Yes Master." Reisen said. She looked down, but you're not sure if it's out of not being able to say no or due to the pressure of having someone who shall look up to her.
"Good. But now it all comes down to you Fargo." Eirin said, facing you. "You said you're looking for a job and a place to stay correct? I can renovate a room for you, and there will be food and other necessities that will be offered if you decide to take the offer? So what do you say?"
This is the moment to decide. Either you can say yes and start working for Eientei, or you can say no and try your luck elsewhere in this place called Gensokyo.
What do you choose?
Chapter 23: Part 23
Summary:
You decide to work for Eientei
Chapter Text
"I'm in." You say. "I'll work here."
Eirin smiled with a glad expression. "Wonderful, I'll set up a room for you shortly. For now take your time and get accustomed to the place around you." She said, then turned around to face Reisen. "Udonge, please give our new arrival a tour of Eientei."
"Yes Master." Reisen said.
You walk out of the room with Reisen. Tewi decided to accompany you both for some reason despite Reisen asking her not to.
You went down the hallway, feeling at wonder for how big this place is, the hallways never seem to end.
You see several rooms as you pass by them, all looking similar yet with slight differences in each one. They all look clean and barely touched, but not looking dusty or old also. You wonder how they managed to keep such a place clean.
"This place is really big for a clinic isn't it?" You ask.
"Many of our patients said the same thing when they come here. But that's only because the clinic part of the mansion only makes up a small section, the rest is the home to us and all the rabbits." Reisen said.
"Rabbits? As in the ones outside pounding something?" You ask.
"That's them alright. They pound mochi for the monthly lunar festival we always hold. Thinking about it, I believe that's coming up in about 6 days from now."
6 days... So including yesterday, that's about a week till a full moon. You wonder if that was a coincidence or not.
"By the way Reisen, why is your sister following us?" You ask.
"Sister?" Reisen asked with a confused look. She glanced at Tewi who had a look as if she was holding in a laugh, then realized what you meant by that. "Oh! Tewi and I aren't actual siblings! We just have the same last name is all! Please don't take it the wrong way or anything!" Reisen quickly spoke.
"No you're okay. I was confused is all. Why do you two have the same last names anyways? Are you both adopted by someone else?" You ask.
Tewi once again held in a laugh, while Reisen tried to figure out the easiest way to explain the situation.
"Inaba? What are you doing?" A voice called out.
You turn around to see who said that. And when you do...
You saw her.
Long black hair that reaches down to her feet. A dress that looked silky and well-made. Eyes that were gentle and relieving to look at. skin that was fair and smooth. And an aura that made you feel like you can trust her.
She was beautiful. Truly beautiful.
"Well look's who awake." Tewi said. "Master was mad when you refused to get out of bed y'know."
"Really? What time is it?" The person asked with a voice that sang a thousand elegant tunes.
"It's the early afternoon princess." Reisen said.
The princess rubbed her eyes and yawned a bit before looking at you. She walked a bit closer to get a better look at you.
"You're new... Are you perhaps another pet that Eirin got me?" The princess asked.
"U-U-U-Um..." You mouthed words but nothing came out. It wasn't until Reisen pulled you back a bit that you snapped out of your trance.
"Princess, please don't intimidate them." Reisen said.
The princess giggled a bit. "Apologies, I just wanted to get a closer look is all... I guess I should introduce myself... I'm Kaguya Houraisan, the princess of Eientei. And you are?"
"...F...Fargo Kaninchen..." You said. "I... Also... Go... By... Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You said without hesitation.
Kaguya didn't look at you oddly, she kept the same expression she always had, like she's used to it.
"That's such a wonderful name. But it's a bit hard to remember... Do you mind if I call you Kaninchen instead?" Kaguya asked.
"I-I guess so." You say.
Kaguya smiled and giggled a bit. "Well then... Is there anything you like to ask me?"
What do you say?
Chapter 24: Part 24
Summary:
You decide to tell her what Mokou told you.
Chapter Text
"Well there is one thing." You said.
"Oh? What is it?" Kaguya asked.
"A person named Mokou wanted to tell you to, and I quote... 'go to hell'." You said.
Reisen and Tewi stared at you speechless, as they weren't expecting something like that to happen.
Kaguya on the other hand, smiled. Not a gentle, understanding one, but a more wicked, mischievous one.
"I see..." Kaguya said. "Well, if by chance you meet up with the white-haired, bird-brain of a ****, tell her that I said 'you'll have to drag me down there by force'. Okay?" Kaguya asked.
"O...O...Okay..." You said, feeling concerned about the princess.
"Great!" Kaguya quickly changed expressions. "Oh Inaba? Why are they accompanying you in the first place?" Kaguya asked Reisen.
"Master decided that it would be a good experience if I have my own disciple to teach. And Fargo here wanted to find a place to work at, so they're now my assistant." Reisen said.
"Hm..." Kaguya looked at you once more. "I guess if that's what Eirin wants. Though I'm surprised that it is a human of all things. Most humans wouldn't even think about working in a place like this."
"Well what can I say? My choices are purely democratic." You said with absolutely no emphasis or meaning behind those words.
...You feel like you said that before.
Kaguya giggled at your phrases. "Well then, I look forward to see what Reisen has in for you, I bet she already knows exactly what to teach you."
Reisen looked to the side a bit, fiddling with her hands. You noticed the expression on her face.
"Well, I'll be meeting up with Eirin, so make sure you take care of our new guest well Inaba." Kaguya said before leaving.
When Kaguya was out of sight, Reisen let out a sigh.
"Wow, you look stressed Reisen." Tewi said. "You want some chocolate or something?" Tewi offered Reisen.
"Sure." Reisen said without a second thought. The moment she ate the chocolate however, she immediately spat it out in disgust. "Ugh! Tewi!!!"
Tewi laughed as she ran down the hallway. Reisen was thinking on whether or not to chase her but decided to stay where you are at.
"She's always like this Fargo... Hopefully you don't end up the victim of one of her pranks." Reisen warned.
"Noted." You said.
"Anyways... This is where you will be sleeping." Reisen walked over to a door and slid it open. "Master customized it so that you would find it appealing."
You look inside the room... What do you see?
Chapter 25: Part 25
Summary:
You see a Room Full of Several Stuffed Bunnies (And Fumos)
Chapter Text
You have no idea how or why Eirin made the room the way it is, but all you can see are rabbits taking up every corner of the room.
Not all of them were stuffed rabbits however, you notice a few particularly well-designed items that were on the bed, the desk, the bookshelf, and the floor. Three of them reminded you of Reisen, Tewi and Seiran, all girls who you have met previously. The last one was a doll that had a rabbit girl with an orange outfit. You try to recall if you met them before but nothing came up.
"So? What do you think?" Reisen asked you.
"I think..." You turn around to look at Reisen. "I think I'm going to have a interesting time here, and in a good way too." You say.
Reisen smiled a bit. "That's good. Glad to hear such optimism."
The two of you left your room and resumed your tour.
...
It had been a few hours, but Reisen managed to show you each and every part of the mansion, from the operating room, to the medicinal garden room, all the way to where they keep their weapons, which they have an abnormal amount of in your opinion.
It was time for dinner so you went to where they would normally have dinner together.
You already see Princess Kaguya discussing something with Eirin. You also notice Tewi by the table, holding what looks like a tack that she places in where Reisen is supposed to be sitting.
You haven't seen Reisen yet, perhaps she is busy in the kitchen prepping the meal a bit more.
Kaguya then noticed your arrrival. "Oh, it's Kaninchen. Over here, you can come sit with me." Kaguya offered.
Do you accept?
Chapter 26: Part 26
Summary:
You decide to sit down next to Kaguya.
Chapter Text
You were hesitant at first, unsure if you want to sit down to someone such as her. But after giving your mind a bit of motivation, you went over and sat down.
Kaguya sat by your left, and you could smell a sweet scent coming from her hair... It almost smelled like peaches. And you can see how silky her hair looks, like it was carefully taken care of for over a millennium.
Without realizing it, you were staring at Kaguya for a bit longer than anticipated.
"I think they're entranced by you Princess." Tewi said. Her comment snapped you from your zoned state and quickly faced forward at the table. You heard Kaguya giggle to herself.
Eirin went ahead and changed the topic to something else. "So, did Udonge show you everything Eientei has?" She asked you.
"Um... Yes she did... I'm sorry, you're referring to Reisen right?" You asked, hoping to avoid confusion.
"Correct. I refer to her as Udonge most of the time as I was the one who gave her her second name." Eirin said.
"Second name?" You asked.
"And I was the one who gave her the surname 'Inaba'" Kaguya chimed in.
Now you feel a bit more confused than before.
"You almost make it sound like you're her parents." You said without realizing it.
The room quickly grew quiet before Tewi burst into laughter. She rolled over the floor holding herself while laughing hysterically. "That's the most hilarious thing I've ever heard yet!!!"
Kaguya was blushing a bit, but didn't look embarrassed. Eirin on the other hand looked annoyed, but not by you, rather by Tewi's reaction. You on the other hand felt like you should've kept your mouth shut.
"I-I'm sorry!" You said. "I was just confused is all and-"
"No. No you're fine. I can see why you'd be confused to begin with. After all you only just met Udonge." Eirin said, keeping herself composed while Tewi eventually calms down.
"Ahh... I like you. You're funny." Tewi told you.
"Thanks, I guess?" You say.
Just then, Reisen walks in with the dinner that she made. "Sorry it took longer than expected, I needed to make more now that we have another person here to feed." Reisen said. She placed the food down and sat next to Tewi.
"Hey, Reisen. Guess what just happened." Tewi said with a smirk.
"What? What happened?" Reisen asked.
"Fargo-"
Chapter 27: Part 27
Summary:
You... Decide not only to use your ability, but to also do nothing and hope fate spares you?
Chapter Text
Just as Tewi was about to speak of what happened, you striked.
"ZA WARDO!!!"
Time stopped, you look around seeing the world grey again and everyone still.
You look at Tewi, who was about to say something...
You want to stop her... But for some reason you don't feel like doing so. It's as if something or someone is holding you back from doing such a simple task.
Instead you got a better idea.
...
...
...
You managed to drag Mokou's time-frozen body all the way from her house. It took you quite a long time just to figure out how to do it, but thankfully your ability lets you take all the time you need, you're quite glad you picked this ability.
You placed Mokou by the table, ensuring that she is close by Tewi. Then you went back to your spot, and resumed time.
"-thought that you and..." Tewi stopped when she turned around to see Mokou sitting next to her.
Mokou was utterly confused, looking around and seeing that she isn't at home, but at Eientei.
"Huh? Why am I here?" Mokou asked. "And why am I eating dinner with you all... Wait a minute..."
Mokou stood up, and turned around to face Kaguya, who also stood up to stare at Mokou.
"KAGUYA!!!" Mokou shouted, slowly moving closer.
Kaguya showed off a wicked smile across her face, laughing slightly and glaring at Mokou with a mischievous look. "Oh? You're approaching me? Instead of running away you're coming right to me?" Kaguya asked.
"I can't beat the **** out of you without getting closer." Mokou said.
"Then get as close as you need to!!!" Kaguya said.
30 minutes later...
You managed to save your skin, and your dignity, but now a good chunk of the room you were just in is burned down to the ground.
Several rabbits can be seen trying to douse some of the remaining fires while a few went and started repairing parts of the walls and flooring. Mokou and Kaguya already left the building and are now outside resuming their fight. You saw one fight before when you arrived here, but that was something else entirely.
In the end, was it worth dragging Mokou all the way over here just to prevent Tewi from saying something you found embarrassing? Probably, but at least Reisen doesn't know.
"Ugh..." Reisen sat down next to you, she looked exhausted and her clothes are dirty. "To think Mokou would show up now of all times... How did she get here anyway?" Reisen said.
"I'm not sure... I think Yukari has something to do with it." You lied.
"Yukari? Why would she waste her time just to start a conflict? Actually, nevermind she would be the type of person to do that."
"Yeah... So how is Eirin? She looked upset when she saw the damage that unfolded."
"Don't worry about master. She's used to their fighting by now. But I'm glad she didn't lash her anger on me this time."
"On you?" You asked with a bit of concern.
Reisen quickly corrected herself. "I-I didn't mean it like that! It's just, sometimes when she's in a bad mood, she would ask me to help test some kind of experimental drug. On a few cases I would be bed-ridden for days if not weeks."
"That doesn't sound good." You say.
"Well someone needs to make sure the medicine works as efficiently as it can. Master would like to do it herself but... Well it's a bit hard to explain, but she's unable to feel the effects of medicine or any drugs no matter how high the dose."
"Why is that?"
"Like I said, it's a bit hard to explain. Maybe you can ask master when you see her again."
You and Reisen sat there both in silence for a while. You feel like saying something but you don't know how to begin the conversation once more.
You didn't have to, as Reisen went and asked you a question.
"I've been wondering for a bit, but why did you come here?" Reisen asked you. "I know I suggested this place as an opportunity, but why here anyway? Wouldn't it have been better to seek a job at the human village first?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 28: Part 28
Chapter Text
"Well... It may sound a bit cheesy, but you're actually the reason why I came here." You said.
"M-me?" Reisen asked, a bit confused.
"Yeah... To be honest, I'm quite new to this area. Everything was normal at first, then suddenly I showed up here. Everything that has happened around me I still have a hard time contemplating what is happening now."
"...You're from the outside world... Aren't you?" Reisen asked.
"...Yeah." You say. "...When I saw you yesterday at the village, all I could think about was helping you after seeing you get hurt. I don't know why I did that, but I felt as if I needed to help somehow. But look at me, I'm just a human in a world full of beings clearly powerful enough to destroy acres of land if they so please. Yet you were kind enough to show me around the village and offer me a place to stay."
Reisen started to blush a little. "Well, I'm not as perfect as you think I am." Reisen said.
"I know. But no one is really." You say.
"...hahaha..." Reisen laughed a bit.
"What's so funny?" You ask.
"Sorry, I'm just... Glad that you're here. Life has gotten quite boring in the last few decades, so you being here is a nice change of pace."
You're unsure what Reisen meant by decades, but you didn't care too much to ask. You did have another question.
"So Eirin calls you Udonge, and Kaguya calls you Inaba... Why is that?" You ask.
"...It's the names they gave me." Reisen said. "...I rather not go into too much detail though, after all we only just met."
"Sorry, I just... wanted to know is all." You say.
"You're okay." Reisen stood up. "Well I think Master should be back with Princess by now, so we should help with the cleaning before it's night."
You and Reisen went and helped with cleaning up the place a bit. You underestimated the ability of the rabbits, as they managed to repair the entire wall and flooring in minutes. Eirin later showed up carrying a slightly burnt Kaguya on her back, taking her to her room.
After a few more hours, it became night. Reisen walked you to your room to make sure you didn't get lost or anything.
You went inside, but not before Reisen stopped you again.
"Oh, I almost forgot!" Reisen said.
"Forgot what?" You asked.
"Here." Reisen handed you a notebook. You open it and see several notes written in.
"What's this?" You ask.
"It's a schedule. It shall let you know of what I'm going to teach and instruct you to do for the next 5 days until the Moon Festival." Reisen said. "Tomorrow I will teach you some basic medical procedures and test you afterwards. Got it?"
"Okay." You say. "Thank you Reisen."
"Nope!" Reisen held her finger up. "It's Master, you shall refer to me as Master." She said with enthusiasm.
"Okay... Master..." You said, finding it a bit weird to say.
"Good, I'll see you tomorrow then." Reisen said with a smile, leaving.
You sometimes wonder what she is thinking of.
...
...
...
You open your eyes. You knew you fell asleep, yet you're inside this void once more.
Looking behind you, you didn't even act shocked when you saw the purple-dressed woman appear.
"We meet again it seems..." Yukari said. "So you decided to go to Eientei of all places... I'm a bit confused by your decision."
"..." You said nothing.
"Cat got your tongue? Or maybe you just don't know what to say. It doesn't matter really."
"..."
"...Say, I have a question... Would you like to know some valuable information regarding the rabbit girl you just talked to?"
You perked up a bit at that. "What are you talking about?" You ask.
Yukari smiled, and moved closer to you. "I mean... I know something that you don't. Something that you may just want to hear if you truly want to get to know her better. What do you say? Do you accept my offer?"
Chapter 29: Part 29
Summary:
You accept Yukari's offer
Chapter Text
"I accept." You say.
Yukari smiled, taking out a fan and opening it to hide her face a bit. "Splendid... Then I'll leave the rest to you Doremy."
Doremy? Who is that?
You felt a tap on your shoulder, looking behind you you see a person you haven't met before. She looked normal, with the only thing that stood out was her hat.
"Hello~" She said.
Before you could say anything however, she placed a finger at your temple, and you immediately passed out.
...
...
---
---
---
You open your eyes, it was hard to open them, but you managed to do so eventually.
"Ugh... My head..." You said out loud. You rubbed the top of your head, noticing that there was something on top of it that wasn't there before.
The confusion made you sit up, only for you to hit the bottom of a bed. That definitely wasn't there before. You rolled out of the bed and stood up.
As your vision became less blurry, you began to notice that you weren't in the room in Eientei any longer, nor were you in that dark void.
The lighting, walls, and the entire room itself was different.
"Where... Where am I?" You asked yourself. You went towards the mirror that was close by and looked at it.
As you did, the first thing that came as a shock to you were the rabbit ears on top of your head. You were so startled that you tripped and fell onto the ground.
"Ow..." You said. "That hurts..."
"Hey, what are you doing?" A voice asked you.
You look behind you and see another person, sitting on the top of the bunk bed. She also had rabbit ears.
"Are you half-asleep or something? Or did you have a bad dream again?" She asked.
In your confusion, you asked, "Who are you?"
"What are you talking about. You know me."
"No, I'm certain I don't."
The girl stared at you, getting off of the bed and quickly walked towards you. She placed her hand onto your forehead, making you blush. "Are you alright or something? You're acting pretty weird."
"Um... I..." You don't know what to say.
"...Well you don't feel sick. Not that you would be considering where we live and all."
"What are you talking about? I'm so confused..." You say.
"And I think we need to take you to the infirmary. C'mon, I'll hold your hand if you want me to."
"I-I'm not a kid!" You say.
"Sure you're not... And I'm the princess of the moon, lets just take you to the infirmary and hope they don't declare you insane."
You have no idea what's happening right now.
How do you respond?
Chapter 30: Part 30
Summary:
You decide to go along with the girl's request
Chapter Text
"Okay..." You said.
"Good." The girl took your hand. It was soft, yet had a strong grip at the same time.
She took you out of the room, and as you went down the hall, you passed by a couple of rabbits. They were a bit strange, as they looked different from the rabbits you saw previously.
For starters, they all were wearing the same outfit that you saw Reisen wear, that being a dark blazer with a skirt.
You and the girl guiding you took a left and went out of a door. And you saw a bright light, quickly dimming to reveal the outside.
...It was far different from what you were at previously. There were trees full of peaches, the grass was a beautiful green, and the sky was clear. You can tell that you are no longer in Eientei, or the bamboo forest.
You're probably not even in Gensokyo anymore.
You look around, still being guided by the girl, as you notice several other rabbits wearing blazers. A few of them were chatting, some were sleeping, and you can see a small group playing some kind of game.
It felt a bit nice to see all of this.
"What? You wanna play with them or something?" The girl asked you. "I'll let you do that once we take you to the infirmary."
"Where am I exactly?" You ask.
"Again with those strange questions. You act as if you have amnesia or something."
"Please. Just tell me..."
"Well... You're on the moon of course, in the Lunar Capital." The girl said.
"The moon!?" You shouted. That grabbed the attention of a few of the rabbits. You were shocked to hear such information.
But then you thought about what happened previously. You recall accepting Yukari's offer. Did she somehow take you to the moon? How did she do that? And why do you have rabbit ears?
"Um... Yeah?" The girl said. "...Lets just get you to the infirmary okay?"
And so you did, you went down the area a bit, passing by a couple of buildings and more rabbits until you entered the infirmary.
They did a quick physical on you, performed a catscan, and used a machine that you never seen before. Then they went and handed you some kind of liquid to consume and moments later you felt really energetic, only to go back to normal in a minute.
Fortunately for you they didn't find anything abnormal about you so they just let you go to do your duties, to which the girl from earlier (whose name you figured out to be Shirai) had to go remind you of.
And your duty is to pound mochi.
You went back to some kind of area where you found several rabbits pounding mochi in a rhythmic pattern. You were given a mallet and started to pound the mochi. You weren't good at it obviously, mostly due to yourself having no experience prior to this.
A few hours passed and you were given a break, which you needed as you were exhausted.
You went to a nearby peach tree and lied down next to it. As you did, you heard rustling from above you.
Looking up, you saw a person fall down the tree, yelling as they did so.
"Ow... Owowowow..." They said. Their voice was strangely familiar.
You looked at them, seeing their familiar purple hair, the same red eyes from before, and the dark blazer.
It was no doubt that they were indeed Reisen.
How do you respond?
Chapter 31: Part 31
Chapter Text
"Reisen!?" You shouted. "What are you doing here!?"
Upon your shouting, Reisen quickly ran up to you and covered your mouth, using her other hand to signal you to keep quiet.
"Shh!!!! Keep it down! I'm trying to hide!" Reisen said.
You tried to say something, but Reisen wouldn't let you. And even if you try to pry off her hand, you would fail as she is much stronger than you think.
So you used the most notorious trick you could think of...
And you started licking her hand.
Feeling your tongue, she quickly pulled her hand away in disgust. "Ew!!! Ew ew ew ew ew!!!" Reisen said. "That's gross! Why would you do that!?"
"You're the one who covered my mouth Reisen!"
"How do you even know my name?" Reisen asked.
You quickly thought by what she meant. "...What do you mean? You know me right? I'm Fargo, Fargo Kaninchen." You say.
"I don't know you. Look, I'm not really in the best spot to talk so."
"Reisen~~~" A mysterious voice called out.
"Oh no..." Reisen said in fear. "She's near."
"Who? Who is near?" You ask.
"You don't know?" Reisen said in a quiet yet loud voice. "That's Watatsuki no Toyohime! One of the Lunarian Princesses! Quick I need to hide!"
"But... But why?" You ask.
"If she finds me, she's going to force me into various outfits. Some more lewd than others!"
You can understand why Reisen is acting so strange now.
"Reisen, where are you~~~ I can smell your scent~" The voice got closer.
Reisen quickly went and hid back into the tree that she was in earlier, making sure she's up there tightly.
Less than a second later, a person showed up. She looked elegant, wearing a dark blue dress and a white blouse. She also wore a white hat that matched her blonde hair color. In her hand is a closed fan, and what looks like a maid outfit.
When she noticed you, she quickly walked up to you. You're not sure why, but there's something about her aura that just feels intimidating.
"Ara ara~ I see one of the rabbits is taking a little break right now." The person said.
"Y-You're... You're Watatsuki no Toyohime... Correct?" You asked hesitantly.
"Of course~ I think I've seen you before... Say, have you by chance seen a purple rabbit pass by not too long ago?" Toyohime asked.
"Um... Why do you ask?" You say.
"Well... I have this cute maid outfit that I wanted her to try. But she ran away when I showed off its 'extra features' and now I'm looking for her so I can punish her for running away." Toyohime said. "If by chance I don't find her soon, I can always use a different rabbit..." She said while looking at you with alluring eyes.
You're not sure whether to reveal Reisen's location and hope it doesn't bring you karma or try to lure Toyohime away.
What do you do?
Chapter 32: Part 32
Summary:
You decide to point her to a random location
Chapter Text
You looked around a bit, and then pointed to an area with a few trees and some rabbits lazing around. "I think I saw someone like that run over there." You say.
"Hm... I can't tell if you're telling me the truth... Or if you're lying just so I can leave." Toyohime said with a smile on her face.
"I assure you, Reisen went over there last I checked." You say.
"Reisen... I don't recall ever telling you her name." She said.
You realized your mistake. You start panicking a bit as you should've said something else. "Well... Um... You see..."
Feeling as if you're in danger, you went down to grab your watch to stop time. But when you try to reach for it, it isn't there.
Now you feel as if you're in danger. Toyohime walks closer to you, her height towering over yours by several centimeters.
"Ara ara... Looks like I need to punish you also..." Toyohime said. "Luckily I have many outfits that I can let you try on. I bet you would look cute wearing a swimsuit with cat ears." She said.
You don't know what to do. You're afraid of her, you're not sure why but she's scary, so scary!!!
Suddenly...
"Toyohime!!!" A different voice shouted. You looked over and see another figure run up to the two of you.
She has light purple hair with brown eyes, and also a red dress with a white blouse. She also seems to be carrying a sword with her.
"Oh, Yori~ What is it?" Toyohime said, moving away from you.
Yorihime responded by bonking Toyohime on the head with her fist. "Ow..." Toyohime said. "What was that for?"
"I told you many times not to try to provoke other rabbits!" Yorihime said. "This is exactly why Reisen ran off in the first place, you're just too clingy!"
"Aw... But they're so cute~ Besides I only target them because you won't let me cuddle with you." Toyohime said with a pouty face.
"Just because we're sisters doesn't mean I want to bathe with you every single day." Yorihime said.
"C'mon Yori, don't be a tsundere." Toyohime said. That made Yorihime quickly blush.
"I'm not a Tsundere!!!" Yorihime said. "Just because I refuse to call you Onee-chan doesn't make me a Tsundere!" Yorihime said.
"If you say so~" Toyohime said.
"Look... Lets just look for Reisen normally. You're gonna need to apologize to her for your actions when we do. Okay?"
"Aw... But all I wanted was to dress Reisen in cute outfits."
"Most of them didn't even cover her body!" Yorihime said with anger in her tone.
"Fine... But only if you agree to sleep with me in the same bed tonight."
"...Deal."
"Wonderful!"
As the two finished their conversation, you're left dumbfounded by what just happened. The person named Yorihime walked up to you.
"Hey, you okay?" She asked.
"Um... Yeah... Yeah I'm fine." You say. "Is she usually like that?"
"...Just be glad you're not her pet." Yorihime said. And then she walked off with Toyohime.
A minute passed and Reisen hopped out of the tree. She was covered in leaves and branches but otherwise looked fine.
"Um... Thanks... For not revealing my location." Reisen said. "Most people would rat me out on the spot the moment Toyohime-sama threatens them."
"It's no problem..." You say.
"Why did you help me anyway? You barely know me." Reisen said.
You smiled a bit, the wind blew by slightly, shaking the leaves of the peach trees next to you. "It's because I like to make myself useful to others."
Reisen looked at you for a bit, then she smiled. "I see..."
Suddenly, another person showed up. "Fargo!!! There you are!"
You look behind you and see Shirai walking up to you. "Where have you been!? Our break ended 5 minutes ago! Do you want to be sent to the punishment room!?" Shirai said.
"Um... Sorry, I was just-"
"C'mon, lets go already! The Mochi won't pound itself!" Shirai took your hand and started dragging you away.
As you did, you look back at Reisen, who is waving you goodbye, you decided to wave goodbye back.
...
It was nighttime, and you are tired.
You spent the rest of the day doing nothing but pounding more mochi. You pounded so much mochi that you can feed an entire village for 3 days. Just what do they plan with all that mochi anyway?
Regardless, you were relieved from your duty for today so you can do whatever you want while the night is young. Currently you're in what looks like a street. It feels modernish but has a bit of a vintage feeling to it. You see Shirai close by talking with some other rabbits. Down the street you also see various stores and other places that are open, with various rabbits enjoying themselves. You don't seem to see Reisen anywhere though...
What do you do?
Chapter 33: Part 33
Summary:
You decide to look for Reisen
Chapter Text
You didn't get much time to speak with her earlier, so you might as well try now.
You began walking around, seeing if there is any sign of a purple haired rabbit.
But that's harder than it looks since most of the rabbits here all look the same. You wonder if they're all related somehow...
As you went through your thought process a bit while walking down the road, you felt your ear twitch. You forgot that you have rabbit ears for some reason.
'Hey, can you hear me?' Reisen's voice spoke.
You looked around, confused and trying to identify the location of the voice. "Where are you?" You ask.
'Don't talk, it makes you look like you're talking to yourself.' Reisen said. 'Can't you use the rabbit network?'
"Rabbit network? What's that?"
'Oh for crying out loud, just go to one of the alleyways and I'll meet you there okay?' Reisen asked.
"Um... Okay." You say.
...
You went to an alleyway, seeing it not as tidy compared to the streets. Looking out, you can see several rabbits doing some kind of dance competition with one another. There also seemed to be a group playing with some toy guns, playing draw with each other.
As you wait, you wonder about what Reisen said regarding a "Rabbit Network". So you tried to see if you can connect to it somehow. You then proceeded to mess with your rabbit ears, adjusting them like one would do with a TV antenna. You tried for a good 3 minutes before hearing a voice.
"What are you doing?"
You quickly turned around, seeing Reisen once again.
"Oh, Reisen! How are-"
You stop. You took a good look at what Reisen is wearing...
And she happens to be wearing...
Chapter 34: Part 34
Summary:
Reisen... Is wearing a black blazer with a skirt.
Chapter Text
You're not certain why, but it feels like you can hear the sounds of 103 people sighing in disappointment. Could it have something to do with the so-called Rabbit Network?
But that's not important. You managed to find Reisen after all.
"So, you were looking for me?" Reisen asked.
"Um... Yes, I am." You say. "I just wanted to know if you're doing okay regarding that Toyohime person."
"I'm fine, I got a simple scolding from Toyohime-sama and that was it. Now then..." Reisen walked up a bit closer to you. "What is it that you want from me?"
"I-I just want to talk to you is all!" You say. "You've been acting weird since earlier today and all! I just wanted to see if you now anything since the events of yesterday,"
"Yesterday? What are you saying?" Reisen asked.
"Y'know, back when we were in Eientei, you showed me around after Eirin-"
The moment you said that name, Reisen quickly grabbed you by the throat and pressed you against the wall, covering your mouth. You were confused by this sudden level of aggression from her.
She looked out at the alley and then back to you, speaking to you in a loud whisper. "Are you lunatic or something!? You're not supposed to say that name here on the moon!"
You tried to say something, but Reisen still covered your mouth.
You thought about doing the tongue trick again, but something tells you that you shouldn't.
Eventually after a few more seconds, she let you go. You managed to catch your breath and check your throat. She has a strong grip indeed.
"Sorry about that..." Reisen said. "I overreacted there didn't I?"
"No, you're okay... I'm just confused... Why am I not allowed to say the name of that person?" You ask.
Reisen stared at you, confused. "...You really don't know?"
"Yes." You say.
"...It's because she betrayed the entire moon." Reisen said.
Now you feel even more confused. But something does add up here.
First, Reisen not only doesn't know you, but based on your location and the environment, it is somewhat safe to say that this could be the past, Reisen's past.
So does that mean you're portraying someone who Reisen is close with? Or is it something more than that?
Either way, you just don't know the answers yet... Maybe when you wake up from this dream you can ask the real Reisen.
But for now, you should figure out what to do next...
Chapter 35: Part 35
Summary:
You decide to have a normal conversation with Reisen
Chapter Text
Even though there are so many things that you don't understand at this moment, you feel that its better to just talk instead of trying to figure everything out at once. So, you changed the subject.
"She betrayed the entire moon... I guess I haven't been keeping up with my history." You say in a joking manner.
"...It's not your fault, the incident happened ages ago." Reisen said. "Though I guess you weren't around when it happened either."
"Yeah... So, what do you normally do for a living?" You ask.
"Why do you want to know that?" Reisen asked.
"I just want to have a normal conversation is all. Besides, you look... Lonely."
Reisen looked to the side a bit, clenching her arm with her left hand before letting go. "You're not wrong... Most people don't really want to get close to me."
"How come?"
"I'm different, that's why. I have an ability that no one else has, one that everyone is afraid of."
"...I'm not afraid though."
"But you should... I don't even know why you helped me in the first place. You say you want to make yourself useful to others yet I can't understand what you mean by that no matter how much I look at your waves."
"Waves?" You ask.
Reisen looked down. "I... I think I said too much."
This isn't really getting you anywhere. So you try to change the subject again.
"So Toyohime from earlier. She looked a bit obsessed with finding you." You say.
"That's because... She's my master. And I'm considered her pet."
"Her pet?"
"It's a more polite way of calling me a slave."
Now you feel a bit more shocked. It would explain a few things. But this is starting to get out of hand. So once again you try to change the subject.
"U-Um... Hobbies! You probably have some kind of hobby that you enjoy right!?" You say, hoping it would lighten the mood some more.
"I don't have hobbies... I just do my duty for my masters, Chang'e, and the capital." Reisen said.
...
You have no idea what to say to that. And Reisen looks much worse now.
"I'm sorry... But I think it's best that you don't talk to me... I don't want you to be associated with me and suffer from it." Reisen said, starting to turn around to walk away.
What do you do?
Chapter 36: Part 36
Summary:
You decide to grab her hand and refuse to let her leave.
Chapter Text
Fearing that she will leave, you quickly went and grabbed her hand. Upon doing so, she quickly turned to face you.
"What are you doing?" She asked.
You didn't say anything though, as she went to pull her hand away, but you kept your grip on her.
"Let me go. I told you I don't want you to be associated with me." She said calmly.
Once again you didn't say anything, she continued to pull harder to make you let go.
"I said let go... Let go already!" She said to you.
But you still didn't let go.
She was now tugging hard, you started placing your feet on the ground to keep yourself from falling over. She is definitely strong, but you still held on.
"Let go of me!!!" She shouted. "I don't want to hurt you!!!" She said with tears beginning to flow out. "Why do you keep on persisting!?"
Still, you said nothing. You just held on while maintaining eye contact.
Oh if only you realized sooner that it was a mistake to make.
As you stared at her eyes, you notice the redness of them glowing brighter and brighter by the minute. You started getting lost in them just like how you once got lost in seeing that battle from the village a few days ago.
Everything around you started to shift. The walls spiraled, the ground turned to mush, and your fingers morphed into snakes.
At this point you began to panic. When you looked back at Reisen...
You instead saw a demonic entity with white fur, horns on their head, and eyes that pierce through you.
"LET GO OF ME!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" It roared.
How do you respond?
Chapter 37: Part 37
Summary:
You decide to stand still and hope it doesn't eat you.
Chapter Text
You were stunned, shocked even. The creature glares at you, slowly reaching its other hand out as it grabs hold of the hand that grabbed its hand.
You didn't know what to do. You wanted to call out for help, or even try to defend yourself, but you feel afraid.
You're unable to figure out how to escape this situation. Without your watch you're defenseless.
The creature looks at you, this time more docile. It speaks in a more quiet voice. "Are you okay?" It spoke.
Your breathing was sporadic. Your legs shook and your mind was filled with danger. Still, you didn't move.
"I need you to breathe slowly okay? Just... breathe..." It said.
You started to breathe in and out. In and out. In... and out...
You close your eyes for a moment as everything started to go back to normal.
You look in front of yourself, and you see Reisen again. She didn't look scared or timid, but concerned. She had both of her hands on yours.
"You're back to normal..." Reisen said, this time with a voice of guilt. "I'm sorry... I made you terrified because of my actions... I guess you hate me now." She said.
"No... No I don't hate you." You say. "Sure I was freaked out but I didn't run away or tried to fight."
"That's only because you-"
"Reisen. Let me make one thing clear here." You said, interrupting her. "I. Don't. Care. I don't care if you have some kind of curse or if you stand out. I don't care if others are afraid of you or where you stand. I don't even care if you happen to be the pet of an Onee-san. All I care for is to make sure that you're okay." You say.
You just came up with that on the spot, unsure if that will be enough to convince her.
...But to your surprise, it did.
She looked down, but then back up with a smile and tears on her eyes. "You're weird... Then again maybe you're just insane."
You felt like you heard that before... But that doesn't matter, you smiled back at her.
"Maybe I am insane. Insane enough to-"
Suddenly, a large explosion occured out of nowhere on the street. Both you and Reisen were startled by it as you both went out to check it.
"GAHHHHH!!!!!" A voice cried out. "SOMEONE JUST ACTIVATED A LANDMINE!!!"
"WHO BRINGS A LANDMINE TO A ROAD!?!?" Someone else shouted.
This... Is completely unexpected.
"Um... I think I should go back to my masters before they send out a search party... I hope to see you again some other time... Fargo was it?" Reisen said.
"Um... Yeah... That's my name." You say. "Is there a way to contact you on the Rabbit Network or..."
"Oh that? Yeah I'll send you my contact." Reisen's ears twitched for a moment. Suddenly you felt the feeling of a notification being sent directly to your brain.
"Um... I think I got a friend request from you?" You say. "How do I-"
"Ugh... Here just let me do this." Reisen walked over and started moving your ears around. The sensation was weird but after a bit you managed to somehow successfully approve of the friend request.
"There! I hope to talk to you again soon!" Reisen said with a smile, leaving.
You waved goodbye to her as you left the alleyway and went over to where Shirai was at.
"There you are Fargo! Where have you been!? I honestly thought you were the one who got involved in that landmine explosion!" Shirai asked.
"Sorry... Do you know who set off the explosion?" You ask.
"No. But I recalled reading a couple of posts on the Rabbit Network that some rabbit with the initials M.B. wanted to make an unnecessary explosion happen for 'Dramatic Effect'" She said with air quotes.
...You decided that now would be a good time to go and get some sleep.
"I'm tired now. I think we should go get some sleep." You say.
"Agreed, we gotta get ready for our first day of military training tomorrow."
"Yeah, we- wait what?" You ask.
"Oh, didn't you know? The Lunar Capital decided to start drafting more rabbits into the military. Apparently they're worried about the humans on Earth after discovering they created nuclear weaponry."
"Nuclear weaponry!?" You asked. "But I thought they were beyond that!"
"What are you talking about?"
"...Nothing... Lets just go get some sleep."
And so you did. You went back to the place where you slept last time and fell asleep.
---
The image of a screen pops up in front of you. It resembles an old terminal from the 20th century, with green text appearing.
It reads: Lunar Capital Archives #****
The screen removes the text and several new lines start forming
Date: **/**/1945
During my eternally long research on the progress of humanity, I recently discovered that they recently ended a war. It was about time, all they do is fight among each other over petty things. One such human in particular had this belief that one race was far superior than all the others, and tried to prove that with the extinction of a different race. They used cruel and unusual tactics to get what they want, and despite not being part of this "Superior Race" they still had complete control and power.
But that wasn't what shocked me... No what truly shocked me was hearing back from one of my probes that they suffered from severe radiation damage. That couldn't have been possible since the only thing capable of inflicting that kind of damage was the sun itself. But after seeing the data myself, I knew that something came up.
I quickly rushed over to the doors where a meeting was held. Despite my lowly position I still managed to make my way into the room, where I saw our Lord not in the brightest mood. Still I had to warn him.
I showed him the data and analytics from my research. Showing how the damage the probe recorded is similar to that of the sun's radiation. He at first thought I was spouting nonsense but I was vouched shortly after when a member of the ***** **** barged in panicking at how they barely escaped the impact of a atomic bomb. That was enough to get our Lord's attention.
The meeting was quickly put to a halt, and we started considering out options on how to deal with this revelation. None of us even considered humanity ever getting this far, but to think they would master the power of the sun... And only use it to bring even more havoc onto Earth.
I fear not for whether or not these impure beings intend on wiping each other out, but if they even plan on sending one of those weapons of mass destruction to us.
End of Report
...
...
...
You wake up. You throw your head up into the air as you looked around. Your hand land on the head of a giant stuffed rabbit.
Your breathing began to calm down as you realize that you're back at Eientei.
"...So that was only a dream..." You tell yourself. "Just a really, really long dream..."
Your thought process was interrupted by the sliding of the door. You look to see who it is.
Who is it?
Chapter 38: Part 38
Chapter Text
You look at the entrance, and see Reisen.
She looks to be a bit sleepy, wearing what looks like sleepwear. What's more she is wearing bunny slippers.
This revelation is so shocking that you decided to perform a backwards long jump that lasted 3 seconds.
When you landed, Reisen just stares at you with a confused glance.
"Um... Good Morning Fargo." Reisen said.
"Oh, good morning Reis- I mean Master." You say, correcting yourself.
Reisen smiled with a small sense of pride from being called that. "Glad to see you didn't mess up this time. C'mon, we'll be having breakfast first and then we'll begin our routine for the day."
Reisen left the room to let you change into something else. Instead of wearing the outfit that you got from the Human Village, you went to the dresser that had several stuffed rabbits surrounding it.
It doesn't really matter what you wear, just as long as you're wearing something.
What do you wear?
Chapter 39: Part 39
Summary:
You decide to wear a Traditional Japanese Outfit
Chapter Text
Based on your selection and choices, you decide to go for the Japanese outfit, as the classic look feels fitting for the place you're in right now.
The outfit resembles that of a Kimono, one that you can recall seeing people wear during special events in Japan. However there seem to be some tweaks to it that make the outfit seem different from a regular kimono. Despite this you put it on.
It fits you well, being not too snug or loose, it was like whoever made this took your exact body measurements and used it as reference.
When you finished putting it on, you walked out of the room and down the hall where the dining room is.
When you got there, you already see Eirin and Tewi sitting down by the table. There is a wide variety of food set on the table, and you can see Tewi trying to reach for some but was stopped by Eirin.
You do wonder where Reisen is however. And Kaguya too for that matter.
"Good morning Fargo. If you're wondering where the others are, Udonge is busy trying to wake the princess up from her slumber." Eirin said.
"Oh, I see." You say.
"Hey, why are you wearing a kimono?" Tewi asked. "I bet a dress such as mine would've suited you much better. I even put in the effort to place it in your room."
"You snuck into my room last night?" You asked.
"Yeah obviously! I got real good at sneaking into people's rooms. You should ask Reisen, she will tell you about the time I snuck in wearing a orange wig and a black dress. It was funny... Until she went into that coma for 2 weeks." Tewi said.
You wanted to ask more about that, but then you got interrupted by the voice of Reisen.
"Sorry I'm late! The Princess's hair took longer to brush than usual." Reisen said.
"It's alright Inaba, it is Mokou to blame for my late arrival." Kaguya said. "Oh, good morning Kaninchen. My the outfit you're wearing suits you well. You're like a Japanese Emperor who is about to ask for the hand of a princess."
"Oh, thank you." You say, though you feel like there's something about her compliment that feels strange.
You all sit down to eat shortly after. The food was delicious and enjoyable. You didn't say much during breakfast but you did see Tewi attempt to mess with Reisen a few times only for them to fail.
After breakfast, you went around and relaxed a bit when Reisen approached you again.
"Well now, surely you didn't forget about what are are doing today already did you?" Reisen asked.
How do you respond?
Chapter 40: Part 40
Chapter Text
"Yes, I definitely remember what we are doing." You say. "We're going to be learning some basic medical procedures."
"Correct." Reisen said. "Glad to see you remember. Alright then, we'll be going over to Misty Lake so make sure you bring something to write stuff down with."
Misty Lake... You remember that being one of the places that was marked on your map. You went and pulled it out to look at it.
As Reisen went and grabbed a bunch of supplies with her, you went over with a smile.
"I have a better idea." You say, grabbing Reisen's hand.
"Wait, what are you-AHHH!!!" You and Reisen fell into a gap portal.
...
Moments later, the two of you land onto the soft ground next to the shore of a lake. The area felt a bit cold but not too cold. There were trees surrounding the area and there is a sight of a Mansion on the other side of the lake.
You landed on your feet since you're used to moving around with these gap portals by now, Reisen on the other hand landed face first into the ground.
You went and pulled her out, she shook off some of the dirt and mud that was on her face and then looked at you with a mad expression. "Geez! Warn me next time!" She said.
"Sorry..." You say.
"Wait... How did you do that anyway? The only person I know of that can create portals is Yukari." Reisen said.
"Um... It's a bit of a long story..."
You went and explained to her how the map works, and how it was given to you by Yukari the moment you arrived here in Gensokyo.
"I see... Still, to think she would give you an ability like that." Reisen said. "At least I now know... Hopefully you don't use it for any mischief, I know Tewi would if she ever got her hands on something like that."
"That's something I think we can all agree on." You say. "Anyways, why did you want to go to Misty Lake in the first place?"
"Oh that? It's because we're going to learn CPR Training." Reisen said.
"CPR?" You ask. While you are aware of what CPR is, you're a bit confused as to why you would need to be at a lake. "But why here of all places?"
"Because it's important to know how to respond to someone who requires CPR in various situations. For example, if someone were to drown in a lake, you would need to remove the water out of their lungs first so that you can do anything else. It's especially important to be able to do CPR no matter your environment, be it in a building, a thunderstorm, or even by a large source of water." Reisen said.
"Okay... So are we going to use a test dummy for this?" You ask.
Reisen smiled with a laugh. "Of course not! As my Master taught me once, its that the best experience one can gain is in a real-life situation!"
You have a bad feeling about this. "Okay... So are we going to take turns being saved?"
"Not that either!" Reisen said.
"Then what?" You ask.
Reisen pointed over the lake. You look over to see a bunch of figures flying over it.
Upon focusing your vision, you see that a few of them are sporting wings and such. One in particular had icy blue wings with a blue dress and ribbon that matched. They look quite young and seem to be playing some kind of game.
"Oh, so the point is that we're like lifeguards! We just stand and wait until something happens right!?" You say, believing your answer is correct.
As you look back at Reisen, you notice that she is holding a sniper rifle and is aiming at the group.
"So close Fargo... You were so close." Reisen said.
"Um... Why do you have a sniper rifle?" You ask, feeling worried.
"Oh this? It's actually a modified Tranquilizer Gun Master made for me. It's useful for shooting down patients when they're trying to avoid getting their flu shots."
You feel a bit concerned about what she said there
Just as you wanted to speak again, Reisen fired her shot.
Up in the sky, you hear the sound of someone yelping in pain, and then shortly falling down into the lake with a big splash.
What do you do?
Chapter 41: Part 41
Summary:
You decide to jump into the lake and swim towards the potentially drowning person
Chapter Text
You got onto your feet, dashed towards the lake, and dove head first into it.
You quickly swam towards where the sight of the person was. The figure eventually started to sink into the ocean.
When they did you went down into the waters of the lake, still moving towards the person you're trying to save. Along the way you noticed the sight of what resembled a mermaid... But that's not important.
Eventually you managed to grab the person by the arm and started dragging them back up to the surface.
You gasped for air when you resurfaced back up from the waters. You looked around, having the person on your back as you see Reisen waving to you from the shore.
After swimming back, you took a minute to catch your breath as Reisen laid the person down.
The person in question wore a blue dress with white sleeves and had green hair. What's more their wings looked different from the other person you saw before.
"Okay, we got our patient." Reisen said. "Now we just need to-"
"Hey!!!" A voice shouted. "What are you doing to Dai-chan!?"
You look up to see the one with the blue wings fly down towards you and Reisen. As she landed, you noticed that she isn't as tall as you thought she would be. In fact she looks quite young.
"We were just playing a friendly game of tag when someone shot Dai-chan with a bullet! Was it one of you!?" She said.
You're not sure how to respond, but Reisen quickly did. "Oh no Cirno, we're only helping Daiyousei here. I bet it was Reimu who shot her."
"...You're right!" The girl named Cirno said. "Damn Reimu... Always bullying the fairies for no good reason... I'll settle my score with her once and for all!!!"
And with that, Cirno flew off in a specific direction. You're not sure if she actually bought that or if she is simply stupid.
Either way, what you should be focusing on is the training.
"Now then Fargo, look closely and listen to what I have to say." Reisen began. "It's important to always check the current condition of the person you're treating during CPR. The first thing you should always check for is a pulse, that will indicate if their heart is still beating or not." Reisen said while placing two fingers on the person named Daiyousei. "...Looks like she still has a pulse, that's good. So that means we can skip one part of the process..."
Reisen continued on with the procedure, showing you the important aspects of CPR and how to do it safely. And while you are taking notes on this, you're a bit concerned that she's using a live person who is probably dying slowly. What makes it more concerning is how calm she is right now, as if she knows the person isn't going to die.
This went on for a while until she got to the final part.
"Okay! Now that we got all of that explained, we can move to the test! If you like I can show you a demonstration of how to do it, or if you like, you can try and perform CPR on her first!" Reisen said.
You went over to Daiyousei. You looked at her and...
There's something wrong about this... You're not sure what but there's something wrong about trying to give mouth-to-mouth to someone who looks younger than you.
Sure you're in a world where youkai exist, so there are gonna be beings who look much younger than they're supposed to be, but...
Are most of them supposed to look so child-like!?
You find yourself hesitating in this scenario. On one hand, you should just let Reisen take care of it and hopefully find someone else to practice CPR on later. On the other hand, it be better to just do it on this person and hope that no one takes it the wrong way.
Then again had you not taken this upon realization, you would be far better off right now instead of worrying about-
"Um... Fargo? Y'know it's not a good idea to hesitate when performing CPR right?" Reisen asked, making you snap back into reality.
You look down at Daiyousei once again.
And you...
Chapter 42: Part 42
Summary:
You decide to give her CPR treatment
Chapter Text
You look at the girl once again, swallowing a breath of air to prepare yourself for what you're about to do.
You slowly reach down, keeping the girl's head still as you pinch her nose gently.
Her lips part slightly as you lean down and-
*BZZZZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a very special broadcast brought to you by none other than Yukari Yakumo
...
A camera turns on, pointing to a familiar person.
"Greetings! And welcome to the first (and hopefully last) ever airing of Gensokyo's number one gameshow!!!" Yukari shouts as a spotlight beams on her.
The camera suddenly points to a bunch of people in the audience shouting, "ARE YOU BETTER THAN CHEN!?" Following with an applause.
"That is right!" Yukari said. "We will be playing 'Are you better than Chen', a game where we prove whether or not our contestants are indeed, better than Chen. I'll be letting our co-host, Ran Yakumo take over now."
The camera immediately transitions to a different person. This one seems to be quite tall and has multiple tails behind them, along with a pair of ears on their head being covered by a hat.
"Thank you Master. We have 3 contestants here that will be trying to prove whether or not they are better than Chen. Our first contestant is none other than Koakuma from the Scarlet Devil Mansion." Ran said.
The crowd applauses as the camera points to a girl with red hair and sporting a pair of bat-like wings on their back and head.
"How did I get here?" Koakuma asked.
"Our second guest is all the way down from Former Hell, give it up for Koishi Komeiji." Ran said.
The crowd applauses once again as the camera points to a girl with green hair, a hat, and a closed third eye.
"Hello! Knife to meet you all!" Koishi said, holding a knife for no reason at all.
"...And for our third guest... You know her, you love her, she is the best being of all in the history of cats... CHEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEN!!!!!!!!!!!!!!"
The crowd goes into an uproar of cheering and clapping as confetti falls down and a choir starts singing a magnificent tune as the camera points to a girl with dark hair, 2 tails, and a cat ears on their head.
"Hello." Chen waved. "Ran promised me tuna if I agreed to do this with her."
"Thank you all for coming everyone... Now then, we shall get to our first question. This will be worth 100 points to whoever can guess correctly."
A giant screen pops up in front of the 3 contestants. And a question pops up.
Who is the best person in all of Gensokyo (in Ran's Opinion)?
Chapter 43: Part 43
Summary:
You answered CHEEEEEEEEEEEEN!!!!
Chapter Text
"That answer... Is correct!" Ran shouted. "The winner of this game is Chen!"
Several bells ring as more confetti fly down as the audience cheers and whistles. Chen stands up and goes to the center of the stage while Koakuma and Koishi just stay where they are.
"Congrats Chen! It seems that you proved that you are still better than anyone else! What do you have to say!?" Ran said.
At first Chen said nothing. She smiled and looked around.
"Um... Chen?" Ran asked again. "Don't you have anything to say to your lovely audience, who think you're an excellent cat?"
"Hehehe..." Chen laughed a bit. "I think you're mistaken Ran..."
The music comes to an immediate halt.
"C-Chen? Are you alright?" Ran asked, with a bit more concern.
"...You expected Chen to win this match... TOO BAD!!!" Chen then threw off their disguise, revealing none other than...
"IT WAS ME, ORIN!!!" Orin shouted, revealing themselves.
The audience gasped, Ran was shocked, and Koakuma just got stabbed in the leg by Koishi, so she screamed in pain.
"N-n-no... It c-c-c-can't be..." Ran said. "What... What did you do to my Chen!?"
"I already took care of her long ago... All this time you pampered me, nursed me, even took hot steamy baths with me... But I fooled you all... Even the gap hag didn't realize!"
"Hey! I'm still here!" Yukari said from the backstage.
"But now it's too late! I already collected enough power from you to finally take over this colorful rock of land! And no one can stop me!!!" Orin said with a maniacal laugh.
Suddenly, a random explosion occurred at the wall of the stage, and Chen appeared.
"Not so fast!" Chen declared. The audience and Ran cheered.
"Chen! You're okay!" Ran said.
"Of course I am! I simply went to the bathroom! But I'm now here to stop you Orin!" Chen said while pointing a finger at her, then slowly approaching.
"Oh? You're approaching me?" Orin asked. "Instead of-"
"We already used that reference!" Yukari shouted from the back. "Try to be more creative!"
"Oh we did?" Orin asked. "Then... I know!" Orin then shoots a small laser from her finger, hitting Ran in the chest.
"Ran!!!" Chen shouted, dashing towards her master and catching her before she fell to the ground.
"C-Chen..." Ran said in a weak tone. "I'm... I'm sorry... If only I knew sooner..."
"No! Please Ran! It's not your fault! If I was just a bit stonger I-" Chen cried.
"Chen..." Ran placed a hand on Chen's head, rubbing it slowly. "I'm already proud for how strong you've become... ever since I took you in when you were just a little kitten, I knew that you had a warrior spirit inside of you... I knew that someday... You will surpass me in strength... So please... Even if I'm gone one day... I want you to keep getting stronger, and don't... hold... back..." Ran said before closing her eyes and going limp.
The area was quiet and still at this time... a few tears fell out of Chen's eyes, and Koakuma was bleeding out from Koishi's knife.
"No... Ran no... NonononoNOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!" Chen roared out, and a large flash of light spewed out of her, engulfing her in colorful flames.
Orin took a step back, flabbergasted by this sudden increase in power. "Such Power!!! It can't be!!!" Orin said.
An entire orchestra played in the background, intensifying this moment.
Chen stood up, her fur now a golden yellow, her eyes a fierce green, and her aura a million times stronger than before.
"It's... IT'S!!! The Legendary Super Bakeneko!!!" Orin shouted, suddenly the color purple for no reason at all.
"You took away my Ran! Now you must pay Orin!" Chen shouted, charging towards Orin.
Several transformations and at least 47 episodes of endless fighting later...
Chen (who is now Super Bakeneko 3 and fully mastered the Spirit Bomb) and Orin (who is in her final form at 100% full power and fused with Okuu after she showed up unexpectedly) are now charging up their final attacks.
"Kaaaaaaaaaaaaameeeeeeeeeeeee..." Chen said.
"hahahahahaha...HAHAHAHAAHAHAHHA!!! YOU FOOL!!!" Orikuu said. "You think this battle is over? No of course not!!! I'll defeat you! I'll defeat everyone! Including that idiotic Shrine Maiden and her blonde sidekick! I'll take over this planet and declare a ban on all fumos! Except for ones of me!!!" Orikuu shouted.
"Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaameeeeeeeeeeee...." Chen said. The ground around her crumbled.
"And I'll prove it now by eradicating you off the globe! Take this!!!!! Super Nuclear Soul Blast!!!!" Orikuu said, holding their arm cannon and quickly charging it up to unleash a blast.
"NYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!!" Chen shouted as she unleashed a beam of her own. The two beams clashed with one another, the struggle was intense.
Orikuu first had the advantage, overpowering Chen's attack. But...
Koishi suddenly came out of nowhere and stabbed Orikuu on the leg for no reason at all.
"Ow!" Orikuu said. "What you do that for!?"
"Don't know." Koishi shrugged.
Chen took this opportunity to go all out, overtaking Orikuu's attack, and defeating her once and for all.
The beam was so powerful, it send Orikuu all the way to the moon and back, sending her back to former hell where Satori was waiting patiently for them to come back.
"...I did it... I did it!!!" Chen shouted.
Everyone cheered for her as Ran suddenly came back to life, hugged Chen, and everyone was happy.
The End...
...
"Oh... Well that happened." Yukari said. "Welp. Lets... Um... I think... Well... Y'know what why don't we go back to what's happening at Misty Lake shall we?"
*BZZZZZT*
---
You honestly have no idea what just happened. But it feels like you blacked out mid-CPR and had a whole dream referencing that one show you watched as a kid with all the flying people that fight space things.
But to your surprise, you somehow successfully performed CPR on Daiyousei, as she is waking up.
"Oh, good job Fargo! For your first try you didn't do as bad as I thought." Reisen said.
"Yeah... It wasn't as bad as I thought." You say, feeling proud.
Daiyousei raised her head, rubbing her eyes as she looks at you.
"You... Are you... My Charming Hero?" Daiyousei asked.
"Wait what?" You say.
"Wait what?" Reisen asked.
"I always dreamed that I would be saved with a true loves kiss... So this must be fate... But I always thought that Cirno was my Charming hero... So are you?" Daiyousei asked.
How do you respond?
Chapter 44: Part 44
Chapter Text
"Actually, Cirno saved you, she just flew off before you could see her" You say. You then pointed a finger at where she went. "I believe she flew over to Hakurei Shrine, something about getting even with a person named Reimu."
"She's... Fighting Reimu for me?" Daiyousei said. "Of course... Reimu must've bullied me by making me land in the lake. Cirno then saved me, gave me my true love's kiss, and then went to avenge me when she assumed that I was dead... Is that right?" She asked.
"...Yes." You lied.
"...I see..." Daiyousei went and stood up. "Thank you for accompanying me... May I ask what your name is."
"My name is Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
"Uhhhhh." Daiyousei said. "O-okay. I-I'll try my best to remember that." She said as she flew off.
"Huh... I wasn't expecting that to happen." Reisen said. "...Well regardless, you passed the test."
The sound of a victory horn could be heard in your head for some reason. You're not sure why but who cares?
"Neat. Do I get some kind of reward?" You ask.
"Hm... Well I guess I could treat you again." Reisen said. "Though is there anything specific you want?"
You thought about it for a moment there, thinking about all the kinds of foods you can go and enjoy.
What do you suggest?
Chapter 45: Part 45
Chapter Text
"I want to have your cooking." You say.
"...I'm sorry what?" Reisen asked.
"I'm serious. I want you to make a personal meal just for me and me alone. I want you to make a dish so good that I will reenact one of the many scenes in Food Wars." You say in a more serious tone.
"I have no idea what you're talking about... I'm confused yet honored at the same time." Reisen said, having a small blush on her face. "I... guess I can cook for you if that's what you want, but don't get too excited."
"Good, lets go back then." You say.
...
After using your map once again to get back to Eientei, you entered the mansion alongside Reisen.
You weren't expecting it, but a sudden pie to the face hit you suddenly.
"Ha! I got you Rei- oh, wrong target." Tewi said, jumping out from the wall.
"Tewi... Again with the pie trick?" Reisen said. "Sorry about that Fargo."
"It's alright." You say with a thumbs up. "I always wanted an excuse to lick pie off my face."
"Ew, don't just say stuff like that out loud." Tewi said. "Anyways, good timing Reisen, Eirin actually needs your assistance on something."
"Can't it wait? I kinda have something else I need to do."
"Well I guess our patient could live with an amputated leg if that's what you want." Tewi said with a smile.
"Wait what?" Reisen asked. "What happened Tewi?"
"The library girl from the Scarlet Mansion showed up here unexpected. There was a knife stuck to her leg and she lost a lot of blood. I'm actually surprised she flew all the way here." Tewi said. "Anyways Eirin was hoping for you to go help disinfect the wound."
"I'll be on my way. Sorry Fargo, I guess the reward will have to wait." Reisen said as she quickly walked down the hallway, leaving you and Tewi together in the entrance.
"Well well... It's just you and me now eh Fargo?" Tewi said, handing you a towel to wipe off the pie filling.
You were a bit hesitant, but you went and took the towel to wipe off your face. "Thank you Tewi." You say.
"It's no problem... So, what were you doing with Reisen?" Tewi asked in a peculiar way.
"She was teaching me how to perform CPR. And I passed the test for her." You say.
"CPR... So I guess you two got real close and personal during the segment?" Tewi asked.
The way she phrased it made you blush, but you were to quick to respond. "I'm telling you it was just a test Tewi. Nothing else happened while we were gone."
"But how can I be so sure? I mean surely how do I know that the whole CPR thing isn't just a hidden way of saying you two going to first base?"
You felt more embarrassed now. So much that you stuttered a bit. "I-I'm telling you! N-nothing happened while we were at Misty Lake!"
"Sure... I believe you." Tewi said, slowly walking towards you. You walk backwards a bit. "Say... I think I remember you once saying you were from the outside world... Am I right?"
You were silent.
"...Well it doesn't matter." Tewi said, standing very close to you now as you are backed to a well. "Even if you're from the outside world I'm very certain that you never had a single relationship in your life. I bet no male or female ever considered you as a potential spouse let alone a mate or even a thought... But I'm different." Tewi said in a much more seductive tone.
"P-p-p-please Tewi... If this is another prank then-" You wanted to say more, but Tewi interrupted you.
"I'm serious Fargo... I'm very serious..." Tewi said.
Right now, a rabbit girl barely at your shoulder's height is seducing you. On one hand you're flattered, on the other hand you feel a bit uncomfortable about this situation.
Luckily the situation quickly changed when Kaguya walked into the room.
"Inaba? What are you doing?" Kaguya asked.
Tewi quickly stepped away from you, blushing a bit but she made it barely noticeable somehow. "Oh nothing Princess! I was just having a casual conversation with good ol' Fargo!" Tewi said in a more cheerful tone.
"...Is that true..." Kaguya said, not sounding convinced. "Kaninchen, is Inaba telling the truth?"
You took a few seconds to respond. Looking down at Tewi who made a gesture to keep your mouth shut about what happened.
How do you respond?
Chapter 46: Part 46
Summary:
You decide to agree with Tewi
Chapter Text
"Um... Yes Kaguya. Tewi is telling the truth. We're just having a normal conversation." You lie.
Kaguya looked at you suspiciously for a moment, but then her mood quickly changed a second later. "Okay then! I just wanted to make sure Inaba wasn't lying like always." Kaguya said. "Speaking of... Inaba do you mind helping me with something?"
"Um... Sure I guess." Tewi said.
Kaguya turned around and left. Before Tewi left with her however, she turned back to you and pulled you down so she can whisper into your ear.
"Don't think this is over yet Fargo~" She said, she then blew some air into your ear, sending shivers down your spine.
As she skipped down the hall, you just stand there, dumbfounded at what just happened.
Just then, a gap portal opened in front of you. You see a little note float down. You catch it and read what it said.
'References are okay, but crossovers isn't something I'll be doing.' -Yukari
You wonder what she means by that...
30 minutes later...
"I'm back!" Reisen said, brushing her hair with a comb. "Sorry it took a while, I wasn't expecting a patient to show up so sudden!"
You were still inside the same room. Surprisingly you were able to entertain yourself by fiddling with your pocket watch a bit.
"It's alright. Hopefully whoever needed help was taken care of." You say. "Anyways, lets go and-"
The door slammed open.
You and Reisen look back to see a figure in blue. Nothing else stood out besides the weird looking hat that she is wearing.
"Keine?" Reisen asked. "What are you doing here?"
Behind the person named Keine was a girl who seemed to be in tears right now. You remember that person to be Mokou. "Please Keine... I'm sorry, please it was just a joke~"
"Hello Reisen... Do you mind telling me where Eirin is right now?" Keine asked in a very serious tone.
"U-Um... She's down the hall in her office... Why is it something important?" Reisen asked.
"...You could say so." Keine said. She walked past the two of you as Mokou followed Keine, still asking her to stop.
"...Today's been weird." You say.
"Welcome to Gensokyo, it's been weird since 2002." Reisen said. "For now, lets go give you that reward shall we?"
"Yes, lets." You say.
The two of you made your way to the kitchen. Reisen went and put on an apron that matched her appearance very well in your opinion.
"Okay! I'm ready! Tell me is there anything you want me to cook?" Reisen asked.
"Surprise me!" You say. "I don't care what it is so long it's yours."
Reisen blushed a bit, trying to hide her face with her hands. "O-Okay then... Go out of the kitchen for a bit while I go make something."
You did just that. As you made your way out, you encountered someone you didn't expect to see.
It was a small girl, wearing yellow and green. She's also wearing a matching hat. What's more there seems to be a purple cord that surrounds her body, with a round object floating around where her heart is.
"Hello! Knife to meet you!" The girl said, holding a knife for some reason.
How do you respond?
Chapter 47: Part 47
Chapter Text
"Hello." You say. "Knife to meet you t-"
Suddenly, the girl stabbed you in the stomach. You held your abdomen with your hands as you kneel to the ground in pain.
"Oh thank god finally!" The girl said. "I've been asking everyone that all day and you're the first person to respond! Maybe I should just find more convenient excuses to stab people..."
"Why..." You say. "Why did you stab me. That hurts..." You can feel your own blood pouring out of your hand.
"...Don't know." She shrugged. "I don't even know what I'm thinking. Anyways can I have my knife back?" She said, pulling the knife out of you.
That only caused the bleeding to intensify. You feel more in pain now as the girl walked away happily.
"Ugh... Damn it..." You tell yourself.
You went and reached into your pocket. Inside was a small first aid kit. During your session with Reisen earlier she gave you this in the case of an emergency. Inside was a roll of bandages, some gauze, and a pill that according to Reisen, can cure all wounds in an instant, however the process is so painful that you'll pass out upon consumption.
You obviously don't need to take the pill, but you can at least treat the wound. You took out the bandages and gauze and started cleaning the wound. After it was cleaned, you went and wrapped your abdomen with the bandage, making sure you covered the entire wound thoroughly so you don't start bleeding again.
You're able to stand up again, but it hurts to move around so you'll need to take it easy for a while. Sadly your blood stained your clothes, and you can't hide it either. It's a shame, you actually enjoyed the Japanese clothing that you're wearing.
Either way, it's best that you go to Eirin's office to see if she can help. You could go ask Reisen, but she's busy cooking and you rather not bother her.
...
Upon reaching Eirin's office, you heard what sounds like a heated conversation inside. As you slid the door open, you were able to clearly hear what was going on.
"Look Keine." Eirin said. "I could see your reasoning for why you came all the way here... But I fail to understand why you would take Mokou's words seriously."
"Exactly Keine!" Mokou said. "So why don't we just go home and-"
"No... Not until you agree to have my child Eirin." Keine said in a stern voice. "If Mokou wants me to have you bear my child then so be it."
Eirin sighed. "...Again, how many times do I have to tell you that I will not. Besides how do you even plan on going with the process in the first place?"
"Simple." Keine said. "We just wait till a full moon so I can use my hakutaku form and unleash my big, raging-"
"Keine!!!" Mokou shouted. "Please! I just want to go home and not discuss this any further! It was just a joke! Just a joke!!!" She cried with tears in her eyes.
...You have no idea what is going on. It feels like you walked in on something that shouldn't even be happening in the first place.
What do you do?
Chapter 48: Part 48
Chapter Text
You slowly close the door, making sure that you didn't make any noises while the three inside the room continue their... discussion.
You then start making your way back to the dining room. But you only managed to get halfway when you suddenly fell to your knees.
You're in immense pain. You look down at your stomach to see that the blood is spiling out again. Well it was to be expected, it's not like you did a good job bandaging yourself.
You thought about going back to Eirin's office, but you don't feel like going back to what was going on in there. But at the same time you don't want to go ask Reisen as you don't want her to worry.
As you ponder on what to do, you see someone walk down the hallway. It was Tewi.
"Well well..." Tewi said with a smile. "Looks like someone could really use some help."
"..." You didn't say anything, you just let out a noise indicating you're in pain.
Tewi walked over to you, kneeling as she did. "Do you have anymore bandages on you?" She asked.
"Um...Yeah I do." You say. You pulled out your first aid kit and hand it to Tewi.
"Okay, I need you to remove your clothes so I can check the wound."
You did as she said, removing some of your clothing so that your abdomen is more exposed.
"Geez, it's no wonder you're covered in so much blood, you're awful at bandaging yourself." Tewi said.
"Well sorry." You speak in a somewhat sarcastic tone. "I'm only just learning how to do medical procedures."
"Yeah yeah, we all have our excuses." Tewi said. "Now hold still while I go get some cloth."
Tewi quickly ran off, and shortly came back with what looks like a wet cloth.
"That was quick." You say. "How did you know where it was?"
"Luck." Tewi said.
"..."
Tewi took the cloth and started dabbing your wound. It stung a bit but you tolerated it. You weren't expecting Tewi to be so concerned about your well-being. Then again she did try to seduce you earlier so...
"Okay I cleaned you up. Now I'll just take some of the bandages and..." Tewi started wrapping your wound with the new bandages, making sure it was on firmly and won't let the wound be exposed.
"How...How do you know how to do this?" You ask.
"Reisen taught me one time. She wanted to make sure that I can take care of myself in case I ever get involved in some kind of mess." Tewi said.
"I see."
"...There we go. Good as new!" Tewi said, standing up.
You looked at the bandages. She did much better at covering the wound than you did.
"Um... Thanks. I guess." You say.
"It's no problem. But you should go put on some new clothes, else you would continue looking like a serial killer who forgot to bathe." Tewi said.
"Oh yeah you're right." You said. You were about to stand up when Tewi grabbed you by the shoulders.
"Hey... Don't I deserve something for helping you?" Tewi asked in a seductive tone.
"...Um..." You didn't know what to say.
"...It's alright if you don't know." Tewi said. "But I think I deserve a reward..."
"L-like what? You want me to go get you something to eat?" You ask.
"I guess you could say that..." Tewi said, slowly moving closer to you. She goes and wraps her arms around your neck, moving her body so that she's sitting on your knees, and her face just inches from yours.
"T-T-Tewi..." You say. "I don't think we should be doing this. What if someone sees us?"
"I don't care." She whispered. "If you don't want me to take you away from Reisen, then stop me."
You know where this is going. You definitely know where this is going!!!
How do you respond?
Chapter 49: Part 49
Chapter Text
As she moved in closer, you use your free hand and reach down to your watch.
And you looked at Tewi, with a serious look on your face.
"Tewi... I have something I must say..." You say.
"Oh? What is it?" Tewi asked, still smiling.
"Za Wardo." You say in a quiet voice.
You paused time. Tewi's frozen body laid on top of yours. You moved her off.
At first, you thought about just walking away and leaving her confused...
But then you got a better idea.
...
You decide to take Tewi to Eirin's office. There you see the frozen bodies of Eirin who is still seated at her chair, Keine seated on the other side, and Mokou whose face is stained with tears next to Keine.
You took Eirin and shifted her slightly so that she has her arms wrapped around Keine's torso. Then you took Tewi and placed her on Mokou's lap, making sure that Mokou has a firm grip on Tewi's shoulders. When that was finished you then walked outside the room, closing the door just in case.
Then you resumed time.
"Which is why you... Wait why are you next to me Keine?" Eirin's voice said.
"Huh? Wait I thought I was sitting down. Mokou do you- wait why is Tewi here!?" Keine's voice asked.
"Gah! Why did you kiss me Tewi!?" Mokou's voice shouted.
"Ack! I thought you were- ugh!!! Your mouth taste like tobacco!" Tewi's voice said.
"Tewi... What did you do!?" Eirin said.
"N-n-n-n-nothing I swear! And what are you doing with Keine!?" Tewi asked.
"What are you- Wait why do I have my arms around you!?"
"No... Nonononono!!!! Keine!!! How could you do this to me!?!?" Mokou cried.
"What!? I-I-I don't know what's going on! Why do you still have your arms around me Eirin!?" Keine asked.
"Sorry... I'll let go." Eirin said.
"Keine!!!! Why did you do this to me!?!?!?" Mokou bawled. "I said I'm sorry! It was only a joke!!! I didn't think you would go this far!!!"
"Mokou! I didn't mean to! I only wanted to mess with you I swear! I don't actually want to have a child with Eirin!" Keine said. "Wait, Tewi get off of my Mokou right now!"
"Tewi, I think I'll have to punish you for this prank of yours." Eirin said in a stern, aggressive tone.
"W-w-w-wait!!! I swear this isn't my doing!!! It must've been Fargo! Yeah they're to blame!" Tewi said.
"And now you're blaming someone who isn't associated with this!?" Eirin said in a louder tone. "That's it. I've been meaning to test this drug on Udonge but you'll do just fine. Mokou, be helpful and restrain her."
"Wait wait wait!!!" Tewi shouted. "I swear I had nothing to do with this!!! NOOOOOOOOO!!!"
...You feel a bit sorry for Tewi... But she kinda deserved this.
You feel glad for this ability you have. It's quite useful. Sure you could be using it more responsibly but as long you don't get caught you'll be fine.
As you thought about that, you decided to walk back to the dining room... But first you should change your clothes.
...
You put on a different set of clothing, it's similiar to what you were wearing previously but with a different design to it.
You made your way to the dining room, where you see Reisen already there waiting. She turned to you, with a earnest smile on her face.
"There you are." Reisen said. "I thought about looking for you but decided to wait."
"Oh yeah." You say. "I had a few things I needed to take care of."
"Was it important?"
"Not particularly. But anyways, I wasn't expecting you to be done so quickly."
"I learned how to make meals quicker for whenever the princess gets hungry all of a sudden. I hope you like what I made!"
You moved to sit down, seeing the meal that is on the table. Reisen sits at her spot, which is on the opposite side of where you're sitting.
Chapter 50: Part 50
Chapter Text
There was a odd mix variety of dishes that are on the table. First there seemed to be a tray of chicken alongside some rice. The chicken looked like it was grilled nicely and the rice seemed to be fluffy.
Then there was another tray with a pile of fries and a bucket of chicken. The weirder part is you feel like you seen that bucket somewhere before...
But then it starts getting even weirder with there being a dish of a food that you know you never heard of before, and you can tell it has a name that sounds too confusing to say.
And then it's EVEN weirder when you notice another tray of what looks like a dish coated with edible gold! And there's even a receipt with Tewi's name on it!
AND WHY IS THERE A PLATE FULL OF SPIDERS!?!?
...Surprisingly, the last dish is a normal salad.
"So... What do you think? Did I surprise you?" Reisen asked.
"Yes. You surprised me." You say, still trying to get used to the sight of all the food in front of you. "Um... Why are there so many different dishes?"
"Well... At first I thought about making something simple, so I went ahead with the chicken and rice. But then I thought you would prefer something more familiar so I did some quick research and managed to recreate a fried chicken recipe using the selected herbs and spices I have. But then I thought you would rather have something more luxurious, so I went ahead and borrowed some money from Tewi's savings and managed to get some edible gold to use for the next dish. And then I figured that there should be a side dish to go along with all of this, so I made a salad. But while I was making said salad, I noticed a spider's nest inside one of the cabinets so I decided that could also be a dish in the case you're secretly a bird person disguised as a human." Reisen said.
You have no words... Instead you take a bit of the chicken and rice, some salad, and started eating. Sure there were other options but the spiders already got to the bucket of chicken and golden food by now.
You took a bite of some of the chicken and...
It's delicious.
It's not perfect, but you can tell how much effort she put into making this food.
"This is amazing Reisen!" You say with delight. "I knew you would make something great!"
"Thank you!" Reisen said in a happy tone. "I'm glad that you liked what I made!"
"Yeah I- Oh, I forgot to call you master didn't I?" You say.
"It's alright Fargo. You can call me Reisen when we're not doing work if that makes you more comfortable."
"Okay then, Reisen."
The two of you eat the food for a bit. As you did, you felt like starting a conversation to be rid of all the silence.
"So... Have you ever read any good books?" You ask.
"Not exactly. I'm usually too busy with work to ever take a break... Though I have read a few books before. I remember the Princess telling me about this one book where these two people from different noble families fall in love, only to die in each other's arms."
"Romeo and Juliet?" You guess.
"Yeah that's the one!" Reisen said. "Have you ever read it?"
"I think I did... Though I don't think all of me has read it."
"What do you mean by that?"
"Nothing. But what other books have you read?"
"Hm... Well have you ever read The Tale of the Bamboo Cutter?" Reisen asked.
"...No, I don't think I ever have."
"It's about a girl who was found in the stalk of a bamboo. She was taken in and raised by an old bamboo cutter and his wife. As she got older however, her beauty became more noticeable. This attracted 5 suitors, who wished for her hand in marriage. She gave them impossible tasks with the intention that none of them will succeed. Eventually she attracts the Emperor of Japan themselves, they ask for her hand in marriage, but she refuses. Even then they kept in contact. But one day, it was revealed that the girl was from the moon, and she knew that she would eventually had to leave. When the time came, she said her goodbyes to her family, the emperor, and everyone she cared for. She leaves a bit of an elixir of immortality for the emperor and then leaves for the moon. The emperor did not wish for immortality and declared for the elixir to be burned to ash." Reisen explained.
You found the story interesting. But the way that Reisen described it made it seem she knew more than she's letting on.
"That's a fascinating story Reisen." You say. "Where did you hear that from?"
"It was my master who told me that story once."
The two of you were quiet for a bit, still eating the dinner that was on the table. The spiders already managed to devour all the fried chicken and the golden food. Now they were leaving the kitchen and heading down the hallway.
You decided to start the conversation again with Reisen.
"Say, you ever wonder about how dreams work?" You ask.
"Dreams? What about them?" Reisen asked.
"Y'know, sometimes there is meaning behind them. Like how sometimes one can dream of a certain thing, then the next day that same thing from their dreams appear?"
"...Well I remember my master telling me about how certain dreams can have significance behind them. Like for example if one were to dream about the past, or even a past life, it usually means that there was something back then that one wanted to do, or accomplish. Or maybe there was someone in said past that one wanted to see again." Reisen said.
"Huh. I guess I can see that. You really know a lot."
"Well I have learned many things from all my masters in the past."
"Masters?" I thought Eirin was the only one." You say.
"Oh... Well I-"
Suddenly, you and Reisen heard screaming coming from down the hall. It sounded like Kaguya.
"Spiders!!! So many icky spiders are in my room!!!" She shouted.
"Oh no..." Reisen said. "Sorry Fargo, I gotta go. I hope you enjoyed the dinner I made!" She said.
"It was good, thank you." You say just as Reisen left the room.
---
It was late at night again. You were tired and wanted to go to sleep.
So you did, you went to your room after getting everything done for the day. You flopped into the room full of stuffed rabbits and just fell asleep.
...
You open your eyes.
You look around, and sure enough you're in the familiar void you always find yourself in.
You turn around, and you see Yukari, sitting by a table while drinking some tea.
"Hello Fargo. Come, sit and have some tea with me." Yukari said.
Do you accept her offer?
Chapter 51: Part 51
Summary:
You accept Yukari's offer.
Chapter Text
You sit down by the table, admiring the floral patten of the cloth and the parasol that shades both of you (which is strange because you can't idenfity any light sources in this void, yet there is still a shadow).
Yukari snaps her fingers and immediately a person you haven't seen before shows up. She looks to be quite tall, wearing a blue-white outfit, and sporting several tails behind her. She also seems to be wearing a hat that's covering what looks like fox ears on her head.
"Here you go Master." They say to Yukari, pouring her and yourself some tea. "Would there be anything else you need?"
"Not at the moment Ran. Thank you though." Yukari said.
The girl named Ran then walked away, vanishing through a gap portal that just opened up.
Yukari takes a moment and drinks some of her tea, you went and did the same.
...The tea had a strange flavor to it. It was sweet, yet also a bit salty. It reminds you of those Seiran-flavored Dangos you had a while back.
Yukari then looks at you, placing down her tea on a coaster. She gives you a small smile. "So, I see you have been getting quite used to Gensokyo. Am I wrong?" She asks.
"...Well, it was strange at first." You say. "Hopping from one place to another, finding a job, encountering a variety of faces... But I'd be lying if I said I'm not used to it by now."
Yukari gives you another smile. "I see. That's good to hear."
"...I do have a small question I've been meaning to ask for a while." You say.
"?" Yukari looks at you, taking a sip of her tea as she does so.
"...Why did you bring me here? I mean, why me? Out of the billions of humans on this globe, why exactly me?" You ask.
"..." Yukari closes her eyes. It was as if she was pondering on how to answer the question given to her.
You took another sip of your tea again. You found it to taste strange this time. Almost as if it suddenly became more bitter.
"...You're not the first to ask that question y'know." Yukari began.
"Huh?" You ask.
"...Sometimes I like to go out to the outside world, just to see how humanity has progressed. I like to see if they made anything new, discovered something unique, or started anything really. And sometimes I like to bring back anyone who I believe that if they were to be truly gone, no one would miss them."
"..." You don't like where this is going.
"Take you for example. You were just an ordinary person. You lived a normal life, gone and pursued a normal education, got a normal career, and had normal hobbies. You didn't do anything particular that made you stand out from the crowd. So much so that suppose if you were to get involved in a freak accident, say, being hit by a truck, no one would mind it. They would just see it as another accident and move on." Yukari said.
"...So you're saying that I was picked because I wouldn't be missed?" You ask, feeling a hint of agitation in your voice.
"Oh no no. I'm not saying you wouldn't be missed. Surely even though you were ordinary you probably had a family or friends at that matter who would've cared if you were to be gone... But like a said, no matter how big the impact was, people would move on eventually." Yukari said.
You look down, not making eye contact with Yukari. "...You say that as if you can relate." You say.
"...But I can." Yukari said. "I believe anyone can know what it feels to forget, or to be forgotten... Surely you had a family member, or a friend, or anyone in your life who you lost one day. But as the years progress, you think about them less and less and less... Until they're nothing more than a little moment that's overshadowed by various other things in the present."
You grip onto your teacup a bit. The liquid inside of it shakes a bit, causing some of it to drip on your hands.
"In fact that's the purpose of Gensokyo, to welcome in those who have been forgotten. A safe haven for everyone who wish to escape the stresses of life and start anew with a clean plate. Youkai, fairies, gods, even legends come here to seek protection from being truly forgotten." Yukari said.
"...So that's why you brought me here then?" You ask.
"No." Yukari said. "You were meant to be forgotten. At least that's the original plan."
You stand up, looking at the calm youkai who drinks a bit more of her tea while looking at you.
"What are you even saying? Just what are you saying at all?" You ask, trying to avoid shouting.
"...Most of the humans I bring here are to be served as food for the youkai. Most youkai can't survive without human substance. But because of the spell card rules, they're not allowed to attack those from the village. So that's why I bring in those who have been truly forgotten from the world, so they can be eaten... Because after all, no one would care." Yukari said.
You honestly can't believe what it is that you're hearing right now. But even though you want to shout, to express your sense of anger and confusion, you don't... You just sit back down and drink a bit more of your tea again.
"...So why didn't you?" You ask.
"...Because I saw something inside of you... Rather, I saw something inside all of them." Yukari said.
"?" You're confused.
"...To think, there would exist so many souls in one person... I don't know how it happened, maybe you're more special than I thought." Yukari stood up and started walking around the area a bit. "Hundreds, maybe even thousands of you, all working as a hive mind... But a hive mind would work in unison, yet not all of you agree on a single choice. In fact some of you even try and make your own independent choice compared to what the host suggests. So a hive mind wouldn't be the most accurate way of describing you Fargo Kaninchen... Or should I say Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." Yukari slowly said.
You sit firmly on your chair, watching as Yukari circles around you.
"You would be more like a democracy. A group of people who get together to make a vote. And whatever the majority votes on goes. It's strange to say the least. Because I've noticed you all making decisions that don't add up... But then again it is your choice. But what I'm wondering is what will happen if no one makes a choice. Does the host decide for themselves, or do they give up? What happens if there is a tie? What happens if the decision is against what the host wants?" Yukari said, moving back to her chair.
"...I don't know what you're talking about." You say. "You're not making any sense."
"...It's alright Fargo... You don't need to understand... In fact I have a question of myself I would like to ask of you."
"...What is it exactly?"
Yukari smiled. "Since you've been doing this for a while on a set path, I'll be giving you an ultimatum... You can continue the path that you already set for yourself, continue forward until you reach the end of the story... Or, you can start over. We can go all the way back to the beginning, with a fresh new start. Everyone's memories of you, including yourself, will be wiped. I'll even allow you to pick a new ability, a new name, and even change your race. You can then go and try out a different path. Say for example, climb your way to Youkai Mountain until you reach Moriya Shrine, or tread down through the underground while interacting with the Oni and Satori. Or maybe you can keep it simple and take a visit to Hakurei Shrine... And maybe even see the Shrine Maiden herself."
...
You don't know what she's going on about... But since you got this far... You might as well make a choice.
Either you can continue working at Eientei, learning about Reisen and her past, get more experience as a health assistant, and maybe see what those dreams about the moon are about.
Or, you can start from the very beginning. Everything you worked up to at this moment will be forgotten. You will start with the chance to pick a different path, no matter what may follow afterwards.
...
Chapter 52: Part 52
Summary:
You decide to continue with the current path.
Chapter Text
"...I'll continue." You say. "I'll continue with the path I'm currently taking."
"...Huh." Yukari said. "Honestly there was a part of me that was expecting you to take the opportunity to try something else... Then again I'm not like Satori who could read what's going on in that head of yours... Oh well, it's your choice." She stood up from her spot again, placing down her teacup as she waves her hand.
Suddenly, a gap portal opens up, taking away the entire table and chairs. You for some reason didn't go with the chair you were sitting on, as you landed on your back.
"Well... Since you chosen, I'll let you continue your route... But first..." Yukari smiled.
She snaps her fingers and-
---
You open your eyes once again... The room was dark, and a bit cold also. There was something lingering in the air that made it feel... far away from home you suppose.
You moved out of the bed you're on, finding that there was something above you while you did. But you didn't hit your head luckily, you moved and placed your feet on the ground. The flooring seemed much different. It was made of wood, but the texture was noticeably more rough.
You walk around the room a bit, trying to figure out where the light switch is. You slide your hands on the walls, immediately noticing that they too were made of a different texture.
Finally, you felt what seemed like a switch, and turned it on.
The room was dimly lit, but now it was possible to see. Looking around, you immediately recognized where you are.
You turned your head to what looks like a mirror, and noticed the rabbit ears on your head.
Yep... You're on the moon again.
...
You suddenly felt a jolt of electricity through your body. It hurt, a lot.
*transmitting data*
Data? What does it mean by data? Wait what's going on? You thought.
*Replaying memories...*
...
...
...
It's been about 20 years since the last memory you had on being the moon. Yet your mind was filled with various memories. From doing military training with Yorihime, to getting closer to Reisen, to making friends with various other rabbits and even a few lunarians somehow. You went on multiple missions during your career, helping defend bases from enemy attacks and even risking your life to save others. You were even awarded for saving 7 Moon Rabbits from a pure malevolent foe.
All of these memories came to you all at once, so much so that you passed out.
---
"Ugh... My head..." You said.
"Well obviously, you woke up, groaned in pain, then hit your head on the desk, what did you think was gonna happen?" A familiar voice said.
You open your eyes, only to see Shirai glaring at you.
"Honestly, a highly decorated soldier such as yourself shouldn't simply pass out from waking up. Were you light headed or something or was one of the peaches you ate sour?" She said.
How do you respond?
Chapter 53: Part 53
Chapter Text
"Well at least I know that you're worried about me." You said in a kind tone. "Thank you."
Shirai blushed a bit, but quickly responded. "It's nothing. Don't mention it. Just next time don't pull a stunt like that." Shirai said.
You sat up, looking around you see that you're in a infirmary. "Well then... I feel better now, so I think I should head out."
"You sure? Cause I don't want to be interrupted from doing my duties if I hear you pass out again." Shirai said.
"I'll be fine. Besides, I survived having my entire arm being torn off once, I think I can manage having a mild headache." You say.
And with that, you leave the infirmary with Shirai.
...
"Okay! Attention all you rabbits!!!" Yorihime's voice shouted out.
Several moon rabbits looked up at her, standing straight and not letting a single muscle in their body loosen. "Ma'am yes ma'am!!!" The rabbits shouted in unison.
"Today we have two of our high-ranking soldiers here to help assist with your training! We have Captain Shirai alongside Lieutenant Fargo Kaninchen! They're going to whip all of you rabbits into shape! So much so that by the time we're done here you all will lose all those bellies from eating too much mochi all day! Do I make myself clear!?" Yorihime shouted.
"Yes Ma'am!" The rabbits shouted.
"Good!!!" Yorihime turned to face you and Shirai. "They're all yours." She says in a kinder tone.
Shirai takes the lead immediately. "Okay all you bunnies! Unlike Princess Yorihime I'm not so merciful..." Shirai says.
She goes on, saying things that makes the rabbits tremble a bit, but keep their stances. You recall in your memories how Shirai is always the one who gives out the speeches while you're the one who just smiles and nod with whatever she goes on about. Sometimes you do switch, but you can't ever recall what you say when giving out speeches.
When she finished, she started giving out instructions to the rabbits on what to do next. You just sit back and watch it all. And to be honest, it's a lot less lethal than last time. Normally Shirai would bring in robots with flamethrowers and guillotines as a warm-up for the rabbits. But it's starting off different with just 500 laps, 1000 pushups, and 800 squats. But what hasn't changed is what she does to any of the rabbits if they slip up even just once.
...It's quite a view to see indeed. A very brutal view.
As you stand there and see all the rabbits train, you notice Yorihime walking up to you.
"Lieutenant Fargo." Yorihime said.
"Yes ma'am." You say.
"...Please, just call me Yorihime, we've been through this." She said in a kinder tone.
You recall how Yorihime is one of the lunarians that you're good friends with. At first you thought she was stubborn and cold, but overtime you learned that she's quite sweet, even if she acts like a Tsundere every once in a while.
"Sorry... Yorihime. What is it that you need?" You ask.
"Actually, I have something I need you to do. Do you mind delivering this letter to Sagume? It's important." Yorihime said, holding a white letter in front of you.
How do you respond?
Chapter 54: Part 54
Chapter Text
"Sure, I can deliver the letter." You say.
"Good. I believe Sagume should be near the Capital building." Yorihime said, handing you the letter.
You took the letter and you head out.
...
You moved quickly, passing by several moon rabbits, buildings, and a few Lunarians. The amount of Lunarians increased as you kept on moving. This makes sense as you're heading into the more luxurious part of the city.
The roads are nicer, the buildings made of a finer material, and there's even a few hi-tech machineries that you see. Compared to where the rabbits live, this place is like comparing gold to copper.
As you kept on walking, you notice a few Lunarians staring at you. Not with kind faces of with an observable glance, rather they were more scowling with a hint of spite behind them. You can recall how most Lunarians think of rabbits... Still, there's not much to do and you're lucky that you're treated as good as you are now.
There have been rabbits who've been treated far worse. Say for example becoming slaves to the more wealthy Lunarians. You know that Reisen is one of them, but fortunately her owners are some of the kindest people you ever know... For a Lunarian that is.
You felt a bump on your shoulder as a Lunarian passed by you. They stopped on their track to glare down at you. You looked back at them, not showing much emotion.
A few seconds later they continued to walk by. You're used to this kind of treatment by them, but sometimes you wonder why they hate rabbits so much.
You made your way to one of the buildings that are close to the Capital. You knocked on the door, waiting a few seconds before someone opened it.
You see a fellow moon rabbit, with bandages wrapped around their abdominal area. Their hair is more of a brunette and unlike most rabbits, they're wearing a red vest with a pink dress. They seem strangely familiar.
"Ah... You must be the messenger..." She said. "Are you here to see Sagume?"
"Yes actually." You say.
"Very well... Come on in." She opens the door wide so you can walk in.
The inside was simple. There wasn't much decoration to admire but the walls and flooring are neatly clean. You're guided by the rabbit up to a set of stairs.
"She's located on the first door on the left. Make sure you knock before you enter." The rabbit said.
You walk up the stairs, and then made your way to the first door on the left.
You gave it a knock... No response. So you went in anyways.
...There you saw a figure scribbling something on their desk. The entire room was dark, yet there remained a single fireplace at the center of the left wall. You were able to see various artpieces of what looks like characters and sceneries pasted on another wall. Looking more closely at one of the pieces, they seem to resemble a spiky haired person wielding a very big sword.
Your admiration for the art was interrupted when you turned around and see a figure glaring right at you. This caused you to jump back startled.
The person was wearing a purple dress, a tan jacket over it, and what looks like a bowtie. Their hair was short and gray. She also sports a single wing on her back. This, was Sagume Kishin.
"Sagume! I apologize for barging in! I thought you heard me knock!" You say, bowing politely.
Sagume didn't say anything, instead she walked over to a lightswitch and turned it on, now the room is much brighter. Then she moved to her desk and grabbed what looks like a notebook. Using a pen, she quickly written something on it before showing it to you.
It's fine, I knew you were in here but I was trying to finish something up, she wrote.
You recall how Sagume doesn't speak much. You don't know the exact details but based on the rumors you heard over the rabbit network, it has something to do with her ability to reverse a scenario. It's so bad that in order to not accidentally blow up the moon, she refuses to speak unless absolutely necessary.
As Sagume quickly written down her next response, You look over to see a 7-foot sword that's hung on the wall. It's thin, like a katana, yet the length of it seems almost impossible to carry.
Are you the one that Yorihime sent over here by chance?, Sagume wrote.
"Yes." You say. You pull out the letter that Yorhime gave to you. "Here's the letter."
Sagume took the letter and went over to put it on her desk. Then she written something else.
Thank you... But before you go, I like it if you can stay a while.
Stay? But what for?
"Um... I like to, but I need to get back to Yorihime so I can report to her." You tell Sagume.
It will only be for a little bit. I just want to hear your opinion on something I've been working on.
How do you respond?
Chapter 55: Part 55
Chapter Text
"I guess I can stay for a bit." You tell Sagume.
She formed a smile on her face, moving to her desk and pulling out something from her drawer.
You notice her struggling a bit to pull the item out, but she managed to do so as she walked over to you and plopped a large stack of papers.
"Ack! What's this?" You ask, feeling the weight of the paper.
It's a script for a story I've been writing. She wrote. If you can, I like it if you can read it and let me know what you think.
This is going to take a while... Hopefully Yorihime doesn't get mad if you take a while.
4 hours later...
This story is intense! It began as the main protagonist makes their way to this section of this city, then they go blow up a factory! Then they meet up with this other girl who works at a bar! Then they go blow up another factory but then were knocked down to the ground! Then they go meet up with this flower girl! Then they go to this other place and dress up as a girl! Then they go find out that this company is going to drop an entire plate of metal onto a civilization! Then It shows the characters meeting up to go save the flower girl! Then they meet this cat dog thing! Then they discover a bit about this one person who carries a really long sword! Then they escape the city and now are going to go save the world!!!
AND THAT'S JUST THE FIRST PART!!! YOU STILL HAVE SO MUCH MORE TO READ!!!
Suddenly, you felt a notification go off in your head. You were so distracted reading this story that you forgot about what you were doing.
"Fargo! Where the hell have you been!? I had to go teach the rabbits by myself no thanks to you!!!" -Shirai
...Oh...
You quickly stand up, handing the script back to Sagume. "The story is great Sagume, I love to read more but I need to go." You tell Sagume.
Okay, Aerith will guide you back outside. Sagume wrote.
...
You left the building, wondering why the rabbit's name is Aerith, the same name as one of the characters in Sagume's script. You're also wondering why she has bandages wrapped around her entire waist. It's not like she got impaled or something right? Of course not, who would go do such a thing?
Anyways, you quickly make your way back to where the training area is.
When you got there, you were greeted with the disappointed faces of both Shirai and Yorihime.
"Lieutenant Fargo. Where have you been?" Yorihime asked in a serious tone. "You were supposed to have returned hours ago.
"P-Princess Yorhime I apologize." You say. "I wanted to leave but Sagume had something she wanted to show me and-"
"Fargo. Let me be honest here." Shirai interrupted. "Next time someone wants to show you something and you're busy, say no. You don't always need to pick the most optimistic choice."
...You feel like there's more emphasis in her wording... Oh well.
"...I'm sorry." You bowed. "I'll try not to make that kind of mistake again."
"Good. You're dismissed." Yorihime said.
"Wait really?" You ask.
"Of course, the training session ended 30 minutes ago. You're off duty for the rest of the day." Yorihime said.
"Oh, I understand." You say.
...
You were a bit tired, leaning on the bark of a peach tree, eating one of the peaches. You felt disappointed in letting yourself be distracted, but you didn't want to be rude.
Actually, why didn't you say no? You were aware that you were busy, so you could've informed Sagume that you didn't have time. Were you just that polite, or was it something else?
...Actually, you recall about Yukari saying something about how there was something inside of you that made you special... But what did she mean by-
"Fargo!" A familiar voice called out.
You look over, being interrupted by your thoughts, as you see someone you were excited to see.
Reisen ran up to you, waving her hand and smiling happily.
You recall how the two of you slowly grew very close on the moon over the past 20 years. So much that at some point, you both started dating.
She jumped into your arms, as you pulled her in for a warm hug.
"Fargo, it's so nice to see you." Reisen said. "Toyohime has been keeping me so busy with errands and duties that I haven't gotten to talk to you for a week!"
"Yeah. I missed you too." You tell her. Though technically you saw her last night.
Reisen let go of you as she took a step back. "Honestly, Toyohime really kept me busy. Not only have I been training more as a soldier, but she's been forcing me to call her "Onee-chan" more often!"
You held back a laugh as you heard that. You recall that Toyohime is a bit clingy towards Reisen...
"Well hopefully she didn't make you dress up wierdly." You say.
Reisen sighed. "I wish. Just yesterday she made me wear a really skimpy top with hot pants on, then proceeded to take a bunch of pictures of me by the sea."
You feel sorry for Reisen. You really do.
"But anyways..." Reisen said. "Now that we're together again. I think it's time we go on that date of ours."
"Date?" You ask.
"Yeah. Don't you remember? It's your turn to pick out what we do for our next date." Reisen said.
You recall how you both take turns choosing dates... But what was it that you picked?
How do you respond?
Chapter 56: Part 56
Chapter Text
"I honestly forgot about deciding our date." You say, scratching the back of your head.
Reisen quickly showed a frown on her face, indicating how disappointed she is in your. "Really? You had all the time to decide something and you didn't even bother?" She said.
Those words hurt, like an arrow piercing through your heart. "I'm sorry..." You say.
"...It's alright." Reisen said with a smile. "I had a feeling you'd be lazy or something so I went ahead and planned something just in case."
"You did?" You say with a bit of surprise.
"Yep, you should be glad I'm your girlfriend who takes time to plan things out instead of waiting for you to do something." Reisen said.
You can feel the level of passive aggression in her words.
"Oh, and as punishment, you're paying for everything." Reisen said. "Got it?"
"Y-yes Ma'am." You say with a stutter.
"Good, now lets go!" She said, grabbing your hand and dragging you along.
The two of you walk to the streets, hand in hand. You went around and visited a few stores. Reisen wasn't joking either about you paying for everything though. She bought expensive food, clothes that she'll likely wear once, played games,
But the biggest blow to your savings was the gun store. If there's one thing you can recall, it's that Rabbits REALLY love their guns.
You both walk inside, immediately being greeted by the owner of the store.
"Ah, welcome Reisen, it's nice to see you again." A tall rabbit with dark hair spoke. "Oh and Fargo too, it's a nice surprise. Are you two on a date or something?"
"Yep! Though my datemate was supposed to plan out this week's date, they forgot unfortunately..." Reisen said.
"Really now? Fargo forgot to plan out a date?" The tall rabbit said. "How could you forget something like that?" They asked you.
How do you respond?
Chapter 57: Part 57
Chapter Text
You don't know why, but suddenly you prostrate yourself to the ground, on your knees and hands, your face barely an inch from the ground...
Reisen and the tall rabbit were a bit surprised by this, as another rabbit who is in the store walks over to the conveniently placed piano and began playing Fur Elise
"My dear Reisen... I don't know what came over me... Was it simply a matter of me forgetting, or was it the distractions of life that kept me from fulfilling my promise of our date... From the Sea of Tranquility to the Lunar Capital, I apologize for I have once again forgor. I forgot about it because I was thinking about my family, friends and relatives in the outside world more, the thoughts overshadowed the date me and Tewi Reisen have. As such, I hope... No, I beg Reisen... I humbly beg for your forgiveness and please... Please Reisen! I'm sorry! I'm truly sorry for how I acted!!! I don't know what came over me! PLEASE!!! HAVE MERCY ON THIS POOR RABBIT SOUL AND FORGIVE THE HARSH MISTAKE I MADE ON OUR RELATIONSHIP!!!" You say. "...Brought to you by Raid Shadow Legends." You whispered to yourself.
"..." Reisen had no words.
"..." The tall rabbit didn't know how to react.
"..." The piano rabbit left the shop after they were finished with what they were doing.
"..." You didn't say anything else. You just kept your pose and waited for a response.
Then... Reisen walked down to you. She took your head and tilted it up so your eyes meet hers. As you looked up, you see the wonderful face of your girlfriend... With a confused expression on her.
"Fargo... what the fuck are you going on about?" She asked.
"...I... I'm so-"
You were interrupted by her kissing you on the lips. It lasted for a good 20 seconds before she let go for air.
"Geez Fargo! I knew you were sorry but you didn't have to go that far! What the hell were you thinking!?" Reisen said. "Of course I forgive you! You really think I would hold it against you simply because you forgot about our date!?"
"..." You didn't say anything as you continued to stare at her.
"...Just next time you forget about one of our dates, make up something on the spot and go with it. I don't honestly care about what we do together so long we can still have fun." Reisen said.
"...Oh... I understand." You say. "...I guess I went a bit overboard with the apology there. I'm actually surprised the rabbit from before suddenly started playing the piano. Also why is there a- y'know what that doesn't matter."
"...C'mon, get up already. We still have a date to enjoy." Reisen said, pulling you up.
"Does this mean I won't have to pay for whatever you're getting here?" You ask.
"Nope!" Reisen said with a smile. "Oh! The limited edition golden minigun! I'll take that!" Reisen told the tall rabbit.
"That'll be 30,000!" The tall rabbit said.
...So much for your savings...
---
Reisen carried the minigun like it was a giant stuffed animal down the street with you. It was starting to get late, but it's not yet time to go to bed. The two of you were watching a group of rabbits having some kind of dance competition with one another.
"Well... You managed to drain all the money out of me for the rest of the month." You tell Reisen. "But I would be lying if I said I didn't had fun."
"I agree." Reisen said. "I'm sorry for making you spend so much on all of those things for me." Reisen said.
"Well what can I say? I would do nearly anything for you?" You tell her.
"Anything? Even risking your life for me?"
"Of course."
Reisen smiled, looking away a bit to see the rabbits still dancing. "...I'm glad you know? Had I never met you all those years ago I would probably still be the shy, quiet rabbit I was back then... With the only thing I be doing for a living is being my master's living dress-up doll."
"Toyohime really should consider getting a new hobby." You comment.
"Well I once recommend she try target practice. But lets just say she almost sent 4 rabbits to the infirmary."
"...What about Yorihime? Does she have any hobbies besides yelling at rabbits?"
"...Well sometimes I see her go into her sister's room with a camera. Though I'm not sure why she would-"
Suddenly, an explosion occurred. You and Reisen look to see where it was coming from.
You look over the distance, and see smoke rising close to the capital.
"Oh no... What happened?" You ask.
"I don't know!" Reisen panicked. "We need to go over there and help!"
Do you go with her?
Chapter 58: Part 58
Summary:
You decide to go with Reisen.
Chapter Text
"Let's go!" Reisen shouted, dragging you along. You ran with her down the streets.
As you ran, you notice several other people panicking, not just rabbits but even a few lunarians along the way. As you get closer, you began hearing gunshots.
As you and Reisen ran, you both quickly had to take cover as several bullets came your ways. You quickly ran to some barrels that were on the side and took some cover. You managed to take a quick look as to who was shooting.
What you saw was a Moon Rabbit, but what's different is the color of their ears. One thing you know is that all the rabbits who live in the Lunar Capital have white ears, as it is a representation of purity according to the Lunarians.
But these rabbit's ears... They were red.
"Come out right now and fight you cowards!" The red rabbit said. "We're taking over this place!"
More shots came your way, but none of them hit you or Reisen thanks to the obstacles protecting you. But you can't stay there for long.
You reached down to your hip, where your gun was strapped too firmly. All rabbits in the Lunar Defense Corps are instructed to carry a firearm with them at all times, as they never know what would happen in the case of an invasion. You look over at Reisen, who also pulled out her firearm as well.
"I'll go draw them to me, you fire when I give you the signal." Reisen told you.
You nod your head. Reisen quickly ran into the open and began firing her shots. The red rabbit quickly fired back with their own shots. Reisen was able to dodge them with ease, as the red rabbit's back was turned on you.
"Now!" She shouted.
You quickly stood up, landing several bullets on the red rabbit's back, making them fall to the ground and on their knees.
You and Reisen walk over to the rabbit, forcing them to look at you both. "Okay, who are you and why are you terrorizing the Capital?" Reisen asked them.
They didn't respond. You watched as they slowly pulled out a small button, laughing to themselves. Your eyes open wide at the sight.
How do you respond?
Chapter 59: Part 59
Summary:
You decide to push Reisen out of the way.
Chapter Text
"Get down!!!" You shouted. You quickly run over to Reisen, just as the red rabbit pushed the button.
In a split second, their body exploded into a gory mess, leaving nothing but the fleshy remains.
"...Are you okay Reisen?" You asked.
"Yeah. I'm fine." Reisen said. "Um... You can let go of me now."
You realized that you were still clinging onto Reisen, so you let her go. Reisen stood up, and dusted off her skirt quickly. "Okay, we need to continue forward." Reisen said. "Let's go."
The two of you started moving quickly, passing by a few burning buildings and hearing more gunshots.
You quickly dodged a few oncoming bullets as more red rabbits shot at you and Reisen. You were quick to fire back at them, knocking them down for good.
But as you were distracted, you heard Reisen quickly scream. You turn around only to see Reisen slamming down another Red Rabbit and pinning a knife at their throat.
"C'mon then... Kill me!" The Red Rabbit demanded. "You have your opportunity, do it!!!"
"..." Reisen didn't do anything, she just kept her position.
You were wondering what Reisen was planning, when you see another red rabbit come up behind her with a gun.
You quickly responed by shooting the rabbit first. This surprised Reisen as she turned her head. The Red Rabbit below her took this opportunity by grabbing her wrists and forcing her to drop the knife.
Just as the red rabbit was about to stab her however, you shot them through the head.
"Are you okay?" You asked Reisen.
"...I'm fine..." She said, her voice hesitating to answer a bit.
Regardless, the two of you continued on to near the capital.
...
Upon reaching it, what you saw was several lunarians fighting back against the red rabbits. There were several dead bodies, and the smoke that you saw earlier was coming from what looked like an entire building set aflame.
You recognize this building to be the one where you visited Sagume in earlier. Concern began to fill up in her stomach over whether she's okay or not.
"Are you okay Fargo?" Reisen asked you.
"Not really... I feel like Sagume is in that building." You say.
"You mean the flaming one?"
"Yeah... I just have that feeling."
"Don't worry, Sagume is a capable person. I think she would've fled and moved to a more safe location if that's the case."
Reisen's words were reassuring, but you still have that feeling of concern inside of you.
What do you do?
Chapter 60: Part 60
Summary:
You decide to charge into the building
Chapter Text
You quickly stand up, facing where the building is at. In your way is several people fighting with guns and explosives, many of whom could kill you with ease. Yet even though you could just wait till Reisen comes up with something, you are impatient.
"Fargo... What are you-"
"LEEROY!!!!!!!!! JENKINS!!!!!!!!!" You yelled. You dashed forward, pushing through several red rabbits, even punching one in the face along the way. You continued to run until you reached the building.
Inside, the whole place was a mess. The walls were crisp and the ceiling looks like it can collapse at any minute. You don't see any signs of anyone in here.
"Sagume!" You shout. "Can you hear me!?" You say. Though it's ironic considering Sagume probably wouldn't respond regardless.
You look at the stairs, and quickly run up them. But you were too quick, as one of the steps broke when you stepped on it.
You yelled in pain, the wood from the step broke into a sharp stake and cut up your leg really badly, what's more you couldn't move else you would risk injuring yourself even further.
Still, you had to try. You grabbed your leg and the step, slowly pulling it out. The pain was agonizing, but you gritted your teeth and managed to free your leg.
You are now bleeding, but that can wait, you need to make sure that Sagume is alright.
As you made your way to the final step, you limped to the door you remember Sagume was in last time.
You opened the door and went inside. There, you see that the fire has yet to catch up to this room.
The room itself however, was a mess. A complete mess. There were several papers and drawings scattered all over the place, some were even torn apart.
As you were distracted, you didn't notice the door closing behind you, or the other person inside the room.
When you did, you were met with a gun pointing right at you.
"Don't. Move." The person holding the gun said.
You recognize this person. They are the rabbit named Aerith, who was here with Sagume earlier today. You also saw Sagume with her, her hands, legs and wing tied up and her mouth covered with some tape.
But what's different this time is that Aerith's ears are red instead of white like last time.
"...So you're with the terrorists then?" You asked.
"Terrorists? Oh, I guess that's what the lunarians call us then huh?" Aerith said in a harsh tone. "Y'know, during my last 3 years working as a spy for the Red Rabbit Revolution, something that always bothered me was why all you white ears stay so loyal to these racist, egotistical perfectionists?"
"Huh?" You ask.
"It just doesn't make sense... All you do is pound an endless supply of mochi, get drafted into the military, fight battles where most of you all don't come back alive to, and then act like everything's fine... Meanwhile you have slaves like the glowing red eyes who get tossed around and forced to do whatever their master wants them to accomplish, no matter how vile it may be. And for what exactly? Just to atone for the sin of someone who I'm pretty sure no one even cares about at this point?" Aerith said.
"..." You didn't say anything, you just reach for your gun without trying to make it obvious.
"And take this lunarian here!" Aerith shouted, dragging Sagume by the wing. Sagume yelled in pain through the muffle in her mouth. "She doesn't talk yet she goes on and on and on about this fucking fanfiction that I have no interest in! And she literally gave me the name of the one main character who fucking dies at some point!"
"Aw c'mon, spoilers!" You say.
"Shut up!" Aerith shouted, pointing the gun at you again. "And the worst part is that she literally took a giant metal stick, and stabbed me through my torso, just for inspiration!!! You have any idea how long it takes for a wound like that to heal!?!?"
You quickly looked at Sagume, who just faced a random direction to not make eye contact.
"But now... Now I can finally no longer deal with this endless cycle." Aerith said. "Once the RRR overtake the Capital, we can either kill off all the Lunarians or send them to the one place they despise the most: Earth."
Sagume quickly started to scream at the word. Aerith smacked her in the head in response. "Shut up Lunarian!!!" Aerith said.
As she was distracted, you took the opportunity to pull out your gun and attempt to shoot her. Unfortunately due to your bad leg, your shot was inaccurate and you only grazed her shoulder.
"Ack! You little-" Aerith shouted. She quickly pointed her gun at you, firing a few shots.
You dodged a few of them, trying to charge in close. But again, your leg wouldn't let you, and you ended up being hit in the stomach.
You kneeled to the ground, clenching your wound in pain. You notice that the fire from earlier has caught up to this room by now, which is bad.
"Heh... As always, the white ears are nothing compared to us in terms of physical combat." Aerith said, a smug smile forming on her face. "Now... Normally I would just kill you off and then move onto my next mission... But, since I'm feeling generous..."
Aerith reloaded her gun, this time standing in-between you and Sagume.
"I'll give you a choice. I can let you join the RRR, let you feel a sense of freedom like never before, and be able to live a life without being controlled by Lunarian scum... But you would have to prove to me you're committed to our cause." She said, implying a heavy emphasis on 'committed'. "Or... You can die here, and in exchange I'll spare the Lunarian. After all, if you're so loyal then surely you would rather let your superior live instead of you... But who am I kidding? Your answer's obvious, now pick already!!!" She shouted.
You have to make a choice now, else Aerith would likely kill you and Sagume.
On one hand, you can join the RRR, but you know full well that that would mean taking innocent lives. But at the same time, are you truly willing to sacrifice yourself for Sagume? Sure you known her for a long time, but even then...
What do you choose?
Chapter 61: Part 61
Summary:
You decide to suplex Aerith.
Chapter Text
You know what to do now. Taking a deep breath in, you feel a burst of adrenaline flow through your veins. The pain in your leg and stomach fading away in an instant. You stared daggers at Aerith, letting out a loud cry that startled her.
You stand up, almost demolishing the floor you're on top of just with your legs alone, as you charge at the red rabbit. They try to shoot at you, but you were quick to avoid it. You grabbed their wrist, twisting it tightly so they drop the gun.
"Ack!!! What in the-" Aerith responded, but she didn't have time to say anything else as you quickly move behind her, grabbing her around the waist. And with another shout, you flipped her over.
*THUD*
You managed to german suplex Aerith to the floor, knocking her out instantly. Her body laid there, while you stood, tired, but still got the adrenaline pumping through you.
You acted quick, walking over to Sagume and removing her bindings, including the tape. She coughed a bit when you removed it.
"*cough cough* ...Thank you..." Sagume said quietly.
You look around, noticing that the room was slowly catching fire. This is starting to get bad.
Suddenly, the entire room shook, causing both you and Sagume to lose balance. You assumed that the fire is destroying the support for the building, and is now causing it to collapse on itself.
You tried to get up again, but unfortunately the adrenaline from before had quickly dissipated, as when you tried to stand up, you felt more pain than earlier.
"Augh!!!" You shouted, clenching your wound. You see the blood covering your hands, it's bad.
Sagume moved to you, seeing your current condition. She looked around, hoping for some kind of exit. Unfortunately the room had no windows to jump through, and the fireplace is too small to fit through. And the only other way is through the fire itself, but that is a horrible idea.
"Damn it..." You say. "Think... Think..." You tell yourself.
"Fargo." Sagume said. "...Do you have a plan?" She asked.
"No. I don't." You tell her. "...I'm sorry. At this rate both of us will be engulfed in flames... Or the building will collapse on us first."
"...So you're saying that there is no way out?" Sagume asked.
"Yes."
"And that the room will collapse at any moment?"
"Yes."
"And that we're surrounded by flames slowly approaching?"
"Yes... Wait what are you trying to say here?" You ask.
"Let me repeat what you said. You said that we will either be engulfed in flames, or have the building collapse on us before anyone can save us... Am I wrong?" Sagume asked.
"No. No you're not wrong. You're right." You tell her.
Sagume let out a sigh. "I see." She said with a smile.
Just as she did, the door barged open. You look to see a group of Moon Rabbits all wearing fire-proof gear and sporting what looks like pressurized water tanks on their backs.
"We got 3 people here!" One of the Moon Rabbits said to an intercom.
---
You were lying in the infirmary, again. You recall how often you visit this place. Most of the time you come here after returning from a battle, which is strange since every battle you've fought thus far always resulted in you getting hurt one way or another.
You have bandages wrapped around your leg and your abdomen, there's also a blood bag hanging next to you. On your other side, Reisen was sitting by the usual chair.
"Y'know, after we managed to stop the RRR from infiltrating the Capital, one thing that I thought to myself was, 'Geez Fargo, what were you thinking running into a burning building? You could've gotten yourself killed!', and then I realized that you've done this kind of thing many times in the past." Reisen said.
"What I'm more surprised is they've a spot specifically made for you whenever you visit me." You say, referring to the chair that Reisen is sitting in.
"I know right? It's quite comfy unlike the unpolished wooden chairs that we sit in most of the time."
"They could've at least given me my own bed to sleep in. I come in here so often that I think all the nurses know my full name now."
"Are you by chance referring to your super long nickname?"
"Yes, yes I am."
Reisen giggled a bit before responding again. "Well, I like to stick around longer, but unfortunately my masters are expecting me to come back soon." She said, standing up and proceeded to leave.
"...Hey Reisen." You asked her.
"Hm?" She pointed her head out of the space to look at you.
"...Thank you for being there for me like always." You tell her.
"...You're quite welcome Fargo." Reisen said, leaving this time.
You stared at the ceiling for a bit, seeing the light staring down at you. It buzzes quietly, so quiet that if it wasn't for your rabbit ears you wouldn't be able to hear it.
You wonder about the red rabbits that you fought today. You know they're called the Red Rabbit Revolution, but that's all you really know. You heard stories from other rabbits that they're a group dedicated to the belief that anarchy is the best example of freedom there is, even if their tactics are... extreme.
Still, you managed to save Sagume... But something tells you that she would've been saved regardless of your choice...
Either way, you decide to fall asleep.
---
The image of a screen pops up in front of you. It resembles an old terminal from the 20th century, with green text appearing.
It reads: Lunar Capital Archives #****
The screen removes the text and several new lines start forming
Date: **/**/1965
Things have gone bad.
In the past 20 years of observing the humans ever since I've discovered their creation of nuclear weaponry, I only saw them progress far quicker than anyone has ever imagined.
They not only acquired the ability to send things out of their orbit, but they already started showing signs of perfecting spacecraft. The so-called Soviets have done many things, but it's really the USA that I'm worried about.
Still, what makes me wonder is what would happen in the case that the humans manage to make their way to the moon? What would they do if they discover the capital? Would they be friendly?
No no... Of course not. We're talking about impure Neanderthals who spent millenniums poking things with a stick just to admire the response. If there's anything that I know these humans would do, it's to conquer.
I already managed to warn Lord Tsukuyomi about the Human's accelerated progress. There's already been practice drills assigned to the rabbits in the case the moon gets invaded.
I don't know what to expect myself honestly... Lets just hope these humans leave us alone.
End of Report
...
...
...
You wake up.
You open your eyes, only to see that they're being covered by something. Moving your hand, you felt something soft, like fur.
Moving forward, you managed to get the furry thing off your face, revealing it to be one of the Earth rabbits.
Looking around, you notice the room is full of the Earth Rabbits. And you're not sure why.
What do you do?
Chapter 62: Part 62
Summary:
You slowly, quietly get out of bed without disturbing the rabbits.
Chapter Text
As you did, you made your way to your dresser, which had a couple of more rabbits sleeping on top.
You managed to put on your outfit for the day, and then made your way outside of the room.
When you opened the door, there were even more rabbits sleeping there. In fact the hallway is filled with rabbits sleeping.
What is going on exactly?
You went and moved down the hall, being careful to not step on any rabbits. Until finally you reached outside Eientei.
And the thing you saw surprised you.
You see a giant, tall stone wall that stands in-between Tewi, Kaguya, and several various rabbits. Tewi and Kaguya were wearing camo outfits and were both signaling each other with communicators.
"This is T-3W1, do you copy?" Tewi said in her communicator.
"This is K-A6U94, I see you destroyed my patrol boat, several rabbits had families on that ship you know that?" Kaguya said, pointing to what looks like a couple of rabbits playing dead.
"K-A6U94, I'm well aware of what I'm doing. You started this war however and I intend on ending it. Now how about you take your turn... Or are you afraid of me getting serious?" Tewi said.
"...You really want this? Fine." Kaguya said, turning off her communicator and looking at her rabbits. "This is your general speaking. It's time to strike. Initiate serious mode."
The rabbits nodded at Kaguya, looking at her with UwU faces. They took a couple of black rectangles and taped them to their foreheads, giving off angry UwU faces.
They shifted around until they somehow formed a mortar, launching off one of their own rabbits into the air, landing at Tewi's battleship shaped rabbit formation.
The rabbit pile exploded as they went all over the place. Tewi's rabbits kept their OwO faces while doing so however. "Damn it! She took down my battleship! At this rate the OwO Navy will fall!" Tewi said.
Kaguya giggled. "You fight well, but the UwU Navy reigns supreme in any water!"
"Egads!!! Well then... take this!!!" Tewi shouted. Her rabbits took out baseball caps, putting them on and then moving them backwards to show off their level of serious. They somehow turn their OwO faces into angry OwO faces.
They shifted around until they formed an airplane somehow, flying up into the air and dropping a bomb shaped rabbit pile, landing on Kaguya's Carrier shaped rabbit formation.
"Hit!!! And sunk..." Kaguya said in a sad tone. "That was my last ship..."
"Yes!!! Victory for the OwO Nation!!!" Tewi said.
"...Just kidding!" Kaguya said. "I still got one last boat, and you'll never know where it's located!"
Tewi gritted their teeth, she knows that both her and Kaguya have one last rabbit ship remaining.
Suddenly, she looks at you, standing there with a confused look. "Oh, Fargo! I need you to help me!" Tewi said.
"No no no!!! Help me!" Kaguya said. "We must unite forces to take down the OwO Nation! Else the UwU Empire will collapse!"
"Are you kidding!? Everyone knows the OwO Nation is superior to the UwU Empire! Join me so we can take her down!!!"
...
Well you just woke up and already you're in the middle of two people playing a strange game of Battleship.
Which side do you choose?
Chapter 63: Part 63
Summary:
You decide to remain neutral
Chapter Text
"I'm good." You tell them both. "I rather not get involved in... Whatever is going on here."
"Aw..." Tewi and Kaguya said.
"Also, do either of you know where I can find Reisen?" You ask.
"Inaba?" Kaguya said. "She should be in her room getting ready... Though it is strange that she isn't up yet."
"Okay then, I'll go check on her." You say.
"Don't leave her hanging." Tewi said.
...
As you made your way down the hall, you arrived at where you believe to be Reisen's room.
"Reisen?"
She really is a heavy sleeper...
You swalllow.
You can't believe you ended up doing this after all.
Waking her up in her own room...
Isn't that more like something a significant other would do?
In any case...
It just feels right.
Outside Reisen's room, you knock on her door.
"Reisen?"
"Wake up already..."
There's no response.
You really didn't want to have to enter her room like this...
Isn't it kind of a breach of privacy?
But she really left you no choice.
You...
Chapter 64: Part 64
Summary:
You gently open the door
Chapter Text
"Rei-"
"DAMN IT!!! GOD FUCKING DAMN IT!!!" Reisen shouted.
You walked in, seeing the inside of Reisen's room. It was surrounded by bags of chips, cans of Monster Energy Drinks, and what looks like a body pillow of an AK-47 next to the hoodie-wearing rabbit playing the remastered version of Dark Souls on the Nintendo Switch.
"I WAS THIS FUCKING CLOSE TO BEATING THE FINAL BOSS! 64 ATTEMPTS AND I FAILED EACH ONE! GOD FUCKING DAMMIT!!!" Reisen said, cracking open another can of Monster and chugging it down.
"...Um..." You say.
Reisen immediately turned towards you, her eyes blood shot from lack of sleep and staring at the screen for too long. "WHAT!?" She shouted.
"...Are you okay?" You ask.
Reisen blinked for a few times before realizing her predicament. "O-Oh! Fargo!" She said in a more polite tone. "I-I-I'm sorry for yelling at you like that..." She quickly stood up, rushing around her room and cleaning it in a matter of seconds. "I was so busy trying to beat this game that my friend Youmu gave me a while back that I ended up unable to sleep. Geez what time is it?"
"It's still the morning." You say. "I'm surprised that you own a switch."
"Well its not mine, I'm pulling a Marisa and borrowing it from the princess." Reisen said. She shoved all the cans in one bag and the chips in another.
"Who's Marisa?" You ask.
"You'll find out later." Reisen said, finishing cleaning up her room and putting her body pillow away in a safe and secure place. "Phew, now that we got that done, we can focus on more important things..." She said with a smile.
"Shouldn't you at least get some sleep first?" You ask. "Your eyes are still red after all."
"Oh I'll be fine. I've gone at most 96 hours without sleep before. Sure I had to get brain surgery afterwards but who cares?" Reisen shrugged.
"Um... okay." You say. You're unsure about what is going on, but you may as well go with it.
"A-ny-ways, I will now teach you about the basics of medicine." Reisen said. "It's important to know what certain medicines do what and the side effects that may come with them. You'll also need to be weary of the dosage levels and potential allergic reactions people may have with certain medications. Once we get through that, I'll send you off with what I taught you to our various customers who pay for our medicine."
"That sounds like a lot." You say.
"It may sound like that, but honestly it's not that hard once you start seeing the pattern... Now, follow me Fargo!" Reisen walked out of the room, opening it to reveal a wave of rabbits burying her.
Based on their faces, it seems that the UwU Empire managed to succeed in their war.
"Help me Fargo! I'm losing oxygen!!!" Reisen said.
Do you help her?
Chapter 65: Part 65
Chapter Text
You help Reisen out of the rabbit pile. The immense amount of fluffiness that enveloped you as you reached your way in was suffocating. But alas, you managed to pull Reisen out.
"I've been wondering, but why are there so many rabbits?" You ask. "There weren't that many before yesterday."
"Lets just say Tewi got busy last night." Reisen said.
"...What...what do you mean?" You ask, confused.
"It's not that important, for now you need to learn about medicine.
...
You spent the next 2 hours learning about medicine. Reisen taught you about what each kind of medicine does and the effects it gives. Not only that but she also informed you about the differences between medicine for humans, and medicine for youkai. There were certain medicines labeled for specific species of youkai as well. Reisen told you that it's very important that you don't mix up any of the medicines when delivering them to customers.
Afterwards, it was time to get ready to head out...
...
You stapped the pack behind you. It was quite heavy but hopefully the weight will ease overtime.
"Okay, remember Fargo: The medicines for humans are on the left side of the pack. Medicine for youkai is on the top right side, and medicine for specific species are on the bottom left, got it?" Reisen asked you.
"Got it." You say. "So, are we going to the human village again?"
"Oh that? No. I'll be heading there, but you have a different job." Reisen said.
"Which is?"
Reisen handed you a list of various locations. Some of the areas you recall seeing on your map, but there were also some that you don't recognize as well.
"We have customers who live outside the village. It's not too hard to get to some of these places, as long you stay on the path of course." Reisen said.
"I have to do all of these?" You say with concern.
"No no, any that you don't do I'll take care of. For now I want you to go to at least 3 of these locations here and deliver the medicine. There should be a description of their name, species, and what medicine they need. Be careful though, some of our customers aren't as friendly as you may think." Reisen told you.
"Got it." You say.
You look at the list once again. There were several names written on it. While you don't need to get each and every single one, it's best to know which place you wanna go to first.
Currently the list is organized like this:
Forest of Magic
Name: Marisa Kirisame. Species: Human. Medicine: Antifungal Drug.
Name: Alice Margatroid. Species: Magician. Medicine: Butterfly Dream Pill.
Name: Rinnosuke Morichika. Species: Half-Youkai. Medicine: Vitamins.
Scarlet Devil Mansion
Name: Sakuya Izayoi. Species: Human(?). Medicine: Anti-Stress Drug.
Name: Hong Meiling. Species: Youkai. Medicine: Sleep Medicine.
Name: Patchouli Knowledge. Species: Magician. Medicine: Respiratory Health Drug.
Myouren Temple
Name: Byakuren Hijiri. Species: Magician. Medicine: Anti-Aging Cream.
Name: Shou Toramaru. Species: Tiger Youkai. Medicine: Iron Supplement.
Name: Minamitsu Murasa. Species: Ship Phantom. Medicine: Anti-Nausea Medicine (liquid variant).
Name: Koishi Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Eyedropper.
Hakugyokurou
Name: Yuyuko Saigyouji. Species: Ghost. Medicine: Weight Loss Medicine.
Name: Youmu Konpaku. Species: Half-Human Half-Phantom. Medicine: Lots and lots of bandages.
Youkai Mountain
Name: Nitori Kawashiro. Species: Kappa. Medicine: Muscle Cramp Relief.
Name: Aya Shameimaru. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Hatate Himekaidou. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Sanae Kochiya. Species: Human/Living God. Medicine: Headache Relief.
Name: Kasen Ibaraki. Species: Hermit/***. Medicine: Medicine for her pets.
Chireiden
Name: Satori Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Antidepressants.
There are a lot of places to go and people who need help. And since you still have you map with you, it should be easy to get to most of these places.
You might as well get started, where do you want to go to first?
Chapter 66: Part 66
Summary:
You decide on Scarlet Devil Mansion
Chapter Text
You figured that heading to a mansion first would be a good starting point. After all, who else gets a chance to visit a mansion these days?
You look at the area on your map, and a portal opens below your feet
---
You hop out of the portal, landing on some ground. Looking around, it seems to be a nice area. There is plenty of trees and birds could be heard chirping in the distance.
You looked up, seeing the tall red mansion in front of you. You kinda wonder who decided on painting it red.
Nonetheless, you gripped the straps of your pack and started moving towards it.
As you get closer, you see what looks like a person besides the gate of the mansion. Judging by their appearance they're likely a gatekeeper. Hopefully if you explain to them your reason of arrival they'll let you in no problem.
"Um... Excuse me." You say.
No response.
"Can you hear me?" You ask again.
Still no response. As you got closer however you were able to figure out why.
You look at the tall, red-haired person. Who wore what looks like a green martial arts outfit. Her eyes are closed, and her mouth is slightly open.
In other words, she is asleep. It was obvious from the snoring.
She's asleep. You thought. I guess I could just walk past her and enter the mansion... But wouldn't it be better to announce my arrival?
You begin to ponder on whether you should attempt to wake the gatekeeper or not.
What do you do?
Chapter 67: Part 67
Summary:
You decide to scribble on her face with a marker.
Chapter Text
You look around a bit, making sure no one was watching. Then you checked to see if the gatekeeper was truly asleep by poking her face.
"mnnn... 5 more minutes Sakuya..." The gatekeeper said. Luckily she didn't wake up. You pulled out your pocket watch as you smiled.
"Za Wardo." You say. And time stopped.
You pulled out the marker you conveniently have with you, removing the lid and started getting to work.
---
So far, the gatekeeper has a penguin on her cheek, a game of tic tac toe on her forehead, a mustache, a goatee, a black eye, the words "kiss me" on her other cheek, what looks like a creeper, and the words "bing chilling" on another part of her face.
You were trying to keep yourself from laughing as you scribbled all these things on her. You enjoyed this ability you have, it's so much fun!
You quickly thought about drawing a wiener close to her mouth to finish it all off. Just as you were about to resume drawing, something caught you off guard.
"What are you doing?"
You froze. Slowly you checked on the gatekeeper, and sure enough they were still frozen in time. The world was still grey around you. But who said that?
"Y'know, as lazy as our gatekeeper can be, I appreciate it if you didn't mess with her face."
You turned around, seeing who was saying those words.
In front of you, was a woman wearing a blue maid outfit. She had silver hair that was nicely braided on the sides, as well as eyes whose color you're not sure of, but they look to be either red, grey or blue.
The fact that she had color on her is enough to tell you that she is immune to the time stop.
"U-Um... Hello?" You say, waving to her.
"...Greetings... May I ask who you are, and why you're here." The girl said. "And if you don't mind telling me where exactly you got that pocket watch of yours?"
"I...I'm Fargo Kaninchen..." You say. "But I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say without flaw.
"Hm... It's nice to meet you Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." The girl said. "Anyways, would you mind telling me your reason of your arrival?"
You were a bit shocked at how quickly the girl managed to say your very long nickname. Even still, you went and tell her your reason for coming. "I'm here to deliver some medicine."
"Medicine...Oh, so you're the new assistant that's been rumored to live at Eientei, am I wrong?" She asked.
"Y-Yes. I am." You say.
"...Oh pardon me, I forgot to introduce myself. I'm Sakuya Izayoi, the Head Maid of the Scarlet Devil Mansion." Sakuya said in a more polite tone. "Now that we got that out of the way, would you be so kind as to resume time? I like to welcome you in to our mansion so we can help settle the costs."
"Oh! Yes, I'm sorry about that. And sorry about messing with your gatekeeper." You tell her. You went ahead and resumed time, and all the color came back.
At that moment, the gatekeeper opened her eyes, yawning and stretching her arms.
"Ah... Oh Sakuya, what are you doing out here... And what's with the look?" The gatekeeper asked.
"Meiling, you have a little something on your face." Sakuya said.
"Huh?" The girl named Meiling asked. She touched her face a bit, not noticing the marker drawings. "Hm... I don't feel anything wrong."
Sakuya hands Meiling a mirror. Meiling then gasps in shock.
"Ah! My face! Who would do such a thing!?" Meiling asked.
"Well that's what you get for slacking off. Now go inside and wash your face off." Sakuya said.
"Okay..." Meiling said, feeling a bit sad.
You were confused why Sakuya didn't point the blame at you. Either she's being nice to you or likes to mess with Meiling. Regardless, you went inside the mansion.
...
The inside of the mansion looked very elegant. There were several decorations all over the place, and this is only the entrance you're seeing. You loved the look of the red carpet, and the wooden flooring that goes so well with it.
But there were two things that were bothering you.
First of all, there was a big, yellow road roller smacked in the middle of the room. Upon closer look you can see a small tag on it that says: "To Ichirin, from Sakuya".
You don't know who this Ichirin is, or why they would be getting a road roller either.
But the next thing that you see is even more bothersome.
Next to the stairs, you see a doll. It's a strange looking doll to. It doesn't seem to have legs, unless it does. It also looks to have a peculiar nose also. It's indeed a strange looking doll. But what truly makes it unnerving is how it feels like its staring at you, slowly moving its eyes to follow your movement.
It's just standing there... menacingly.
"Excuse me." Sakuya tapped on your shoulder, startling you. "If you like, I can make you some tea before we proceed with the payment, would that be alright?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 68: Part 68
Chapter Text
"Tea sounds wonderful." You say.
"Excellent, if you like you can explore the mansion a little bit. But don't go too far... And don't go down the basement." Sakuya warned.
"I...I got it." You say.
Sakuya smiled, she turned around and headed through a door.
Since you're here, you might as well explore.
...
You went through a pair of doors, and was welcomed with an echo.
What you see if an endless array of bookshelves, stacked on top of one another, stretching high up till they fade into the darkness. You look like you're in a library, a very, very big library.
Feeling like your pack is getting heavy, you went over to one of the nearby tables and placed it down next to a chair. It felt good removing that, you stretched your arms and legs, relieved from the weight.
"How does Reisen manage to carry that all over Gensokyo?" You asked yourself.
"Oh, you know Reisen?" A voice asked.
"Yeah, she's-" You turn around, seeing the person standing in front of you.
She has deep red hair that goes down to her waist, and is wearing a black dress with a red tie and a white shirt underneath. But what truly stood out was the pair of wings she has on her back, and also her head. She's also carrying a pile of books in her arms.
"Um..." You aren't sure what to say.
"Oh, pardon me!" The girl said. "We normally don't get many guests around here... Least not willingly. May I ask for your name?"
"I-I'm Fargo Kaninchen, but you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
"...U-Um... Okay then, Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surike Kajasigo-"
"No no you're pronouncing it wrong. It's Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You repeat.
"Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikiri Kaijarisuigyo no Sui...gamatsau?" The girl asked.
"Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You tell her.
"Jugemu...Jugemu... Goko no... What was it again?" The girl said, her voice shaking a bit.
"If you're done messing with my familiar, I like to know the reason for your visit?" Another voice behind you asked. You turn around to see who it is.
She has long purple hair that goes down to her ankles covered in ribbons. Her clothes are also purple, resembling what looks like pajamas to you. In fact everything about her resembles pajamas, even the hat.
"Lady Patchouli! I'm sorry but I was trying to get their name right and-" The girl said.
"It's alright, I was here when they arrived." The girl named Patchouli said. She walks up to you, almost reading you like a book. "Hm... You don't look like anyone I know... Are you by chance that rumored assistant at Eientei?"
"Um... yes I am." You say. "I'm Fargo Kaninchen, but you can-"
"It is nice to meet you, I'm Patchouli Knowledge. The girl over there is my familiar Koakuma." Patchouli said, interrupting you.
The girl named Koakuma waved to you. "Anyways..." Patchouli said. "I like to know your reason for coming into my library."
"Oh, well I was told to explore the place a bit while the maid made some tea." You say.
"Ah, you're referring to Sakuya. I'm surprised she let you in like that."
"Well I'm here to deliver some medicine." You say.
"Medicine... Oh, so you must have what I need right?" Patchouli asked. "That's good to know."
"I do, but I need to wait till Sakuya returns so we can cover the costs." You say.
"I can see why... Since you're already here, why don't you make yourself comfortable and read a book or something?"
"Okay." You say.
You went and sat down at the table. Patchouli sat down on the other side of the table also. She instructed Koakuma to go bring in some snacks while the two of you wait.
What do you do now?
Chapter 69: Part 69
Summary:
You decide to read a book
Chapter Text
You felt like passing the time so you grabbed a book that was on the table. It didn't matter which one so you just picked one randomly.
The front cover of the book looked strange. It had a pair of muscular men embracing each other. But why would that be the case?
Regardless, you opened the book.
---
Chapter 4- The moment I laid eyes on him
I was busy lifting my weights at the gym. I promised my brother I would be ready for the body building tournament by next week. I love the muscles I have, especially my abs, I love how shredded they feel when I rub my stomach sometimes.
I always wondered what it would be like to have someone else do it for me. And then I saw them.
They walked in through the glass doors, their presence alerting all the other guys in the gym. They wore a pink tank top and had a towel wrapped around their neck. What's more I noticed they were also wearing an earring. That's not something you normally see on a guy but I kinda like it.
They sat down on the bench press and began doing some reps. Along the way I took a look at their abs. Those nice, steamy abs of theirs. They went well with those strong pecs.
I didn't realize I was staring longer than I needed to, as the guy made eye contact with me. I quickly looked the other way as they did.
"S-sorry." I said. "I didn't mean to look at you."
"No, it's alright actually. I like it when guys look at me." They said.
"You... You do?" I asked.
"Of course. What's your name?"
"It's... It's Rinnosuke Morichika." I said. "What's your name?"
"I'm Unzan. Say, after we finish here at the gym you want to go elsewhere?" Unzan said.
"Like... On a date?" I asked.
"Yeah..." Unzan said, slowly moving until they were sitting on the same spot that I was sitting on. I could feel the warmth of his body close to mine. The sweat that is dripping from their neck, the sound of his breath, and the immense aura of masculinity that I have been looking for all my life!
I knew this is my opportunity, so I took my hand and wrapped it around his. It was a firm grip to say the least but I could feel his gentleness. My glasses became foggy so I took them off real quick. But even then I could still admire his handsome face if I get in real close.
Then... we-
*SLAM*
You shut the book hard. Madly blushing you placed the book down and moved it far from you. This got Patchouli's attention of course.
"Is something the matter?" Patchouli asked. "You look embarrassed about something."
"It's nothing! I just... wasn't expecting the book there to be so..." You couldn't finish your sentence.
"Hm?" Patchouli looked over at the book, picked it up and stared at it. "Oh, this is one of Koakuma's books. I'm not sure how it got here. My apologies." Patchouli said.
...
A little while later, you heard the doors open again, looking back you see Sakuya walking in with a cart and a tea set.
"I was wondering where you headed off to." Sakuya said. "I made some tea."
"Thank you." You say.
"Tea, that sounds nice actually." Patchouli said, eating one of the snacks Koakuma laid out.
Sakuya poured you and Patchouli a cup of tea. You took the cup and had a sip.
...How do you respond?
Chapter 70: Part 70
Chapter Text
"This tea is delicious." You say.
"Thank you, I appreciate your words." Sakuya said.
Just a moment later, the doors opened once more to let in Meiling.
"Meiling, you're supposed to be guarding the gate." Sakuya said.
"It'll be fine, it's not like anyone will be barging in all of a sudden." Meiling said. "Besides, I was told that the person here has the medicine?"
"That would be me." You said.
"Right, anyways..." Sakuya moved to the other side that Patchouli is on and sat down on one of the chairs. Meiling on the other hand sat down on the side of the table instead.
You look at Sakuya who pulled out a envelope with a stamped seal on it. You took it and looked at the seal, which has insignia that you never seen before.
"That should cover the costs for the medicine." Sakuya said.
You put the envelope away and went to your pack. You look at the list that you were given by Reisen and checked which medicines you needed.
First you picked out the medicine for Sakuya. For some reason it has a question mark next to her species. Feeling confused you decided to ask about that.
"Sakuya... You're human correct?" You asked.
"...A strange question to ask don't you think?" Sakuya said.
"Sorry, I just want to make sure I don't give you the wrong medicine is all." You say with a laugh.
"Oh, I understand. I can assure you that I'm 100% human." Sakuya said. "Everything you see here is real."
"Except her chest" Meiling whispered.
"What did you say?" Sakuya asked Meiling with a glare, raising a knife at her.
"Nothing! I said nothing!" Meiling cried with her hands raised slightly.
You looked at your pack and pulled out the medicine you were looking for. It was labeled to be used to relieve stress. "Here you go." You said, placing it out. "Make sure you take it once a day, and drink water with it."
"Thank you." Sakuya said.
"Say, why do you need medicine for stress anyway?" Patchouli asked Sakuya, drinking her tea.
"Well..."
Suddenly, the doors slammed open once again. Everyone looks back to see a figure.
She was a bit short, wearing a pink dress and had a few sporting ribbons on her dress and the hat she is wearing. A large pair of wings can be seen on her back, similar to how a bat's wings look.
As for her expression, she looked upset, very upset.
"Sakuya!!!" The girl cried out. "Flandre's being mean!!!"
You look back at Sakuya, who calmly stands up and walks over. "Lady Remilia, what is the matter?" She said in a fine manner.
"I...I was eating the pudding you made for me... And... And." The girl named Remilia spoke, pausing due to having the sniffles. "And she ate it when I wasn't looking!"
"I did not!!!" A different voice called out. You look to see who it was. And a girl wearing a red dress, sporting ribbons all over her, and a pair of wings could be seen. But what's different about her wings is they had multi-colored crystals on each wing, having a pattern similar to a rainbow.
"I only ate a little bit of it! You're making it sound like I ate the whole thing!!!" The girl named Flandre said.
"But you did! I saw you eat it all up you glutton!" Remilia said.
"I did not!" Flandre said.
"Did too!"
"Did not!"
"Did too!"
"Not!!!"
"Too!!!"
"NOT!!!"
"TOO!!!"
While the two bickered amongst each other, you looked at Sakuya, who kept a calm expression the whole time. "Now now you two, I'll make you both some more pudding after I finish with the discussion I'm having okay?"
"But I want more now! Make me more now now now!!!" Remilia said, her attitude is very similiar to that of a child's.
"I promise that I'll make more later, for now you have to be patient." Sakuya said.
"...fine..." Remilia said. "But I want fudge mousse also!"
"And I want jello!" Flandre said.
"I'll be able to make you two those things as long you get along." Sakuya said.
"Yay! Thank you!" Remilia said.
"Thanks Sakuya!" Flandre said. The two then flew out the library, the doors closing in.
At that moment, you see Sakuya quickly walk back to the table, and to the cart where the tea was at. She poured herself a cup and then took the stress medicine and opened it. Taking a pill, she inserted it in her mouth and swallowed it down with the tea.
She placed the teacup down and moved back to her spot, where she let out a long sigh. "My apologies... I wasn't expecting Milady or her sister to barge in like that." Sakuya said in a more tired voice.
"It's... It's alright." You say, unsure of how to respond. "Lets just take care of the rest shall we?"
...
After handing Patchouli and Meiling their medicines, you finished what you needed to do at the scarlet devil mansion and began heading out. Before you did, Sakuya offered you some sweets to take home.
"Here, I made something for your return trip. I hope you like them." Sakuya said.
"Oh, thank you." You say. "You didn't have to."
"Well you're our guest, it's our duty to make you feel welcome even when you're about to leave."
"...That's a nice way of putting it." You say. "I bet a lot of people feel glad just being invited in because of you."
Sakuya smiled at your comment. "Y'know, had you not been working for Eientei, I bet you would make an excellent maid here."
You were a bit surprised at what she said. "...Well who knows... Maybe in another time I could consider it."
And with that, you said your goodbyes and headed out.
You walked out of the gate and down the path. You finished your duties at the SDM, now onto your next location.
You looked back at your list to see what's available:
Forest of Magic
Name: Marisa Kirisame. Species: Human. Medicine: Antifungal Drug.
Name: Alice Margatroid. Species: Magician. Medicine: Butterfly Dream Pill.
Name: Rinnosuke Morichika. Species: Half-Youkai. Medicine: Vitamins.
Myouren Temple
Name: Byakuren Hijiri. Species: Magician. Medicine: Anti-Aging Cream.
Name: Shou Toramaru. Species: Tiger Youkai. Medicine: Iron Supplement.
Name: Minamitsu Murasa. Species: Ship Phantom. Medicine: Anti-Nausea Medicine (liquid variant).
Name: Koishi Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Eyedropper.
Hakugyokurou
Name: Yuyuko Saigyouji. Species: Ghost. Medicine: Weight Loss Medicine.
Name: Youmu Konpaku. Species: Half-Human Half-Phantom. Medicine: Lots and lots of bandages.
Youkai Mountain
Name: Nitori Kawashiro. Species: Kappa. Medicine: Muscle Cramp Relief.
Name: Aya Shameimaru. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Hatate Himekaidou. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Sanae Kochiya. Species: Human/Living God. Medicine: Headache Relief.
Name: Kasen Ibaraki. Species: Hermit/***. Medicine: Medicine for her pets.
Chireiden
Name: Satori Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Antidepressants.
Where do you go to next?
Chapter 71: Part 71
Summary:
You decide on the Forest of Magic.
Chapter Text
You pull out your map again, looking before you found the area marked "Forest of Magic"
A portal opens up and you fall through it.
---
You got so used to the portals that you managed to successfully do a cool landing pose. You felt proud of yourself, mastering the way of portal-hopping.
You look around, noticing the large amount of trees that block the view of the sky. You don't know much about the place, only that your next 3 customers are somewhere in this area. Since you're here already you might as well head in.
...
The air feels hard to breathe in, like there's something that is floating around. Still it doesn't bother you that much and you can still move. You notice the lack of sunlight due to all the branches blocking the sky.
As you went in further into the forest, you get the small feeling that someone or something is watching you. You kept hold of your watch just in case.
Eventually you found yourself with a fork in the road. There were 3 separate paths that you see. Thinking about it it would've been wise to ask Reisen in advance for advice on how to navigate through the forest of magic. But since she's not here, you may as well make a choice.
The first path on the left looks very dirty and dark. The road is full of various mushrooms you probably don't want to touch, and there seems to be some creepy crawlies on the path.
The second path looks a lot cleaner. There are some flowers visible thanks to the sunlight that managed to break through the branches, it almost feels welcoming.
The third path seems to be normal. The only thing that makes it stand out is the trail of abnormal objects and items that don't seem to belong anywhere.
Which path do you choose?
Chapter 72: Part 72
Summary:
You decide to pick the normal path
Chapter Text
You took the path on the right, figuring that would be the best route. And who knows, maybe you'll find something interesting.
As you walked through the path, you notice the amount of items slowly increase around you. Most of them are quite random: wooden pencils, bags of peanuts, ragged pieces of clothing, and some empty soda cans. Though this is strange to you as your impression of Gensokyo is that everything here is supposed to represent the time before the modern era, or at most the time before the industrial revolution.
But then you noticed some more peculiar items laying about. Like for example a DVD box with an art cover of a movie you never seen before, the image shows that of a shark. But that could be any shark movie.
But then there was the next item... And oh boy was it a once in a lifetime encounter! It was without a doubt a Rare Holographic Charizard Card! And it was still in mint condition!!! These things are worth thousands!!! The fact that you of all people managed to stumble upon this wonderous relic is so astounding that it's almost like fate itself was manipulated just so you can have this opportunity!!!
...But unfortunately for you, this thing is probably worthless in a land where you're certain no one has ever heard of Pokemon... So you took the card, ripped it in half, and moved on.
...
You kept staying on the path until you reached a building. It looks to be placed somewhere in this forest, and you're glad you didn't encounter anyone strange along the way, even if you did you still have your watch.
You walked up to the entrance, seeing the sign above reading "Kourindou". Judging by the design it looks to be some kind of store. But who sets up shop in the middle of a forest? And who even takes their time coming here?
Regardless, you walked right in, hearing a small bell ring just as you walked in.
The inside of the store looks to be cluttered with various items. It seems similar to that of a thrift store, in that it has items that don't belong anywhere yet they're all in the same place. You see clothes hanging, dolls in display, what looks like an old TV from the 80s, and even some books.
You moved around until you took a look at your left and saw a person sitting, wearing some headphones and reading a newspaper. They don't seem to have noticed you. So you decide to make yourself noticed.
"Um... Excuse me." You say. "Excuse me are you the owner of this place?"
"Huh?" The person took the moment to look at you, taking off their headphones and placing down the newspaper. They stood up, letting you get a better look at who they are.
Their outfit is black and blue, and very similar to a kimono, but with some differences. Their hair is silver and they're wearing a pair of glasses. But what's truly shocking is that unlike everyone else who you have met during your time here in Gensokyo, this one isn't a girl.
"Oh, welcome to Kourindou. I'm Rinnosuke Morichika." They said in a polite manner. "May I ask who you are?"
"Oh... I'm Fargo Kaninchen... But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
"...I think I rather just call you Fargo for now." Rinnosuke said. "Anyways what can I do for you?"
"I'm here to deliver some medicine."
"...Oh...Wait, I thought that was Reisen's job... Did she finally retire or something?" Rinnosuke asked, you're not sure if he's joking or not.
"No actually, I'm her apprentice. She instructed me to deliver medicine to the various people who live in Gensokyo." You say.
"Oh, I heard rumors but didn't think it was true... Well yes, I did request some vitamins actually." He said.
You took off your pack looking at the list you were given by Reisen... Based on what it says, Rinnosuke is a half-youkai... So does that mean you give him medicine for humans, or youkai?
Just as you were about to decide, you heard the door of the store slam open.
"Yo! Kourin!!!" A voice shouted out.
You look to see who it is. It is a blonde hair girl, wearing a black and white outfit, similar to what a witch would wear. She is holding a large bag over her shoulder and has a big smile on her face.
You hear Rinnosuke sigh with disappointment. "What is it this time Marisa?"
"I got a whole bunch of stuff for you to sell!" The girl named Marisa said. They walk past you, essentially ignoring your presence, and started talking with Rinnosuke.
You stood up, and see her dropping everything from her bag. Inside it looks like books, dolls, some clothes, a couple of mushrooms and even some odd-looking rocks.
"Marisa, how many times must I ask that you don't just come in and expect me to sell this. I already am having a hard time selling all the other things in my store." Rinnosuke said.
"And by sell, you actually mean you're having a hard time giving up your hoarding habit." Marisa said.
"You're one to talk, Ms. Borrower." Rinnosuke said.
"Hey, as I said a million times, I'll return everything when I'm dead."
"How do you plan on returning everything when you're dead though?"
"Simple: I'll fight my way out of hell, recollect my body, and use it to bring back all the things I took, then when I'm finished I'll go back to hell and enjoy my time in peace, surrounded by all the ladies."
"...The fact that you believe you can even accomplish such a thing is absurd. But you're also the same person who punched a god in the face one so-"
"Actually I punched multiple gods in the face." Marisa said, interrupting Rinnosuke. "And I'm pretty sure a few of them are in love with me just for that."
"Marisa, please don't go on about your love life again..."
"Aw, but you love it when I go on about how I charmed all the pretty girls in gensokyo... I have a short lifespan compared to you Kourin, I need to ensure my bloodline continues so my legacy remains. Yesterday for example, I met up with this nice Yamawaro named Takane. We had some drinks together and I took her back home after we-"
"MAISA!!!" A different voice shouted.
Everyone, including you, look out the door to see a angry lady come in. She is wearing a blue outfit with a red ribbon wrapped around her neck. Her hair is blonde but shorter compared to Marisa's. Next to her was a pair of dolls floating around her.
"Maisa, thee you ae! I've been looking all over for you! Now give me back my stuff!!!" The girl said, with a british accent too for some reason.
"Woah woah there Alice." Marisa said. "How did you know that it was me who took your stuff?"
"It is because when I was busy making some tea for your expected visit, I noTticed vaious iTtems aound the house suddenly going missing! And what's moe, thee was a noTte on the table, in your wriTting I remind you, saying 'I'm borrowing your stuff.' Do you think I'm stupid!?" The girl named Alice asked.
"...Noooo?" Marisa asked.
"Oh- ...Bloody Hell Maisa... For Heaven's sake bloody hell! Don't you realize that I may still be using some of those iTtems!? Don't you think that maybe the reason why I have my dolls laying aound is so I can go back to them and adjust their appeaances? Or maybe improve their oveall design!?"
"Okay, I understand that you're upset but-"
"And another thing!!! You promised you would ask me out on a daTte yesterday yet I see you getting all wonky with the kappa from the mountain!"
"...Okay first of all, she's a Yamawaro, not a Kappa, there's a difference." Marisa said. "Secondly-"
As the two girls argue with each other, you look back at Rinnosuke, who seems to not even notice or care about them fighting. You're not sure if it's because he's used to it or if he just doesn't care at all. Either way, it's better if this fighting were to stop.
What do you do?
Chapter 73: Part 73
Chapter Text
"Hey, how about you two just make out already?" You said in a exaggerated way.
Marisa and Alice immediately stop their arguing and look down at you. Both of their faces were blushing, but Alice's was blushing harder.
"W-what!? What in blimey ae you saying!?" Alice said.
You stood up, looking at the two girls. "Well, based on what I could tell, you both clearly like each other, and the fact you're arguing is an indication that you secretly want to strip the other of their clothing." You say.
"Oh... Wow." Marisa said. "That feels like something I would say as a joke."
"...sigh... Look Maisa, I was just upset is all. Not because of your theft, I'm used to it, but because you forgot about our daTte we planned." Alice said. "It really hurt me when I got myself ready in a fine pamper outfit to go walk down by the lake in only for you to never show up."
"Yeah, I'm sorry too." Marisa said. "I guess I got carried away and forgot about it all... Look, how about I make it up to you by treating you to dinner?"
"Dinner... Well I must say that would be splendid. Just as long you don't bring me to Geidontei or something, I like to visit one of the moe fancy restauants in the village." Alice said with a smile.
"I don't think I have the budget to-"
"grrrrrrr..."
"Fine fine... But don't blame me if I pull a eat and dash on you."
"Deal!" Alice said in a happier tone. "Oh that reminds me! ...You thee, the one with the pack, you're the new peddler at Eientei am I right?" Alice said, referring to you. "What's your name?"
"Fargo Kaninchen. But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
"Um... No thank you." Alice said. "Blimey Sanae was quiTte right, people's names ae getting longer... WhaTtever happened to the simpler times of 'Elizabeth' or 'Emily'?"
"Who is Sanae?" You ask.
"Oh her? She's a girl from the outside world. Came here one day, trash talked Reimu to fighting her, got Reisen addicted to a game called Dark Souls... Oh and she refers to herself as a 'Professional Memester'" Marisa said with air quotes. "I don't know what that is but she has her own page in Aya's newspaper because of that... In fact I think there's one in that newspaper here." Marisa took the newspaper from the counter and opened it up.
"Hey, aren't you going to pay for that?" Rinnosuke asked.
"Relax, just put it in my tab like you always do." Marisa said flipping through the pages till she landed on the one she is looking for. "Here, check this one out.
You look at the article. Which is titled "Sanae's daily meme." It shows a familiar ice fairy making a sad swollen face while eating ice cream. The text that was on it says: "When you ask for the sauce but all they have is vanilla ice cream."
...
Chapter 74: Part 74
Summary:
You laugh like a lunatic
Chapter Text
"hahahaha...HaHaHaHa...AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!" You laughed, rolling across the floor, bumping into a shelf full of items, causing a few of them to fall over.
Everyone else looked at you with confused glances. A few minutes passed before you calmed down and stood back up.
"Geez, I haven't seen anyone laugh like that since I told Yukari she had a few wrinkles on her face that one time." Marisa said.
"Oh, so that's the reason why you looked like a cockroach that was stepped on by a worn-out shoe for 3 days. Honestly didn't your mum tell you not to poke fun of a woman's looks?" Alice said.
"..." Marisa didn't respond.
"Ahem... If you three are done with your discussion..." Rinnosuke said. "I like it if I can get my medicine."
"O-Oh yes of course!" You say. You quickly went back to your pack, looking for the vitamins. You grabbed the one from the left side of the pack since you feel like that's the most suitable for someone like Rinnosuke.
"Here you go." You say. "And since both of you two are here as well..."
You pulled out the medicine for Marisa and Alice respectively.
"Oh sweet!" Marisa said. "Finally I can get rid of those mushrooms that been growing in my esophagus!"
"Blimey I thought you said you resolved that shamble days ago!" Alice said.
"Well I did, but it turns out eating more mushrooms doesn't solve everything."
"...I am gobsmacked at how often you get into a pickle and live another day."
Marisa chuckled as Alice let out a sigh.
"Anyways, I'll just need each of you to hand over the payment for the medicine. It shouldn't cost you much so-"
"LOOK BEHIND YOU!!!" Marisa shouted.
You look back, but see nothing. When you turn around, Marisa is gone.
"Did she..." You ask.
"Yep. She did." Rinnosuke said. "Get used to it."
"Why that dodgy, chuffed, skive of a nutter!!!" Alice shouted. "Maisa, you better get back here and pay for what you owe! I will chase you all the way to England if I must!!!" She said while running out of the store.
"H-hey! You forgot to pay!" You say, but they were long gone by now.
"Don't worry...I'll pay for their medicines." Rinnosuke said.
"A-are you sure?" You ask. "You don't really have to."
"It's alright, besides I'm used to paying for Marisa anyway. I'll just put it on her tab like usual, you don't need to worry." He said with a smile.
Somehow, in someway... You found him to be quite pretty, maybe even cute.
Perhaps in another time, you could've been living in the forest of magic or something. You could've learned magic, become friends with a harem protagonist, have tea with Alice, and maybe get closer to Rinnosuke...
Oh well.
---
You leave the store, thanking Rinnosuke for being kind and considerate. It was still sunny out, so you have plenty of time before you need to head back.
You pull out your list once more and looked at it:
Myouren Temple
Name: Byakuren Hijiri. Species: Magician. Medicine: Anti-Aging Cream.
Name: Shou Toramaru. Species: Tiger Youkai. Medicine: Iron Supplement.
Name: Minamitsu Murasa. Species: Ship Phantom. Medicine: Anti-Nausea Medicine (liquid variant).
Name: Koishi Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Eyedropper.
Hakugyokurou
Name: Yuyuko Saigyouji. Species: Ghost. Medicine: Weight Loss Medicine.
Name: Youmu Konpaku. Species: Half-Human Half-Phantom. Medicine: Lots and lots of bandages.
Youkai Mountain
Name: Nitori Kawashiro. Species: Kappa. Medicine: Muscle Cramp Relief.
Name: Aya Shameimaru. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Hatate Himekaidou. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Sanae Kochiya. Species: Human/Living God. Medicine: Headache Relief.
Name: Kasen Ibaraki. Species: Hermit/***. Medicine: Medicine for her pets.
Chireiden
Name: Satori Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Antidepressants.
Where do you go to next?
Chapter 75: Part 75
Summary:
You decide on Chireiden
Chapter Text
You figured that since Chireiden only has one person, it shouldn't take too long to deal with. You pull out your map and checked to see where it is.
...But the problem was you couldn't find Chireiden anywhere on the map. That's strange, was there a misspelling of the location?
You're not sure what to do. The map doesn't show it anywhere and it's not like you can guess. So what can you do?
Suddenly, a gap portal opens up in front of you. You were a bit shocked, but confused at the same time.
A hand reached out, holding a sign that says, "Enter here to go underground."
Underground... Does that mean Chireiden is underground? That could be why you can't find it anywhere on the map.
...And since you were given this opportunity, you walk into the portal.
---
You leave the portal, wondering where the person with the sign went to. You look around the place.
The place looked big. You can see that there is a ceiling within this area, but it still looked huge. There were buildings in sight and lighting that is visible.
You held onto your pack firmly and started to walk, making your way to a bridge. You were about to walk over it when...
"Halt!!!"
You stopped to see a person appear from below the bridge, landing in a cool pose. "Behold... I am the bridge princess, Parsee Mizuhashi... Speak of your name human." The girl named Parsee said.
She was wearing a out fit consisting of blue, purple, white, brown and black. Her hair looks to be blonde and her eyes are green.
"Hello. I'm Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke."
"...God... DAMN IT!!!" Parsee shouted. "I'm so ******* jealous that you have such a coolass name! Augh!!! She flailed her arms and kicked the side of the bridge. You were a bit confused by their response, all the while she continued to swear again and again.
"****, ****, my name is *** compared to theirs! *****************************************************." Parsee said.
What do you do?
Chapter 76: Part 76
Summary:
You ask her if everything is okay
Chapter Text
"Um... Is everything okay?" You ask.
"No... Everything is not okay you *******." Parsee said.
"You... You don't have to swear so much."
"Shut the **** up you *****." Parsee said.
Yeah... This is getting you nowhere. So you try something else.
"...Well at least you have a short name that everyone can say fully." You say in a fake envious tone.
"...What did you just say?" Parsee asked in a meanacing tone.
"I-I said..." You say, hesitating. "I'm jealous that you have a short name while I have to suffer with a name that no one bothers to pronounce all the way through. B...B...Baka!!!" You say in a tsundere way.
"GASP!" Parsee said. "You think you can out-envy me!? Think again! I'm so jealous that you can suddenly switch personalities!" She said.
"Well... I'm jealous of your blonde hair!" You say.
"I'm jealous that you get to wear fancy clothes! And have a dull-looking pack!"
"I'm jealous that you live under a bridge!"
"I'M JEALOUS THAT YOU THINK YOU CAN BE MORE JEALOUS THAN I CAN BE!"
"I'M JEALOUS THAT 'YOU' THINK YOU CAN BE MORE JEALOUS THAN I!!!"
"AAAAAAA!!!"
"AAAAAAAAAA!!!"
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!!!!!!" Both of you yell at the same time.
"Shut up already!!!" Another voice shouted, throwing a big boulder at your direction.
"Ack! Za Wardo!" You said, pausing time. You quickly move across the bridge, taking the frozen Parsee with you so she doesn't get hit either.
You then resumed time, the boulder doesn't hit either of you but it did hit the bridge, damaging its structure.
"My bridge!!!" Parsee said.
"Oh... crap." The voice said. You look over and see a tall, muscular woman walk over. She is wearing what looks like a white shirt and a dark blue semi-transparent skirt. You also notice the red horn sticking out of her forehead, which indicates that she's either an oni...
Or a unicorn.
"Yuugi... How could you... I'm so... so... so mother******* jealous that you now have a home whereas I do not!!!" Parsee shouted at the girl named Yuugi. "**** you! **** you!!! **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** YOU!!!!"
"...Sorry?" Yuugi said. "I'll make it up to you by rebuilding your bridge, deal?"
"..." Parsee said nothing.
"...And I'll treat you to a meal?" Yuugi asked.
"..."
"...And I'll princess carry you wherever you go for a week?"
"Deal!" Parsee said with a smile. "But only because I'm jealous of your rock-hard muscles!"
"Good to know... Anyways who's the human with the pack?" Yuugi asked, looking at you.
"Oh, I'm Fargo Kaninchen... But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke."
"...cool... Anyways what brings you all the way down underground?" Yuugi said, unflinched by your name.
"Oh, I'm actually here to deliver some medicine... Can either of you point me the location of Chireiden?" You ask.
"...Oh, it's just going to be over there." Yuugi pointed over to a large building that can be visible from where you're standing.
"Thank you, I'll be on my way-"
"Not so fast." Yuugi stopped you. "Based on what I can tell, you're obviously a human. And unlike me, most folks down here don't take kindly to humans."
"How so?" You ask.
"Tell me... Can you imagine what it would be like if you had a large group of strong oni gang up on you, and have their way no matter how much you scream in pain and agony?"
"N...No?" You say, feeling anxious.
"Exactly. So unless you got someone like me hanging around next to you, there's no way that you're ever gonna get all the way to Chireiden without getting into some trouble. So let me help you okay? She asked with in a friendly tone.
Do you accept her help?
Chapter 77: Part 77
Summary:
You decide to let her help you.
Chapter Text
"Very well then, if it'll make the trip easier." You say.
A part of you thought about asking if she can carry you. But after declaring a democratic vote inside your mind, it seems the majority prefers not to. So you don't bother asking.
It's a shame too, you probably would've loved being carried by those strong arms of hers.
But alas, it seems that will no longer be possible. Perhaps had you forced the option it could've gone that way, but you're a nice person and like to give people the free will of choosing rather than make them go through a weird and awkward scenario.
Plus, you barely know this Yuugi person. Sure you know that she is friendly, but you can also tell that she's not human (you're still determining if she's a unicorn or not).
Speaking of which, you haven't been in Gensokyo for a while, but not once have you seen any unicorns on your journey all over the region. Are there even unicorns in Gensokyo?
You were given the idea that this was the home of various mythological creatures and divine beings, ranging from humble youkai to the likes of gods. But honestly though, a unicorn would be something that has to appear at least once.
Maybe that's why you're slightly convinced that Yuugi is a unicorn. You also know that most of the beings here take very humanoid appearances (that would probably explain why Reisen and Tewi don't look like regular bunnies to you).
But what if they were actual bunnies once but evolved to take human-like traits and appearances. Well its either that or their ancestors mingled with-
Oh... You're already here.
You were so distracted with your thoughts that you didn't realize you walked all the way to Chireiden with Yuugi and Parsee, who was carried in Yuugi's arms the whole time.
"Well, we're here!" Yuugi said. "So what did you think of your town?" She asked you.
"Um... It was... unique?" You say, unsure of how to respond due to not being aware of your surroundings.
"Ugh, I'm jealous that I had to be carried all the way here while you two get to walk." Parsee said.
"Didn't you say you wanted to be carried?" Yuugi asked.
"That's because I'm jealous you have enough muscle in your thicc thighs to carry me all the way here!" Parsee said.
"C'mon now... We both know these babies can crush human skulls with ease... And also lock you in place while I force your head into my-"
Parsee covered Yuugi's mouth, her face blushing beet red. "Y-Y-Y-Yuugi!!! At least wait when we're alone before you say stuff like that! God you make me jealous sometimes..."
"You mean embarrassed right?"
"I know what I said!!!"
As you watch the two be... something... You look over at the palace. It looks very big on the outside, but what does it look like on the inside?
"I thank you both for guiding me here. I think I'll be fine walking inside." You say.
"Good to hear. Me and Parsee are gonna head back now. Oh, and if you see a girl with a floating red eye... Go easy on her okay, she hasn't been feeling well." Yuugi said in a solemn tone.
"I'll... Do my best." You say.
Yuugi and Parsee then left while you walked inside
---
The place was big. You hear your footsteps echo down the halls. The rose-colored light shined through the windows, illuminating whatever isn't casted by a shadow.
You feel like this place should've been full of more people, yet you hear nothing as you walk down.
Eventually, you see the sight of someone... Or something at least. It looks to be a small black cat, with two tails on their back. You think that is strange but you've seen weirder.
The cat looks at you, and then walks up to you slowly. You thought it was a friendly cat so you knelt down and held out your hand.
"Um... Hello there." You say gently.
The cat sniffs your hand, then backs away to look up at you.
"Do you live here in this palace?" You ask.
"...As a matter of fact I do." The cat said. Suddenly *POOF* a large puff of smoke appeared, blocking your view.
When you looked up, you see a figure, wearing a black and green dress, her hair red and tied into twin braids with ribbons, and not one, but two pairs of ears on her head.
You were startled by this sight, so you jump back a bit, holding onto your watch just in case.
"Greetings." The figure said. "I'm Rin Kaenbyou, but you can call me Orin." The girl called Orin said. "May I ask the reason for your arrival?"
"Um...I'm here to deliver some medicine... Do you know someone by the name of Satori Komeiji?" You ask.
"Why yes... I do infact, for she is my master." Orin said.
Suddenly, a large figure came your way. They looked like a person with a large pair of wings on their back. They wore a white shirt with a green skirt. Their hair was long and dark brown and had a large green ribbon on top of it.
"Orin!" The figure said in a panicked state.
"Hm? What is it Okuu?" Orin asked the girl called Okuu.
"Have you seen Satori!? She's nowhere to be found!"
"What!?" Orin said, now panicking as well. "I thought you said you were keeping an eye on her!"
"I did... But then I forgot..."
"Oh my- Ugh!!! We need to find her before she does something regretful!" Orin said. "Go look around the courtyard, I'll search the halls!"
"Got it!" Okuu said before leaving.
Orin then looked at you. "Okay listen. I don't know how much you know or how much you care, but I need you to help me find my master before it's too late. Will you help me?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 78: Part 78
Summary:
*Warning: Contains disturbing dialogue*
Chapter Text
"I can help you. Don't worry." You tell Orin.
"Thank you. Please, look around. If you see a girl with a floating red eye, whatever you do make sure she's okay." Orin said in a more serious tone. She then dashed off, almost sprinting even.
You began to look around yourself, not sprinting but you kept a moderate pace.
---
You searched all over, and haven't seen any sign of a girl with a red eye. You even checked the many rooms that were all over the place.
You entered another one of those rooms. Heading inside you see that it is quite well-kept. It seems to be a bedroom, but the sheets are straight and there isn't any sign of anyone using it.
You looked around a bit, checking under the bed just in case. Then you went over to the dresser, where you see a picture frame on top of it.
It has an image of 2 people smiling at the camera. The first person looks like the girl that Orin told you about. She was wearing a blue shirt with a pink skirt with roses on them. A red eye was located close to her chest and her hair was pink.
The other person... Seems strangely familiar... You feel like you seen them before, but when?
...You decide that you couldn't find anyone in this room. So you left and began searching elsehwere.
---
It's been nearly an hour, and you still have yet to find this person. So far you checked most of the rooms in the palace and even checked the courtyard just in case. You haven't heard from Orin or Okuu about any signs of the girl named Satori.
So where else could she be?
...
How about you check near the ledge?
"Huh? Who said that?" You said, but no response came back. That voice sounded familiar to Yukari though.
Either way, you decide to check for any ledges near the palace.
And you did, you went over to a place where the sight of a singular dead tree resided, right at the edge of a cliff.
There, you find a person. One who looked just like the one you saw in the picture earlier.
You slowly walk up to them, wondering what they are doing.
...Wait...
As you get closer, you notice an object hanging from the branch of the tree. It looked like...
!!!
You quickly dash over to the person. They saw you running up to them and immediately panicked.
"NOO!!! GET AWAY!!!" She yelled.
You quickly stopped on your feet. You look at the girl. Her red eye stared at you, while the rest of her body shivered and trembled.
You saw that there was various cuts on her arms and legs. Even her face and neck had a few of them. Had she been cutting herself? There was even a knife in her hand.
And then there was the noose, hanging by the tree next to her. It looked poorly made, meaning that she didn't have experience tying a rope.
Just the sight of this made you feel uneasy, you didn't know how to deal with this kind of situation.
...But you have to try.
"S...Satori... That's your name right?" You ask, in a careful tone.
"..." The girl continued to shiver in fear.
"...It's...It's okay... I'm here to help you." You say, taking a step.
"!!!" The girl jumped when you took the step. She didn't say anything but continued to stare at you, her eyes full of tears.
"I...I'm Fargo Kaninchen..." You say. "I also have another name I go by... But we can save that for later... I'm here to help you... Orin and Okuu are worried about you. Just... Put the knife down, walk away from the rope, and come home."
"...You..." She said.
"Yes... I'm me." You say.
"No... Your mind..."
"...My...My mind? What about my mind?"
"So... Many voices... So many thoughts... So many choices... You... What... What are you?" She said, now beginning to hyperventilate.
You're not sure what's going on. You can tell that she's beginning to panic more. "It's okay Satori... Just-"
"Shut up... All of you shut up..." She said, holding her head tightly. "The voices... So many voices... And from you alone!"
"...Satori?" You ask, feeling more concerned. "What are you saying? Just, come over here. I won't hurt you."
"...You're from the moon... But not from the moon... You're one, but also many... You're kind but cruel, soft but rough, quick but slow..." She said, her voice shaking even more. "K-k-k-koi-s-s-s-shi... You met her... You met Koishi..." She said, smiling a bit, her eyes full of tears.
This is getting bad. You have a really bad feeling about this. "Who... Who is Koishi?" You ask.
"...Of course... of course you forgot... Just like her... Just like her forgetting... forget, forget, forget... forgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforgetforget." She said over and over, slowly getting up, still holding the knife.
You're beginning to feel afraid now. You slowly pull out your watch and-
"PRESS THAT WATCH!!! I DARE YOU!!!" She screamed. "I KNOW HOW YOUR POWERS WORK FARGO KANINCHEN!!!" She said.
The shouting startled you, causing you to drop your watch to the ground.
"..." You couldn't move... Why could you not move?
And why... Why is that eye of hers staring so intensely?
You-
***
"Shirai!!! Wake up please!!! Wake up!!! Don't die on me!!!"
***
Wait... what was that memory just now? That wasn't yours right?
...Right?
***
"Fargo! I can't let you die for me. I need you to-"
"Go Reisen!!! I need you to get out of here! GO!!!"
***
Wait... What was that again?
***
*BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP*
***
That truck... That truck really did hit you... You died... You actually died...
But... How are you still alive? Why are you still alive?
These memories... Who are they... Who are you?
You should know who you are right? Right?????
You find yourself on your knees, struggling to keep the thoughts out of your head. They were so immense, so intense.
The eye just stares at you.
Staring, staring, staring into your soul. It continues to stare until it reaches your heart.
And as it pierces your skin, your bones, your veins. Then it goes into your brain...
And fills it with screams...
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
---
You wake up.
At first you were a bit confused by your surroundings. It was dark, yet a dim light could be seen all around you, so it wasn't completely void of light. You recalled previous events that happened not too long ago to yourself, you remembered walking down the streets, trying to get home when you saw a truck come at you.
You thought for sure that you were hit by the truck. But as you look down at your body there wasn't a single scar or mark. The next thing you notice was a voice, almost a whisper even.
"Over here" It said.
You walk to where the voice was located. There you found what looked like a small, bizarre gap. Looking at it you notice what seems to be a variety of eyes staring back at you.
Then a figure emerged from the gap. A beautiful woman, with long blonde hair, a purple silky dress, and a mature yet mysterious aura radiating around her. She twirled her parasol a bit before smiling back at you.
"My my. Of all the people to be sent here, you're quite a surprise." The woman said. "You're probably confused by what happened, but let's just say that you earned a second chance at life."
A second chance, you thought. Surely this can't be real. This has to be a dream right?
...
Wait... This is a dream.
You remember this encounter... This was the day you first came into Gensokyo...
But why are you dreaming? When did you fall asleep?
You did fall asleep right?
Are you even awake?
This this even reality? Or is it just pure imagination?
...Of course... It all makes sense now.
That truck must've hit you really hard hasn't it? You're probably lying in a hospital bed at this moment, waiting for them to pull that plug due to you being considered a lost cause. It only makes sense.
Because why would anyone want to save you? You were just a lonesome office worker who comes home late due to working overtime. You barely have time for friends, family, or even sleep.
Your boss hates you and forces all of their work on you just because they know that they can fire you if you fail to complete it.
Your parents disowned you after you told them you dropped out of college.
Your significant other broke up with you when they realize you aren't rich no longer.
You even got addicted to painkillers, hoping that they would help cure your mental illness.
That's exactly why you did it... Why you walked into the road and stood there. You knew that no one would bother stopping if there are people on the road. Why else would there be so many casualties when it comes to traffic? Why else would the isekai genre always begin with someone getting hit by a truck?
Because it's the most realistic thing imaginable...
And you did it...
You actually did it...
You went so far just to prove to everyone else that you weren't a puppet on stings, forcing to go with whatever nonsensical choices that life gives you.
You're free... Truly free now...
...
...
...
No... This is wrong...
This is absolutely wrong!!!
There's no fucking way any of that's true!!! It's just a trap to get you to give up! You know that those memories you had just now are fake!
You did actually go to gensokyo, you did meet Reisen, you did have powers, you did go to the moon.
You need to wake up now... You need to wake up... wake up already! Wake up... Wake up...
WAKE UP!!!!
---
You open your eyes widely.
You looked around, seeing that you were still lying on the ground. Your watch was right next to you, thank god for that. You grabbed it and put it back into your pocket.
You looked back at the girl from earlier. And she's-
...
She's just sitting there... Crying... She wasn't making any noise, but she just sat there while the tears flowed down her cheeks.
And yet, her red eye is still open, still staring right at you. It's almost creepy even.
"...creepy..." She said in a weak tone. "You think I'm creepy..."
"Huh?" You ask. "What are you talking about?"
"...You just said it... In your mind at least..."
...It all makes sense now...
Now you understand how all of that happened to begin with.
She can read minds.
"...correct...I'm a Satori... We were born with this curse..." She said.
"...It's not a curse..." You tell her.
"...Funny, you say that yet you're not the one who is forced to listen to the thoughts of everyone who despises you nearly every single day." Satori said. "...That's why I was about to do it... Then you showed up... You and the thousands of voices in your head... It's so overwhelming..."
"...I don't even know what you're talking about..." You tell her. "I'm just me, Fargo."
"...hahaha... ahahahaha..." Satori laughed. "You're funny... I wonder which voice told you to say that... Or was it a choice picked through your little democracy you got going there?"
You have no idea what's she's even saying.
"Yes you do... I know what you're saying... God... Some of you are sickening..." Satori said.
...
"Oh? It seems the leader doesn't know what else to say... That's alright..." Satori said, standing up.
"...What are you doing?" You ask.
"I wanna test something... To see if you truly can act like a hive mind or not... I want you to give out 2 choices, and pick only one of them. If you manage to get 100% of all your voters to pick the one option, I'll go back to the palace with you."
"...And if I don't?" You ask with a sense of worry.
Satori pulled out a syringe from her pocket, pulling it close to her heart. "This is something I managed to get from a girl named Medicine. It's a poison capable of dissolving someone from the inside out, turning them into a hollow corpse. I've been wanting an excuse to test it out." She said with a cra- I mean, with a unique look to her face.
"..."
"...C'mon... Give out your 2 options... the time is ticking."
...
Please choose an option
Chapter 79: Part 79
Summary:
*
Chapter Text
"...Heh... It hadn't even been a day and already you had a defier..." Satori said.
"What? What do you-"
"You failed Fargo... you failed the test... And it was such an easy test too... But it seems that not everyone wants to go with the flow... A fine example of how ironic that you can give someone one simple job. One simple task to accomplish and yet they still fail it."
"Satori... Please, don't do this... We can help you. I can help you." You say.
"...If you truly believe you can help me... Then hold still!" She said, gripping onto the syringe, throwing it at you with all her might.
You quickly dodged to the right, landing on your side. You look to see Satori dashing towards the edge of the cliff, running as fast as she can.
You know you should've reached for your watch, knowing that would stop her. But for some reason you ran after her.
"Don't do it!!!" You shouted. "Satori! Don't!!!"
Satori still ran nonetheless.
And she jumped.
You watched as she leapt over the edge and fell down.
...You collapsed onto your knees, leaning over with tears swelling up in your eyes.
"Why..." You asked. "...Just why..."
...Just then, you heard the sound of something flying over your head.
You look to barely see the figure dive down the cliff. And moments later, you see Okuu holding Satori in her arms.
"...It's gonna be okay..." Okuu whispered to Satori. "It's gonna be okay... I'm here for you."
You look over, seeing Satori shaking, crying even, clinging desperately onto Okuu's shirt.
"I...I don't want to die... I don't truly want to die..." Satori said in a weak voice.
You wanted to say something, but instead found Orin running past you. "Satori!!!" She cried out.
You just stared. Stared at the sight of the two.
...And then you passed out.
---
You open your eyes.
Looking around, it seems you're in the void once more. Which is strange considering everything that just happened.
You're unsure of what is happening right now, but at least you now know that Satori is safe.
But what about you though? You have yet to deliver the medicine to Satori, so you hope that she at least gets the medicine she needs.
As you were thinking, you end up hearing a pair of voices.
"...And you are certain that we can find someone here?" A voice said.
"Yeah, I heard rumors of people vanishing and then reappearing the day after. Some claim to be trapped in some kind of a dark void, then get greeted by a blonde woman." Another voice said.
"I'm just surprised we managed to find this place to begin with. How did you even know a gap would open in the alleyway next to the cafe?"
"I didn't. I was just as surprised as you Merry."
Feeling curious, you decide to walk closer to the voices. The voices started to get louder as you approach them.
"By the way Renko, did anyone ever mention what the blonde woman looked like?"
"Hm... I heard a few say they wore purple, held a parasol with them, and... had some say she looked like an old lady."
"I think some of them were exaggerating on the last part, I bet that she is quite young for her age."
"Strange for you to assume that Merry. Why would you-"
"..."
"..."
"..." All three of you look at each other.
You took a look at them. The first person was wearing a white suit with a brown dress. They also wore a black hat with a bow on it, and their hair was brown.
The second person on the other hand was wearing a peculiar hat on their head, and a purple dress. Their hair was blonde, and they look strangely familiar.
"...Um... Hello." The blonde girl said. "May we ask who you are?"
"Wait Merry, you can't just go asking people who they are without introducing yourself first!" The other girl said. "Hi, I'm Renko Usami. And this girl who rudely spoke to you is my best friend Merry." The girl named Renko said.
"Don't just say that Renko, they'll get a misunderstanding." The girl called Merry said. "I'm Maribel Hearn, Merry is just a name that she calls me because apparently my name is too confusing to say." The girl named Maribel said, looking at Renko with a disappointed look.
"Hey! It's not my fault your name is so hard to pronounce!" Renko said.
"It's not actually. Almost everyone we know can say my name with ease, it's just you who has a hard time." Maribel said.
"Hey... Don't be mean like that..." Renko said in a fake sad voice. "I thought what we had was special..."
"...Oh fine, I forgive you." Maribel said.
"Uh...." You're confused, very confused right now.
"O-Oh sorry! We ignored you for a second!" Maribel said. "I like to ask for your name if possible."
"Oh, that's alright. I'm Fargo Kaninchen. But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say with ease.
Maribel and Renko just stare at you. Then Renko's eyes glowed a bit. "Wait... I understand that reference!!! Merry do you know what that means!?" Renko asked.
"That you watch too much anime?" Maribel said.
"No of course not! You can never watch too much anime. But this means that Jugemu Jugemu Goko no etc. is from the outside world!" Renko said.
"W-what!? Are you sure? Maybe they just understand pop culture or something." Maribel said.
"No way. How the hell can anyone get TV in this void we're in!?"
"...Fair point. But how can you be so sure?"
"I'm not. Which is why it's only fair that we ask them just to be safe."
Renko and Maribel then look at you, very closely in fact. "You're from the outside world, just like us right? Right???" Renko asked.
"We would like to know for our research if possible." Maribel said
...You're not sure what to think of this, but it is quite surprising to see someone not native to Gensokyo here.
Actually, the fact that these girls are here to begin with likely means something. Did Yukari perhaps pulled in more people here? Speaking of Yukari, why is it that you have yet to see her since reentering the void?
Well it doesn't matter now does it?
"By outside world, you're referring to the place outside of gensokyo... right?" You ask.
"...You've been to Gensokyo!?!?" The two shouted.
"Well yeah. I got hit by a truck, got dragged here by a gap lady, got the power of space and time in my pocket, and now work as a medical assistant to a rabbit girl."
"...So you're an isekai protagonist." Renko said.
"Isekai?" Maribel said. "Isn't that the genre where people get sent to another world?"
"Yep. And this person here is the purest example of an isekai protagonist... Wait a minute..." Renko walked up closer to you, staring at your face.
"Um... What are you doing?" You ask.
"...I knew it... You're the one they showed on the news a few days ago!" Renko said.
"Wait... What!? You mean you're the one who got killed in that traffic incident!? The one they showed on TV!?" Maribel said.
"...Yes?" You say.
"Oh my god... Truck-Kun is real..." Renko said in disbelief.
"Renko, snap out of it! We can't be sure if what they're saying is true or not!" Maribel said, holding her friend by her shoulders.
"But Merry. If what Fargo is saying is correct... That means reincarnation is true, and it's possible to acquire ridiculous powers, and even get sexy powerful women to fall in love with you! Imagine the possibilities! If we play our cards right, we can enter Gensokyo and make everyone our lover! We'll break the record for world's largest harem!!!"
Maribel slaps Renko in the head. "Okay Renko, I need you to calm down. I think we need to call it a day. I'll treat you to some food and we can resume our club activities tomorrow okay?" Maribel said in a more gentle tone.
"...Okay..." Renko said. "...I just have one more question though."
Renko looks back at you. "Have you ever been to the moon?"
"...Yes." You say.
"What was it like?"
"Well I think I was in the past when it happened so-"
"You're also a time traveller!?" Renko said with enthusiasm.
"We're going Renko!!!" Maribel said, tugging Renko by the arm. "Thank you for your knowledge, I hope we meet again someday."
"Um... Thank you..." You say.
"...Oh, and by the way Fargo, please try not to let someone get into your head like you did with the girl from earlier."
"I'll try not to- wait what?" You ask.
Maribel suddenly snaps her fingers, and then-
---
You wake up.
You raise your head from your bed, looking around.
You seem to be in a different place now. It looks like one of the bedrooms of the palace.
Did someone bring you here? It's possible.
...
You're worried for Satori, really you are. Sure you barely know her, but... what happened, it was overwhelming.
But hopefully Orin and Okuu managed to get things under control... You do wonder who took you here though?
Just then, the door opened.
You look to see Orin pushing a cart, with a tray of food and another tray with medical supplies.
"Oh, you're awake." Orin said in a calm demeanor. "How are you feeling?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 80: Part 80
Chapter Text
"Is Satori okay?" You ask.
"...You're worried about her." Orin said with slight surprise on her face.
"...I just... want to make sure she's alright." You say.
"Don't worry, she's doing fine. Okuu is currently taking care of her right now."
You notice that Orin keeps on fidgeting with the sleeve of her dress.
"Say, I know I may be pushing a bit. But, do you mind telling me Satori's condition?" You ask.
Orin didn't respond instantly, instead she went over to the bed you were lying on and sat down.
"...How much do you know about Satori's?" Orin asked.
"...Huh?"
"The species I mean."
"Oh... Not much... All I know is they're associated with eyes." You say.
"...Lady Satori is able to use her third eye to read the minds of those around her. She can even look at repressed memories and know if someone is lying or not... Which is exactly why everyone down here is afraid of her."
"Afraid?"
"Yeah, most people wouldn't want someone invading their heads, so imagine if you're neighbors with someone who can know everything about you before you say a single word."
"...Yeah I guess I can see why people wouldn't like that."
"...Lady Satori and her younger sister Koishi are both Satori. Things were happy for all 4 of us. Even though Satori knew people were afraid of her, as long she had her sister around she could get through it all. The two were inseparable."
"Koishi... I think Satori mentioned her." You say.
Orin continued. "Then one night, we heard crying from Koishi's room. Lady Satori ran over to check on her. But by the time she arrived, it was too late. Koishi took a knife and... and..." Orin's voice cracked a bit. "And she stabbed her eye shut."
Your eyes wide open slightly hearing that. The thought of gouging one's eye is disturbing.
"...Koishi... She couldn't handle all those voices... the fears... the hate... She believed that by sealing her eye no one would fear her anymore... But instead... She became a hollow shell of her former self."
"...I'm sorry to hear that." You say.
"There's more..." Orin said, composing herself quickly. "Even though Koishi did what she did, Lady Satori still loved her, cared for her. Even if Koishi couldn't be able to think properly she still try to be there for her sister... But then, Koishi just left one day."
"...What do you mean she left?" You ask.
"...Koishi always loved to travel, she takes any excuse to explore the underworld to its fullest... But the surface was what truly drew her curiosity..."
"...So you haven't seen her since?"
"No of course not. Koishi still comes home everytime. She doesn't leave forever, usually ranging from a few days to 2 weeks at best... But the problem is Lady Satori... Everytime Koishi comes back, Satori would have the biggest smile she can show, and would spend as much time with Koishi even if her work schedule is busy... But the moment Koishi leaves again, she takes Lady Satori's smile with her."
"...She's depressed then." You say.
"Exactly... Okuu and I always do our best for our master... But it's becoming harder and harder overtime to keep Lady Satori happy... Nowadays we take turns keeping an eye on her so she doesn't do anything drastic while the other maintains the furnace..."
"...If she's depressed, why don't you just take her to Eientei?" You ask.
"We tried. We tried convincing Lady Satori to come up to the surface to get help... But the surface is full of nothing but voices for her, and we don't want to force her up there either." Orin said, letting out a sigh at the end. "I'm sorry you had to come all this way just to deal with our mess."
"Don't apologize." You say. "Look, I may not know too much about how depression works just yet, but I do know that you have someone you truly care about that you want to help get better. I'll do what I can to help, just tell me what I have to do."
Orin smiled. "Geez, I only met you and yet you're kinder than most of the people in Former Hell... Thank you, but unless you know the whereabouts of Koishi at the moment, I don't think we can do anything."
"...Actually I think I do." You say. "Can you tell me where you put my pack?"
"Oh, it's over there. I put it beside the desk." Orin said.
You walked over to the desk and opened the desk. You pulled out the list that is inside it and looked at it's contents.
"...I figured as much." You say, looking at Koishi's name. "Koishi Komeiji... Located at Myouren Temple."
"What!?" Orin said. "How do you know that!?"
"I don't, it was my master Reisen who informed me."
"Wait... Reisen? As in the rabbit who peddles medicine?"
"Yep. She's the reason why I'm down here in the first place."
"Oh... So then-"
You pulled out the medicine labeled "antidepressants". "Just have your master take these about once a day with water and food. Please inform of any side effects over at Eientei." You say.
"...Thank you..." Orin said. She pulled out a small envelope from her dress. "Here, this should cover the costs."
You took the envelope form Orin.
---
You managed to finish your business at Chireiden. And was about to leave then Orin asked you for a favor.
"Before you go... Please, if you ever see Koishi, ask her to go home and that her sister misses her dearly." Orin said.
"...I'll see what I can do." You say. "Do you mind telling me what she looks like?"
"Well, she wears a yellow dress, a green skirt with flowers on them... Oh and she also wears a hat that she loves more than anything."
The description sounds awfully familiar to you...
"Thank you for letting me know." You say, and then you left.
...
Since you went to 3 different locations, you decide that it is best to head back to Eientei to report your progress.
Today was a lot more eventful than what you expected: You went to a mansion with a time-stopping maid, explored a forest that is the home to a British doll lover, and went through a nerve-wrecking experience with a mind-reader.
So in the end... You're tired, and it's getting late.
You took your map out and went back to the surface
But just as you were about to... Someone approached you.
"Excuse me..." They said in a weak tone.
You look at the figure wearing the cloak. They seem to be weak and frail, their skin old and wrinkly, and their eyes baggy and depressed. They don't look well, maybe quite sick too actually.
"Um... Hello." You say. "Can I help you?"
"Oh yes, I need your assistance." The elder person said. "You see, I'm trying to make my way to the surface so I can check on my daughter who has been hospitalized up there. She has a rare eye condition that can only be fixed through surgery... I want to let her see my face before I end up standing by the Sanzu River... Would you be a kind, gentle soul and help this old spirit?"
If a violin was playing right now, you would be crying just from hearing this person's tale.
What do you do?
Chapter 81: Part 81
Summary:
You decide to be a kind, gentle soul
Chapter Text
"Sure, I can take you up there." You say.
"Oh, thank you so much. I wouldn't know what else to do." The elder person said.
---
After leaving through the portal, you helped the elder person out of it as the portal closes. You were at the entrance of the Bamboo Forest of the Lost.
You thought about looking for Mokou, but decided against it since you want to help the person go see their daughter as soon as possible.
While the two of you walk, you decide to have a conversation with them.
"So, your daughter... What is she like?" You ask.
"...She's wonderful... She has skin as fair as moonlight, hair the color of lilac flowers, and the ability to overcome just about anything... I love her more than anyone else."
"I see. She must be a wonderful person." You say.
"Oh, you have no idea... Sometimes I wish I could be around her more, but recently she grew distant... No matter how much I try and show my love she pushes me away like I'm some kind of threat to her."
"Wait really? But you're so kind and sweet."
"...I try not to be harsh with her, but sometimes she just won't listen to me... But she's the only family I have left."
"The only family?"
"...I used to have a husband, and a son too... I loved my son more than anything... But my husband... He had an affair. By the time I found it, he went and killed our son."
You notice that their voice started becoming a bit more aggressive as they speak.
"...And it's all that woman's fault... She made him do those things. She made him kill my son, in front of my eyes too... He made me watch as the color in his youthful eyes drain away, and the blood poured on the dirt... I got so mad that I killed my husband in a blind rage."
"...I'm sorry to hear that..." You say, unsure of how else to respond. You feel like there's something going on here that you don't know of.
"...And that woman... That woman is still alive to this day! She's up there, watching, always... Always watching me, laughing, mocking me... All I want is to make her pay for what she's done." The elder person said with an angry voice.
"..." You don't know how else to respond.
"...My apologies." The elder said. "I sometimes get carried away when it comes to that kind of stuff."
"It's alright, I can understand a bit." You say. "...Oh it looks like we're nearing Eientei."
The two of you walk closer to the place. As you get closer, you notice a large colony of rabbits can be seen close by. There seems to be two different colonies, both of them waving very specific flags.
"C'mon! We can't let the UwU Empire take our land! We must defend it to our last breath!" Tewi shouted, wearing a military uniform. "Glory to the OwO Nation!!!"
"Hehehe..." Kaguya said on the other side of the battle. "Foolish OwOians... You really think you can stop me? We will take your land, establish our government, and continue to spread our influence all over the world. Long live the UwU Empire." Kaguya spoke with a very specific accent.
...Yeah you're not gonna get involved in that... You can only handle so much conflict in one day.
You took the Elder with you into Eientei.
...
"I'm back Reisen! I brought a guest with us if that's alright!" You shout.
"Coming!!!" Reisen said from a distance.
"...Oh, did I ever tell you that my daughter works here?" The elder person said.
"Wait she does? Strange, I don't think I ever seen her before." You say.
"Oh, I think you have actually. You just called out to her."
"Wait... Reisen's your daughter?" You said.
"I'm who's daughter?" Reisen said, coming from the door.
You look at her, noticing that she is completely frozen with fear.
"Reisen? Are you okay?" You ask.
"J-J-J-J-J-J-J-J-J-J-J-J-J-" Reisen stuttered, slowly raising her finger towards the elder.
You look at the elder, realizing they just took off their cloak, revealing a person with orange, hair, wearing a black dress with a tabard and a red sash over it. Her face looked full of delight and desire. And her eyes looked lustful.
"Reisen~~~ Mommy's here." The person said.
"...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!" Reisen screamed.
While she was screaming, she grabbed you by the hand, dashed down the hall, with you barely able to keep up. She dragged you into a specific room, where she pulled open a trapdoor, leading to a set of stairs, leading to an elevator, leading to a ladder, leading to another ladder, leading to a door with a keypad, putting in the code herself, opening the door, and then running inside to what looks to be a well-fortified panic room.
And then Reisen stopped screaming.
"Hah... hah... hah... hah..." Reisen tried to catch her breath.
What do you do?
Chapter 82: Part 82
Summary:
You decide to ask Reisen if she is okay
Chapter Text
"Are... Are you o-"
No!!! I'm not okay Fargo!!!" Reisen shouted in an angry tone. "Of all the people... Why did you bring Junko!?"
"...She said she wanted to see her daughter... I never knew she was mentioning you. Why didn't you tell me she's-"
Reisen interrupted you by grabbing you by the face with both her hands, squishing your cheeks into your skull. She glared down at you with her glowing red eyes.
"Listen here Fargo... That woman is a psychotic serial killer with so many war crimes under her belt that not even Eiki could count them all. Not only has she attacked the moon on multiple occasions, but was THIS close to indirectly wiping out all of Gensokyo!" Reisen said. "And you think it would stop there... But nohoho!!! She used to be a mother, but now wants a new kid. And according to her, I'm the most suitable replacement... Do you have any idea how stressful it is having a person who can easily wipe out a nation with power alone constantly stalking you in her free time!?"
"...No????" You say.
"...sigh..." Reisen let you go, you checked your face to see if its swollen or anything, but all is well.
"...I'm sorry Reisen... I was only trying to help. I didn't know the situation." You say, bowing.
"No, you're fine. I just got stressed out when I saw Junko again... Hopefully she doesn't find us here." Reisen says. "...But something tells me she won't leave either."
"Can't Eirin or Kaguya deal with her?" You ask.
"That's the problem: Junko is only here for me. She has no reason to provoke either of the two and vice versa. If anything, master would eventually come down here and force me to entertain Junko."
"That sounds cruel."
"You should be glad that Junko barely has any violent intentions everytime she visits... One time, she came over and showed me a scrapbook of us together... And by that I mean she secretly took pictures of me while I'm asleep next to her."
"That doesn't sound too bad." You say, trying to find some optimism in this conversation.
"She even went as far to drug me just to drag my body to various places in Gensokyo and take pictures."
"I take back my statement." You say. "...I can see why you're afraid of her."
"Me? Afraid? No no no... I'm terrified Fargo." Reisen said with a frightened look. "Sure she can be nice, but she's also like a walking nuclear bomb waiting to go off the moment someone says the code to activate it. The only thing keeping her from becoming lethal is me, and I am afraid that will also be the end of me. Junko is not someone who you want to get on their bad side. Never." Reisen said.
"...Okay... I got it."
"...Well then... We can only stay here for so long before we have no choice but to go back up there and see what has happened..." Reisen said, going to the door and opening it with the keypad. "C'mon, if things get worse you can always use your ability."
You went with Reisen back up to Eientei.
...
The two of you walked outside, wondering where Junko went. And you end up seeing her petting a bunch of rabbits.
"Aw... You guys are so cute..." Junko said in a happy tone. "Lets see... I'll name you Reisen Jr., I'll name you Junko Jr., and I'll name you Steve, because you look like a Steve to me." Junko said to the rabbits.
"...Huh, I was expecting worse." Reisen said.
"...Oh! Reisen! There you are!" Junko waved to Reisen and you. "Come, I already picked out our adopted children and their names!"
"...And it got weird again." Reisen said. "...Lets go Fargo."
You walk with Reisen towards Junko. The other rabbits went back to their little war they're having.
"It's so nice to see you again. Did you miss mommy Junko?" Junko asked, embracing Reisen.
You can see the light draining in Reisen's eyes as she hugged Junko back awkwardly. "Um... no?" Reisen said.
"Aw~~~ You're so cute when you lie... Wait..." Junko stopped and looked at you. She let go of Reisen and walked around you.
You held still as she observed you, like a cat inspecting every bit of its food to see if it meets its expectations. When you made eye contact, you see the level of aggression she has. It's almost as if there was centuries of hate built up in her soul.
"You... I never seen you before." Junko said. "...And yet, you're with my Reisen... Who are you exactly?" Junko asked.
"I'm... I'm... I'm Fargo K-K-Kaninchen..." You say. "But I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke."
"Greetings, Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke. Please tell me your relation with my Reisen and depending on your answer I'll consider not spreading your blood all over Chang'e's body when I finally reach her." She said in a very scary way.
How do you respond? (Warning: Your answer may result in consequences.)
Chapter 83: Part 83
Chapter Text
"I... I'm... her pet..." You say.
Both Reisen and Junko stare at you, but you can tell that Reisen's look is much more bizarre compared to Junko's, which seems to be a more intrigued face than anything.
"A pet... Well you do look like the submissive type to me." Junko said in a calmer voice. "...Very well, I'll spare you for now."
You let out a sigh of relief, looking at Reisen and her confused expression. You smiled at her with a thumbs up. To which Reisen gave back a thumbs up.
"A-Anyways..." Reisen said. "...I like it if you can leave so-"
"But why Reisen darling? Don't you want your mommy with you? Don't you want to spend quality mother-daughter time together? I know a place where we can bathe in lotion while our bodies stick together and-"
"Junko... Please. Think of the children." Reisen said.
"...Oh yes, the children... But I don't think it would be appropriate to bring them to such a mature place."
"Ugh..." Reisen facepalmed herself and breathed in deeply. "Okay... Junko... Can you PLEASE go back to where you came from? Don't you have other things to do?" Reisen asked.
"Nope. I already did everything I needed to do for today. I woke up, get dressed, eat breakfast, attack the Lunarians, chanted Chang'e's name to mock her, practiced my future wedding using the Reisen doll I forced-I mean asked a british girl to make, hung out with Hecatia, spent time with Clownpiece, resumed my attack on the Lunarians... And now I'm here to spend time with my lovely daughter/future wife." Junko said.
"...You must have quite a busy life." You say.
"Oh yes, I do. But no one asked you so shut up." Junko said with passive aggression.
You decided to shut up.
...
It took about another 3 hours before Junko finally left. Luckily she didn't seem to do anything that would've harmed anyone, but you felt very stressed about the situation. Now you understand why Reisen is terrified of her. She just gives off a pure aura of hatred and rage, like a bull taunted by a red cape that always dodges its attacks.
You and Reisen lied down on the veranda of the mansion, looking at the rabbits having their pretend war with one another. Tewi and Kaguya seem to be having fun, and it's also surprising that they're still going at it.
"Damn you OwOians!!! How have you continue to destroy our troops and resources so easily!?" Kaguya shouted at Tewi.
"You underestimated OwOians and put too much faith on the UwUians my dear Princess..." Tewi said from the other side. "We will fight till our last breath! So don't you go thinking this will go your way!"
"...Fine... You leave me no other choice." Kaguya pulled out what looks like a walkie-talkie. "Commander Eirin, do you read me?"
"...Princess, how many times do I have to tell you not to use the communicators as toys?" Eirin said through the device.
"I need you to bring in... Mimi-Chan." She said in a dramatic tone.
"M...Mimi-Chan!!!" Tewi shouted in a more dramatic voice. "Are you nuts!?"
"No... I'm just insane!!!" Kaguya said with a laugh. "Behold, the almighty power of the UwU Empire!!!"
"Princess... Are you still there?" Eirin asked.
"Yes???"
"...What is Mimi-Chan?"
"...Y'know... It's Mimi-Chan... that one."
"...Look, it's already nightfall. I need you and Tewi to get ready for bed, we're going to start preparing for the Moon Festival coming around soon." Eirin said.
"But Eirin~ I'm this close to winning the almighty rabbit war..." Kaguya said in a pouty voice.
"If you don't get ready for bed I'll confiscate your TV for a week."
"Pssh, that's not that ba-"
"And I'll let Mokou use it."
Kaguya dashed into the mansion. You watch as she ran inside and into the hallway. Meanwhile, Tewi was still standing there, confused.
"So... I win then?" Tewi said. "Neat, we won rabbits!"
All the rabbits begin cheering alongside Tewi. "Let's celebrate!!!" The rabbits cheered.
You watch as all the rabbits go head elsewhere. Now it's just you and Reisen.
"So... Um... Again I like to apologize for bringing Junko here. I didn't expect her to be someone you're afraid of." You say.
"You're fine Fargo. She tricked you is all, it's not like she intended to actually harm you." Reisen said.
"How come?"
"Because you're with me. Junko may be crazy, but she knows which targets to pick and which to spare. And she spares people who are close to me to keep me from hating her like she hates Chang'e."
"...Still, to think she was so obsessed with seeing you as her daughter. I was actually convinced at first until you explained me the situation."
"Really? Just because someone said something you believed it?"
"Well... To be fair, you never talked about your mother to be, so how was I supposed to know?"
You wished you didn't say that, as immediately Reisen's eyes drifted to the ground, and so did her head. Her ears lowered a bit too even.
You know you're touching on a picky topic... But...
"Your family... What were they like?" You ask.
"...What are you talking about?" Reisen said.
"...I mean, what were your parents like? Did you have any siblings? Were you close? Do you still get to see them? Are they... dead?"
"...Silly Fargo... They're not dead... They're alive... Eirin... Kaguya... Tewi... They're my family..." Reisen said, raising her head a bit to stare at the moon. The moon wasn't full, but it was close to getting there.
"...Reisen, I-"
"Tewi is like a younger sister to me... She is usually childish, and can be annoying... But she still loves me and so do I... We're always there to protect each other. Kaguya on the other hand is like a big sister... She is always there for me whenever I'm having a horrible day, and gives me advice when I need it most..."
"Reisen, what are you-"
"And Eirin! Eirin is like a mother. Yes she can be harsh if not strict. But she means well... She is always there to protect me, defend me... love me... comfort me... hug me..." Reisen's voice slowly began to quiver.
"...Reisen..." You say, knowing it wouldn't mean much.
"...And sometimes, we would sit down together, like a family... We would talk about so many things... Like what we did with our friends and acquaintances... Or what we have accomplished so far... And... And... And we're always there for each other... We wouldn't abandon anyone for our selfish desires." Reisen said.
You see tears beginning to form up in her eyes. But she did not look away from the moon.
"...Because I can't imagine myself as a daughter of a widowed escort... There's no way I could imagine myself in an orphanage for the first 3 years of my life... haha... And... And it's not like I was taken in by a recluse of a lunarian who saw me as nothing more than a punching bag!"
"Reisen, stop it." You say.
"Hahaha... Yeah... And it's not like I was sold into slavery at the age of 8 either! No way I would go through something like that!!!"
"Reisen... Please stop it..." You say a bit louder.
"And it's not like I was forced to go through master after master, doing whatever the fuck they want me to do: Whether it's licking the dirty floors or earning currency with my bare hands!!! Fuck that! No way that kind of shit would ever happen to a good ol' moon rabbit who shouldn't have been born in the first place!!!"
"REISEN!!!" You grabbed Reisen by the shoulders and shook her. This made her break contact with the moon and instead stare at you.
You see the tears streaming down her face. She looked like she was seconds away from breaking down mentally. Her lips quivered, her eyes watered up, and she had a face that was her calling for help.
"...I'm sorry Fargo... I'm not the perfect rabbit you thought I was." She said, her voice cracking.
You pulled her in for an embrace. You held her tightly so she wouldn't go anywhere.
You hear her crying, softly, but she was crying regardless. You could tell that she was still trying to hold back, trying not to bawl her eyes out. You know that Eirin and the others are still awake at this moment, so you figured that she's trying her best not to draw in too much attention to herself.
"It's okay Reisen... It's going to be okay... You're safe now... You're free." You tell her in a comforting way.
"...Am I?" Reisen asked. "Am I truly free if I'm still afraid?"
You didn't say anything else, and instead continued to comfort her.
---
You went into your room, seeing the various stuffed rabbits all over the place.
...Today was exhausting for you. It began well by exploring parts of Gensokyo. You thought it was going to be like an exciting adventure full of new travels and experiences.
It seems not everything everywhere is going to be paradise.
Reisen already went to bed for the night. You offered to help her more but she declined politely. You're currently debating on asking Eirin tomorrow about Reisen.
For now, you went to bed and managed to fall asleep.
...
You open your eyes
You're in the void again. You're used to it so you're not suprised.
You look around a bit, trying to see if there's anything different or not.
"...Hello?" You called out. "Anyone there?"
"..." no response.
You found it to be confusing how Yukari hasn't shown up yet. Maybe she's-
"Hello~" Yukari said, appearing out of one of her gap portals.
You were startled enough to land on your back. You quickly got up and see Yukari standing there, twirling parasol and holding a fan.
"My my... Look at you. You look fatigued." Yukari said.
How do you respond?
Chapter 84: Part 84
Chapter Text
"You're right, I'm exhausted." You say with a tired voice.
"Not even going to sugarcoat it this time." Yukari said. "...Well no matter. You've been on quite a journey so far. And it's only been 4 days since you arrived. Most people wouldn't even survive that long in Gensokyo... Then again you're a special one."
"...Satori said something about there being something unique about myself as well... And yet, I still don't get it." You say. "She said something about there being thousands of voices inside my head when she read my mind, but I can only hear one voice and that is mine..."
"Oh? Did she now?" Yukari said with interest. "What else did she say?"
"She asked me to make a choice in my head... And then threatened to harm herself if I fail to pick only one of the options... I thought I made the right choice but she-"
Yukari placed a finger on your lips, shushing you. "No need to continue. I already know."
"You do? When?"
"Lets just say I have eyes everywhere throughout Gensokyo. I could tell you more, but not even all of you combined could handle such knowledge."
"...I don't get it... All of me? What are you saying?" You ask. "You make it sound like I'm not one person."
"Correct." Yukari says.
"What? I don't-"
"Wait, hold that thought." Yukari said. She opened a gap and pulled something out. That something is a girl who is wearing brown clothing, has blonde hair, and is wearing a bow in their head (what's with everyone and bows these days?).
"Ow... My head..." The girl said. "Huh? Who are you!? Where did you bring me!?" The girl asked Yukari.
"Now now Yamame, you need to regain your strength for you boxing match soon." Yukari told the girl named Yamame.
"My what!? Who in the hell wants to fight me?" Yamame asked.
"That person over there." Yukari pointed to you.
Yamame looked at you, confused. "Um... That's a human... A human wants to fight me?"
"That is correct." Yukari said.
"...Can I eat them afterwards?"
"No."
"Then I won't fight them."
"Okay, I'll send you back."
"Thank you." Yamame said, hopping into another gap portal and left.
"Um... What was that all about?" You asked.
"Hey, you're the one who suggested it, I only obliged to your request." Yukari said.
"I don't think I ever asked to fight someone."
"Well you didn't, but you did. You are both."
"...You make me sound like I'm Schrodinger's Cat or something." You say.
Yukari giggled behind her fan. "Well now... I suppose that's a reasonable example of your ability."
"You mean the time stop thing?" You ask.
"...Speaking of which-" Yukari snapped her fingers, and you're surrounded by several floating orbs.
"...I remember this..." You say. "But... I already have the watch and the map."
"And yet you left your watch down in Former Hell when you passed out."
"I did!?" You say. You suddenly remembered that you never grabbed your watch after leaving Former Hell. You were so caught up with everything that it never crossed your mind. "No... Darn it..." You say. "And that was such a good watch as well..."
"There there, you'll be alright." Yukari said in a fake comforting tone. "Unfortunately that watch got into the hands of Okuu and she broke it. But don't worry... I'll just let you pick a new ability. Though you still won't be able to use it on the moon."
"How do you know about... Nevermind..." You say.
You look at the orbs that surround you: Red-White, Black-White, White-Green, Purple-Red and Green-Blue. You notice that one is missing.
"Wait, wasn't there 6 before?" You ask.
"There was, but since you already picked one of them before, you can't pick it again." Yukari said.
"Oh..." You say. You look back at the orbs, knowing you need to decide.
Which do you pick?
Chapter 85: Part 85
Summary:
You pick Purple-Red (Grants Insanity/Wavelength Manipulation)
Chapter Text
You touch the orb that is in front of you, and it begins to glow.
You feel immense power flowing through you...
Your vision changes, as if the world around you is being viewed from a different perspective. No longer do you only see color, or shapes, or even 3-dimensions...
You see waves, so many waves. The world is built on those waves. Big waves, small waves, brain waves, heat waves, ocean waves, sound waves... The list goes on and on.
And as the light faded around you, you open your eyes, only for them to glow dimly.
"...Woah..." You say, looking around. "Is this... Is this what Reisen sees everyday?" You ask.
"I wouldn't know since I don't have that kind of power... Though you'll have to ask her yourself I suppose." Yukari says. "Now then... Since we established your new ability, I think it's time to send you back to the moon... Oh, and make sure not to get directly involved in the crossfire."
"The what now?"
Yukari snaps her fingers. And then-
---
You open your eyes...
The first thing you heard was the distant sound of explosions. Above you was a dark sky, full of stars, and the Earth just on the side of your vision.
You tried to get up, but it felt like a large weight was keeping you pinned to the ground. Gunshots could be heard rapidly in several directions.
You hear people shouting, screaming, crying... But why though?
"...go..." A voice said.
It felt familiar... But who was it again?
"...Fargo... Fargo! FARGO!!!" The voice called out again. You hear footsteps rushing towards you, quickly kneeling down to the ground.
You witness the sight of Shirai, wearing the Lunar Defence Corps military uniform. This was the outfit worn only during battle. But then that means...
"Fargo!!! Thank god! Are you okay!?" Shirai asked.
How do you respond?
Chapter 86: Part 86
Chapter Text
"Well currently I can't move, so my legs are either broken or asleep right now." You say.
"God dammit Fargo! This isn't the time to make jokes!" Shirai shouted. "Hey! Help me get this boulder off of them!"
You hear more footsteps run over to you. In your vision you see a few moon rabbits coming over to help remove the object.
"Okay... 1... 2... 3!!!" Shirai shouted. All the rabbits used their strength to lift the object off of you, while one of them quickly pulled you out.
Luckily you weren't injured or anything, but judging by the object you should be glad you weren't killed, the thing's massive.
"Get down!!!" Shirai shouted quickly. She leapt over to pin you back down.
Several bullets blazed above you, hitting a good number of the rabbits that just freed you. Now you have your full attention.
"Wait... What's going on!?" You ask.
"Did you get hit in the head or something? We're in the middle of a war! The impurities of Earth are invading!" Shirai told you.
"Impurities? What kind?"
"I don't know... All I was informed of was a spacecraft marked 'Apollo'. We need to regroup before-"
A large explosion could be heard. You look up to see several rabbits shooting their muskets at a direction to your left. Looking over you see 3 figures, wearing suits designed for space travel. You remember how they are known as Astronauts.
But... Something's not right...
According to your knowledge, the Apollo 11 mission was where humans first landed on the moon. It was simply a matter of whether or not they can even land on it in the first place. And yet...
The books never mentioned the astronauts carrying high-tech weaponry capable of weaponizing dark matter. (Then again it's not like you paid too much attention in History).
"My god... What are those!?" You asked.
"We don't know... But compared to what we have those things are primitive. But the real problem is the fact they have them to begin with." Shirai said.
"...Wait... How many of us are there right now fighting?"
"About 10,000 so far. We thought it was overkill just to send so many of us to deal with 3 impure filths... But now most of us are dead."
"...What about Reisen?" You ask.
"Reisen? I haven't seen her."
You hear another barrage of shots blaze out. One rabbit in particular charged at the astronauts with their weapon, screaming in the process.
Unfortunately for them, they were quickly grabbed by the neck of one of the astronauts. They struggled, staring into the chrome helmet of the attacker, before their neck being snapped off.
You wanted to gag, but didn't even have time for that as the astronauts quickly turned their attention towards your group.
"Fall back!!!" Shirai shouted.
All of you started to flee. A few explosions could be heard behind you as you ran. A few of the rabbits were unlucky and got hit directly by the blasts.
One of the rabbits were unlucky enough to trip and fall. You notice that and quickly stopped.
And you...
Chapter 87: Part 87
Summary:
You decide to help them back up
Chapter Text
You quickly turn around, dashing towards the rabbit who fell down.
"Fargo! What are you doing!?" Shirai said, grabbing your arm. "We need to go now!"
"What!? We can't leave one of our own behind!" You shouted back.
"They're gaining on us Fargo! As the leader of our unit I command you to fall back!" Shirai said.
"..." You just stare at her, bewildered at her decision. Whatever happened to no rabbit left behind?
Regardless... You just turn back around. "...Sorry Shirai." You say.
You quickly push her back, dashing back to go to the rabbit that is trying to get back up.
But...
It was too late.
You see one of the astronauts, towering above you and the rabbit land on the ground with a large impact. The shockwave was enough to push you back.
When you open your eyes, you see the same astronaut holding that rabbit in the air by their neck. They were struggling, punching the person's arm with their hands to no success. Then the Astronaut tightened their grip and killed the rabbit in seconds. They fell limp as they were dropped to the ground, and their head being crushed by the astronauts foot.
You couldn't believe it... You look at the astronaut again, noticing the name "Armstrong" on their chest.
...You felt angry, enraged by the sight you saw. You quickly grabbed your weapon again, charging at them while shooting over and over.
As you did, the shots were blocked by sudden splotched of metal that cover the suit. You heard about this before, they call it... Nanomachines. You don't know much about them other than that the Lunar Capital developed and perfected the tech about 30 years ago. But to think the impurities from earth has this, and this Armstrong of all beings has it on them.
But that didn't stop you from rushing towards the person. You felt so blinded by rage that you just dropped your weapon, and charging at them with your fists.
You punched them, over and over and over and over, your fists dealing severe blows while getting faster and quicker with each punch. But no matter how hard or how quick you punched, the person did not move. they just stood there, watching your futile efforts go to waste.
You felt a kick to the gut as you were sent back a good few yards. Your body is covered in scratches, and your uniform is ruined now. You slowly got back up, seeing the Armstrong person slowly approach you.
You try to back away, but you were too injured to move much. There's nothing you can do.
What do you do?
Chapter 88: Part 88
Summary:
You struggle
Chapter Text
You look to your left, seeing another one of the astronauts holding their weapon at you, slowly charging it up.
This is it, you thought... This is the end for you.
..."Die you fools!!!"
You look to see Shirai, and a bunch of other rabbits go and let out a barrage of attacks at the astronauts, doing whatever they can to push them back.
You see a couple of other rabbits taking advantage of this situation and grabbing you and dragging you back. As they did you see the astronauts direct their attack at the barrage, blasting several rabbits.
"We got Fargo! We need to retreat now!" One of the rabbits said.
"Move move move!!!" Another rabbit said.
Everyone was retreating now, you know this is the moment where you can regroup and go and plan out a stronger attack towards the Astronauts. Then-
*KABOOM*
---
You open your eyes.
Everything around you was covered in dust...
You could barely move, but you knew you have to keep on moving.
What happened? You thought. Where is everyone?
Did we win?
...
You see a large figure, wearing white and a chrome visor on their face, moving towards you.
You felt fear rush into your head. You knew this was it.
"Fargo!" A voice shouted.
A large and sudden blast hit the astronaut, knocking them to the ground. You look up too see a familiar face, that being Reisen.
"Are you okay?" She asked.
"..." You couldn't speak for some reason, nor could you move much.
Reisen just picked you up, and started to carry you.
"Thank god... At least you're still alive..." Reisen told you.
"...Alive?" You said in a weak tone.
"...Everyone else... Our unit... They're all dead."
"...Shirai?" You ask.
"...She's..."
Reisen stopped. You look over to see a lifeless figure lying on the ground. There was a large sharp object lunged in their torso.
"No..." You say. "no... no no..."
You forced your body to the ground, and walked over to Shirai before collapsing to your knees.
You look at her face, it was covered in dust and blood. Her ears were completely torn off and her eyes were still.
"Shirai..." You said weakly. "This... This can't be..."
"...Fargo..." Reisen said.
"Wake up Shirai... We need you..." You said, a bit louder.
"...Fargo."
"Please... Please Shirai!!! Shirai!!! Wake up please!!! Don't die on me!!!" You said, barely yelling with your broken voice.
"...We need to go." Reisen told you.
"...Please... please... pl-"
You blacked out.
---
The image of a screen pops up in front of you. It resembles an old terminal from the 20th century, with green text appearing.
It reads: Lunar Capital Archives #****
The screen removes the text and several new lines start forming
Date: **/**/1969
They invaded...
After years of observing the humans, and countless warnings I have our Lord, they finally invaded.
We sent out best soldiers out there, and only a small handful came back alive.
We should be glad that the humans haven't discovered our location yet, but what I truly worry about is their continued progress. Something tells me this won't be the last time they'll visit the moon.
I have nothing else to say, I just want to grab a cup of sake and drink my problems away.
End of Report
...
...
...
You wake up.
You notice that it is quite early in the morning. In fact you don't even see the sun outside.
What time is it anyway?
But you don't feel like going back to bed, so instead you went and walked around Eientei for a bit.
You never noticed how quiet the place is when everyone is asleep. No signs of any of the rabbits, Tewi, Kaguya, Eirin, or even Reisen. It's peaceful, yet abnormal.
You've been in Gensokyo for 5 days now, yet it feels like it's been months...
As you walked around, you go to an area where a set of doors are wide open. There you see Kaguya.
It's a bit surprising to see her outside, let alone this late at night.
You thought about talking to her, but then you heard another voice.
"Princess?" Reisen said.
You see Reisen out there as well, walking over.
"Oh, Inaba. What are you doing out here late?" Kaguya said.
"I would ask you the same question."
"...Well I couldn't sleep. That's all."
"Geez, Master is going to get mad again if she finds out you've stayed up late. Were you playing video games again?"
"You know me too well."
"Yeah..." Reisen became quiet.
"...You look bothered. Is something the matter?"
"...It's nothing really... Honest." Reisen said.
"Are you sure?"
"..."
You have an idea on what Reisen wants to say, but can tell she's hesitant.
What do you do?
Chapter 89: Part 89
Summary:
You decide to go out and talk to Reisen
Chapter Text
You step out of the doorway that was blocking your presence. As you do Kaguya and Reisen immediately glance at you.
"Oh, Kaninchen." Kaguya said. "You're awake as well?"
"Yeah... Couldn't sleep. Had a bad dream." You said.
"You too?" Reisen asked.
"Huh?" Both you and Kaguya look at Reisen, as she quickly folds her ears in front of her face, covering her eyes.
"It's... it's nothing really. I have bad dreams all the time." Reisen said.
"...Are you sure?" You ask, sitting down next to Reisen, looking out at the bamboo that's out front. "Bad dreams could mean a lot of things. But it's what you really dream about that really matters."
"...I..." Reisen hesitated again.
"Inaba, it's okay to tell us." Kaguya said in a affirming tone.
Reisen sighed. "...I dreamt that I was back on the moon."
Your eyes quickly opened wide hearing that.
Reisen continued. "...I was sitting at a table... With 3 other people. I think, one of them was supposed to be younger than me while the other two were much older... We were laughing, and telling jokes while going on about how thankful we are to have simple, yet comfortable lives in the Lunar Capital..." Reisen said.
"That doesn't sound like a bad dream." You say.
"I know, it sounds like a pleasant one... And yet when I woke up I just... couldn't stop thinking about it." Reisen said.
"Thinking about it?" Kaguya asked.
"Yeah... Like... It's almost as if that was an alternate world where I was born and raised into a loving family, without war ever happening."
You and Kaguya could tell where this is going.
"...Sometimes I wonder what I would be doing had I not fled the battlefield that day... Sometimes I wish that the Lunar War never happened, maybe then I would be living a much quieter life. But honestly? I know that wouldn't ever be the case. I would probably be in the military, working endlessly until the day I retire or die in conflict." Reisen said.
"...Reisen... Yesterday you told me about the things you went through... Do you mind telling me more about it?" You ask.
Reisen look at you, then back at Kaguya.
"Inaba, we won't judge you... That's Eiki's job." Kaguya said.
"...pfft-hahaha..." Reisen laughed. "That's funny... That's really... really funny." Reisen said in a gradual downward voice.
Reisen took a deep breath and began to explain.
"...I was born to a widow... My father died long before that, so I never knew him. And since my mother wasn't suited to raise a child, I was immediately sent to an orphanage. I spent 3 years there without a humble home before I was adopted by a lunarian... At first, they treated me well. They fed me, gave me new clothes, and treated me like a daughter... Then they suddenly switched personalities, and used any excuse to harm me or abuse me. That went on until I was around 8, where they grew bored of me and decided to sell me into slavery..." Reisen paused for a bit before continuing. "...I went through several masters. Each one was more horrible than the last. They would make me clean their floors using my own clothing as rags and make me do jobs that no one such as I should do. There were a few times when I even tried to commit suicide, but they wouldn't let me. As soon as I jump they would pull me right back up with a tug of the leash they have wrapped around me... Then I met Toyohime and Yorihime... Sure, they weren't perfect, one was strict and the other was too clingy... But they loved and cared for me more than anyone ever did in my life... They actually treated me like a living being." Reisen said.
You recall in your past dreams at how Reisen was the supposed pet to Toyohime and Yorihime, you always wondered about how that came to be and now you know.
"...Reisen I-" You started to speak.
"It's unfair..." Reisen said, interrupting you. "All I ever wanted... Was a family... I spent years, decades probably just to have someone out there to care and love me... And yet all I got was suffering... Sometimes I still wonder if I would've end up better never existing at all." Reisen said.
"..." You don't know how to respond to that.
"Inaba." Kaguya said.
"Yes Princess?" Reisen said, looking at Kaguya.
Kaguya moved in close, so she can embrace Reisen by pulling her into a hug. You could tell that Reisen was shocked based off her ears springing upward.
"...I'm sorry for all that you have gone through... Just know that Eirin and I are there for you if you ever have any doubts or concerns. We may not always show it but we do care for you Inaba... We're not perfect, but we are family aren't we?" Kaguya said.
"...P...Princess I..." Reisen started to hesitate.
"Shh... Just let it out now... It's okay." Kaguya whispered.
You see Reisen doing nothing at first, then she started to shake, and eventually began to cry. It wasn't a loud ugly cry, nor was it a silent one. It was just tears of sorrow.
You felt a bit awkward sitting there waiting for them to finish their embrace. As they did You see Reisen wiping her tears.
"Thank you Princess. I'm really grateful." Reisen said.
"That's what I do Inaba, I listen to people's sorrow and give them advice." Kaguya said. "Now then... I think we should address the elephant in the room..." Kaguya said, looking at you.
"Um... Me?" You ask.
"Yes you Kaninchen... Since when have your eyes glowed like Inaba's?" Kaguya asked.
"Wait... What?" Reisen turned around to look at you.
What do you do?
Chapter 90: Part 90
Summary:
You decide to tell the truth
Chapter Text
"Um... So..." You hesitate. "I kinda got a new ability."
"You did?" Reisen asked, a bit shocked. "Let me see..."
Reisen looks at your eyes, as you stared back. You notice how much her eyes truly glow, it's like staring at a red light in rainy weather, as it's the only thing you can see.
But oddly enough, you don't feel anything. Compared to the last time you felt the effects of Reisen's ability you're not feeling insane or as such.
"...You're right, you do have a new ability." Reisen said. "...To think it's the same as mine though."
"...How are you not affected?" You ask. "How am I not affected?"
"I'm not sure exactly... I just know that I'm immune to my own ability. One time I stared at a mirror for 30 minutes just to see if anything would happen, and all I got was a scolding from master for taking too long getting ready." Reisen said.
Kaguya giggled a bit behind the sleeve of her shirt.
"So do you know how you got this ability?" Reisen asked.
"...Um... I got it from Yukari." You say.
"Yukari? Since... Since when can she do that?"
You shrug. "She gave me my watch last time too... Which is now broken after my trip yesterday."
"Oh, I'm sorry about that." Reisen said.
"It's alright, it was my fault for dropping it in the first place." You say. "For now, I think I'll be heading back to bed, I'm starting to feel tired again."
"Oh, yeah you're right." Reisen said. "We'll talk more about this in the morning."
"Okay." You say.
You, Reisen and Kaguya went back to bed that night.
---
The next morning, you woke up, got dressed, and prepared to get ready for the day.
Before you did that however, you had to take care of some procedures with Eirin.
Reisen made you go talk to her about your new ability since she's worried that you'll do something reckless with it or accidentally mess with the "waves" in the air. You're not sure what she means by that, but one thing you have noticed is how ever since you acquired your new ability everything around you looks different. The world looks like it's being seen through a red/orange screen filter, and you notice various waves moving all around you. Some were small and quick, others were bigger yet much slower.
Anyways, you were in the examination room sitting on a chair as Eirin walks in, pushing a cart with a tray of some tools used for eye examinations.
"What are those for?" You asked.
"They were designed specifically for Udonge." Eirin said. "Else I would go insane the moment I stare at her eye. To think I would need to use them on you as well."
You let Eirin do various tests on you. She tested your eyesight, how easily you can read words from a distance, and even used that big machine contraption you don't know the name of.
When all of that was done, you got the results.
"Your vision is fine. However I notice you have a harder time distinguishing certain colors so I have to diagnose you with color blindness." Eirin said.
"I'm color blind?" You say, feeling shocked.
"It's alright, Udonge suffers the same actually. It's not so bad once you get used to your surroundings."
After concluding with the eye exam, you went back to Reisen to see what your next lesson is.
"Okay Fargo, I'll be having you go to the other remaining locations to deliver medicine. I was originally going to do it myself but Master wants me to help prepare for the moon festival that's in a couple of days." Reisen told you.
Being told that, you got ready to head out with the rest of the medicine. You looked at the list you still have from yesterday:
Myouren Temple
Name: Byakuren Hijiri. Species: Magician. Medicine: Anti-Aging Cream.
Name: Shou Toramaru. Species: Tiger Youkai. Medicine: Iron Supplement.
Name: Minamitsu Murasa. Species: Ship Phantom. Medicine: Anti-Nausea Medicine (liquid variant).
Name: Koishi Komeiji. Species: Satori. Medicine: Eyedropper.
Hakugyokurou
Name: Yuyuko Saigyouji. Species: Ghost. Medicine: Weight Loss Medicine.
Name: Youmu Konpaku. Species: Half-Human Half-Phantom. Medicine: Lots and lots of bandages.
Youkai Mountain
Name: Nitori Kawashiro. Species: Kappa. Medicine: Muscle Cramp Relief.
Name: Aya Shameimaru. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Hatate Himekaidou. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Sanae Kochiya. Species: Human/Living God. Medicine: Headache Relief.
Name: Kasen Ibaraki. Species: Hermit/***. Medicine: Medicine for her pets.
Where do you head to first?
Chapter 91: Part 91
Summary:
You decide on Myouren Temple
Chapter Text
You pull out your map, finding the location of the Temple, and hop through a gap portal.
---
You land on the stone roading. When you looked away from the ground the first thing you see is the big temple in front of you.
Looking around you see various other things, such as a few lines of statues, some lanterns, a graveyard in the distance, and a set of stairs.
You walk up the stairs, making your way to the front of the building. There was a rope hanging next to you with a box. You know that this is supposed to be a donation box that you use when you want to pray or give thanks to the dwellers of a shrine or temple. But the real question is who lives here?
The list you have shows that there aren't exactly any humans here. You heard rumors of a youkai shrine... but a youkai temple?
As you were thinking, someone holding a broom approaches you. She is wearing a pale outfit and her hair is green, also she has dog-like ears.
"HELLO!!!" The girl shouts at you. "WELCOME TO MYOUREN TEMPLE!!! HOW CAN WE BE OF SERVICE!!!"
Your ears hurt from her shouting, it was like her voice was a megaphone powered by a car battery.
"Ow... Why are you yelling?" You ask.
"WHAT DO YOU MEAN!? THIS IS HOW I NORMALLY TALK!" The girl said.
"Can't you talk quieter?" You say.
"WHY THOUGH!? THERE'S NOTHING WRONG WITH MY VOICE IS THERE!? DO YOU NOT LIKE THE WAY I SOUND!? IS... IS MY VOICE THAT AWFUL TO LISTEN TO!?" The girl said, about to cry.
"W-w-wait! Don't cry!" You say. But it was too late.
She let out a wail, crying so loudly that you were certain all of gensokyo could hear. The ground shook intensely, as if 10 earthquakes were happening at the same time, in the same spot.
Then all of a sudden, the crying stopped, you look at the person who just bonked the other girl with the dull end of a spear.
"Geez Kyouko! How many times do we have to tell you to keep it down!?" The girl with the spear said.
"I... I'M SORRY!" The girl named Kyouko said. "THE PERSON OVER THERE WITH THE PACK THOUGHT MY VOICE WAS UGLY!"
Immediately the girl with the spear glared at you. She walked over and stared you down, growling like a tiger.
"Did you hurt Kyouko's feelings?" She asked you with intimidation.
How do you respond?
Chapter 92: Part 92
Chapter Text
"I-I didn't mean too!!!" You say, holding your hands open in defense.
"If you didn't mean to, then at least apologize." The girl with the spear said.
You look over at Kyouko, who still had tears in her eyes. You take off your pack and bowed down to her.
"I'm sorry, I didn't mean to make you cry." You say.
"OH!!! IT'S OKAY!!!" Kyouko said. "BUT MY VOICE IS NOT UGLY YOU HEAR!? I HATE IT WHEN PEOPLE THINK MY VOICE IS UGLY!!!"
Her shouting is still hard to listen to... But then an idea came into your head.
You know that you can manipulate wavelengths, so what if you mess with the soundwaves around you?
You raise your head, and then your eyes began to glow a bit.
"What the? What's with your eyes?" The girl with the spear asked.
"Just give me a moment..." You told her, concentrating.
After some focus, you were able to identify the sound waves that were in the air, and immediately you began to manipulate them.
"Okay, that should do it." You say.
"What should?" Kyouko asked. She paused for a moment, before speaking again. "Hey... My voice is quiet now... Why am I whispering?"
"No way..." The girl with the speak said. "Kyouko... This is a blessing!!! I can finally remove my earplugs!" She said, pulling some objects out of her ears.
"Wait, you were wearing earplugs the whole time?" Kyouko asked. "But... You said my voice wasn't ugly... Were you lying this whole time?"
"No no, I wasn't laying I swear! I love your voice!" The girl with the spear said, panicking. "U-Um... Nazrin!!!!" The girl with the spear shouted.
You see a small, grey figure dash towards where you are. They seem to be wearing a blackish outfit with a grey capelet. She also looks to have mouse ears and a tail, with said tail holding a basket.
"Yes master?" The girl named Nazrin asked. "I came as soon as I could."
"Oh good you're here. Do you mind taking Kyouko for a walk while I tend to our guest?" The girl with the spear asked.
"I can do that. C'mon Kyouko." Nazrin said.
"O-Okay..." Kyouko said.
"Woah! You're speaking normally!" Nazrin said.
"Why does everyone think my voice is so ugly!?"
"I never said it was."
"Liar!"
As the two leave, you stood there, confused by what just happened.
"I'm sorry about all of that. Kyouko is very sensitive about her voice. She's somehow convinced that it's ugly but in reality we just want her to not shout 24/7." The girl with the spear said. "Anyways... Welcome to Myouren Temple. My name is Shou Toramaru. How can we be of service?" The girl named Shou asked.
"Oh, I'm just here to deliver some medicine that's all." You say.
"Oh! I thought Reisen was doing that." Shou said.
"She's busy with other things so I'm doing it instead. You could say I'm her assistant."
"...That is nice to hear. Since you're here how about we go inside the temple and we can figure things from there?" Shou asked.
"Of course."
The two of you walk to the temple and went inside.
---
The place felt a bit cozy. It gave off an aura of peace and tranquility as you walk inside. It looks to be well-cleaned and there's a lot of space.
What's interesting is some of the people inside. Based on what you can tell, there doesn't seem to be any humans here, only youkai. It's strange for a temple that practices a religion to be full of youkai.
"So, you live here?" You asked Shou.
"I do. Most of the people who come here to learn and practice Buddhism stay and live inside the temple. We have some who spent their whole lives dedicated."
"Really? It's strange, to think there are so many youkai in this place."
"You can thank our Head Priest, her ways helped many of us youkai out from the darkness of our hearts."
"Head Priest, who is-"
Suddenly, an umbrella with an eye came out of nowhere.
"BOO!!!" The girl holding the umbrella said.
...
Chapter 93: Part 93
Summary:
You decide to act like you witnessed your deepest, darkest fears come to life.
Chapter Text
You recoil back in horror. Your eyes open wildly and your mouth gaping. You stretch one of your hands out in fear, the other in defense. Your grip on the floor with your feet was loose, but tight enough so that if you needed to you can run. And you let out a scream so loud, the nearby vase shattered to smithereens.
When you finished, you looked back at the umbrella girl, and to your wonder...
She was crying... But not tears of joy.
"You... You were scared... You were surprised..." The umbrella girl said with a smile. "Yes... Yes!!! YES! I DID IT! I FINALLY GOT SOMEONE!!! I GOTTA TELL EVERYONE!!!"
The umbrella girl began running off, going around to supposedly tell everybody of her accomplishment.
"...Well that was strange." Shou said.
"Who was that? Do they live here?" You ask.
"Not exactly... Kogasa just likes to scare people, though she's pretty bad at it. Sometimes a few of us here at the temple would pretend to be scared so she doesn't fall into depression, but you... You're a natural. You made it look like you were actually frightened!" Shou said. "Are you an actor or something?"
"No... I'm just convincing is all." You say. "Sorry about the vase though..."
"That's alright, besides that vase was ugly and I was waiting for an excuse to break it."
"I beg your pardon?" A voice said.
Shou quickly tensed up, slowly looking behind her to see someone. They have purple hair that transitions into more of a blonde at the ends. Her dress consisted of a black layer on top of a white one.
You look at the person, and notice the large amount of waves that came off of her, likely indicating that she's in a angry mood, despite her gentle expression.
"U-Um... Hijiri-sama... I-I thought you were busy." Shou said.
"I was... But then I heard a banshee and thought someone was in trouble... What's this about breaking my favorite vase?"
"Favorite!?" Shou said. "I-I mean... oh no... How could Nue break Hijiri-sama's vase like that... We better scold her..." She said in a very unconvincing tone.
"Funny you say that..." Another voice said. You look behind the person known as Hijiri and see another person there. They wore a black short dress, with a red ribbon around their neck. But what really has gotten your attention is the wings. One side is red and sharp, the other blue and smoother.
"Nue!?" Shou said.
"Next time, make a better excuse." The girl named Nue said.
You look back at Shou, who is now panicking to come up with an answer. You know why the vase broke and so does she, but it seems that she's trying to protect you. But should she really take the blame for something you caused?
What do you do?
Chapter 94: Part 94
Summary:
You decide to confess your actions
Chapter Text
"Well... You see... I-" Shou said.
"It was me." You say.
Everyone looked at you, with Shou being the most surprised of all.
"You?" Nue asked.
"Yes. I apologize for it, I didn't mean to break it with my voice." You say with a bow. "I'll gladly pay for the vase."
You look back up, seeing everyone's expressions. Shou was a bit shocked, Nue was confused, but as for Hijiri...
She only kept her calm demeanor, walking towards you with fierce intimidation. The amount of waves she is giving off is overwhelming to you.
You began to panic, looking away with your eyes closed.
Then you felt a pat to the head, and you open your eyes back up, and see the woman smiling.
"It's alright... I know you didn't mean to do it on purpose. Besides, that vase was only a cheap relic you can find down at the village." Hijiri said.
"Eh!? I thought you said it was a heirloom!!!" Shou said.
"No, that was Nue when she disguised herself as me that one time." Hijiri said.
"Guilty as charged." Nue said.
Hijiri looks back at you. "Where are my manners... I am Byakuren Hijiri, the head priest of Myouren Temple. What brings you all the way here?" The woman named Byakuren asked.
"Oh... I'm actually here to deliver medicine." You say.
"Medicine... Oh yes! I remember now. Though I thought it was Eirin's assistant that did that."
"I'm Reisen's apprentice."
"So the rumors were true then... Very well, lets go into one of the rooms and we can cover the costs."
---
You went into one of the rooms, which was surprisingly simple and normal. Shou and Byakuren were sitting on the other side of the table that you were all sitting at.
You looked at your list, pulling out the medicines that you needed to hand out, then you notice that 2 of the 4 people were missing.
"Oh... I also have medicine for two other people. One is named Murasa, the other... Koishi..." You say. For some reason, the name Koishi rang a bell somewhat.
"Oh, don't worry, I'll call her over right now... Ichirin!!!" Byakuren shouted.
Immediately the door to the room slid open, you look out and...
There stood a fairly normal...
Correction, there stood an almighty, menacing figure of a person, with a handsome face, visually appealing muscles, and what looks like a cloud that is just as menacing as they are. The amount of waves they gave off was completely bizarre.
"Um... Hello." You say.
"...Oh hello there." The person said, posing for... reasons.
"Ichirin, would you be kind as to take our friend... Um excuse me, I don't think I got your name yet, would you mind telling us?" Byakuren asked.
"Oh its Fargo Kaninchen... But you can call me-
"ICHIRIN!!!" A voice called out.
"No... It's too soon!!!" The person named Ichirin said, the cloud person also turned with them. "Excuse me Hijiri-sama... I must take care of a problem... I'll take Fargo with me don't you worry."
"Okay, make sure you find Murasa and Koishi when you get back!" Byakuren said with a smile.
Looks like you're about to be dragged into something.
...
You and Ichirin head out of the building, you were only following Ichirin, but unsure of who they are looking for.
"We are looking for Murasa and Koishi right?" You ask.
"Shh... She's near..." Ichirin said.
"Who?"
"..."
You looked around as well, confused by what is going on, but then you sensed large, menacing wave come down at you fast.
You looked up and see...
A Road Roller?
"ROADO ROLLA DA!!!" Sakuya shouted, throwing down the road roller onto Ichirin.
Ichirin quickly reacted though, having her... cloud person... (y'know what we're just going to call it a stand.) go and proceed to punch the road roller before it can hit her, then it began to punch it consecutively.
"ORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORA-" The Stand shouted.
"It's too late! You cannot escape!" Sakuya shouted. "MUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDA-"
"ORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORAORA-"
"MUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDAMUDA!!!" Sakuya shouted. "I'll smash you flat!!!"
Both Sakuya and Ichirin punched the road roller, but it was Sakuya who achieved victory, as the road roller crushed Ichirin and her stand.
...
What do you do?
Chapter 95: Part 95
Summary:
You say hi to Sakuya
Chapter Text
"Hello Sakuya!" You say, waving to her.
"Oh, greetings Fargo. What brings you here?" Sakuya asked, hopping down the Road Roller.
"Oh I'm just here to deliver some medicine, you?"
"I just wanted to give Ichirin a gift." Sakuya said.
You look over and look at the Road Roller. "I'm surprised that a Road Roller can even be a gift... Where did you even get one?"
"I have a friend who owns a few."
"I see... Well I need to finish up things here." You say.
"My apologies for distracting you." Sakuya said.
"No no, you're just fine. I was taking my time anyways, I'm in no rush... Say you by chance have seen anyone by the name of Murasa or Koishi?" You ask.
"Hm... I think I-"
Both you and Sakuya stop talking, you could barely hear it...
In the distance, there was a large pile of waves coming at you...
But not sound waves, or heat waves, or any of those other wavelengths.
Actual waves.
And there was a boat that was riding on them, with a shanty being played loudly.
Looking closer, you see a person standing on the front of the boat. They wore what looks like a sailor outfit, with a black coat over her shoulders and an anchor next to them.
The boat was coming up to you quickly, and the shanty only got more intense as they got closer.
You have a lot of questions, but the first thing that comes into you mind is the fact those waves are probably going to hit you and Sakuya.
"We should move out of the way." You say.
"Agreed." Sakuya said. "...Where's your watch?"
"Broke it."
"You broke it?"
"No, a bird broke it. Someone named Okuu."
"Oh..." Sakuya quickly grabbed you and stopped time.
In an instant, you stood a good distance away from the area as the waves swallowed the road roller, but stopping just in time before it hit the temple.
As it did, you see the person in front of the boat hop off, stretching their arms up high with a big smile.
"Ah~ it been so refreshin' sailin' across Gensokyo! Man I wish there been an ocean!!!" The girl said.
You stood over far away from where she was, looking at Sakuya. "Thank you for helping me Sakuya." You say.
"It's no problem. I should be leaving now, Lady Remilia is probably getting impatient if I'm not around to make her lunch." Sakuya said, vanishing.
You walk over to where the sailor girl is standing, she notices you and turns around.
"Well well, look what we 'ave 'ere. I don't think I've spied ye around these parts. What's yer name?" The Sailor Girl asked.
"Oh, I'm Fargo Kaninchen. But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
"Oh shiver me timbers, I don't think I've e'er 'eard o' anyone who 'as a name as long as that there." The Sailor girl said. "I be Minamitsu Murasa, but Murasa be just fine." The girl known as Murasa said. "Now tell me, what brings ye all the way 'ere at the temple?"
"I'm actually here to deliver some medicine. I already talked with Byakuren and Shou about it but wanted to make sure everyone was available so I can get them their medicines." You say.
"Well that there be perfect actually, I been 'opin' fer the medicine I ordered to arrive. An' 'ere I been worried I wouldn't be able to get medicine fer me seasickness." Murasa said. "I'll 'ead inside where 'ijiri-sama be at."
"Oh! And one last thing... Have you by chance seen a girl by the name of Koishi?" You ask.
"Koishi? the lass be probably somewhere around 'ere. But jolly luck findin' 'er, she be better at 'idin' than the kraken."
As Murasa heads inside, you thought about how you're going to find Koishi.
After all, she could be anywhere. And based on what Murasa said, it's likely that you'll never be able to find her in time. But you at least need to be able to try.
Maybe if you use your ability, you can locate her more easily. If you adjust your eyes you should probably be able to differentiate her waves from others.
Now, all you need to do is-
"Hello! Knife to meet you!" A girl said, holding a knife for some reason.
Oh no...
Chapter 96: Part 96
Summary:
You respond by saying hello
Chapter Text
"Hello, knife to meet you t-"
You felt the blade of the knife be inserted into your stomach. Clenching your abdomen, you kneeled to the ground in pain.
"Urgh... Why?" You say in a weak voice.
"Wow... I'm honestly can't believe you fell for that again." The girl said. "I wasn't even trying to hide it this time yet you fell for it regardless. What are you, Cirno?"
"Why... Why did you stab me?" You ask.
"Don't know." She shrugged. "At first I was just going to mess with you after seeing you try to defend yourself, but now I rather just kill you."
"W-what?" You ask. "Kill me, but why?"
The girl shrugged. "Anyways..." She pulled the knife out of you, you remembered how painful that was last time.
What the hell were you thinking anyway, you knew saying hello was a bad option yet you did it anyways. And now you're going to die for it.
"Oh, don't worry about the afterlife. Mr. Hat has been there before and he thinks it's nice." The girl said, raising her knife.
"W-wait... wait wait wait!!!" You plead.
The girl threw her knife down at you...
But it didn't hit.
Instead the knife was inches away from you, only to be halted by 2, pink cloudy fingers.
The girl turned around, as an electric guitar begins to play all of a sudden.
You look over, and see a cloudy trail lead to a drenched, destroyed road roller, where Ichirin (who was posing for some re- y'know what, you get the reference already, EVERYONE IS POSING!!!) was standing triumphantly.
"I refuse." Ichirin says.
"N-Nani!!!!???" The girl with the knife says.
"Koishi... You've been a very bad girl today..." Ichirin says, walking closer. "It's against our Buddhist ways to kill mindlessly... Therefore, you must be punished..." She said as large menacing waves surround her. "Unzan... Do your thing."
"ORA!!!" Unzan said, breaking the knife.
"NOOOOOOOOO!!!!!" The girl named Koishi yelled out. "That was my 3rd favorite knife!!! It was a gift from Mr. Hat!!!" She said, kneeling to the ground in despair.
Ichirin walks over to you, and pulls you back up. "Are you okay Fargo?" Ichirin asks.
"Yeah... I'm fine..." You say. "It wasn't the first time I got stabbed... Still I like to stop the bleeding soon."
"We'll get you inside and take care of the wound." Ichirin says.
She helps you inside while Unzan drags Koishi with back into the building. And that's then the electric guitar finally stops playing.
To be continued... ===>
...
...
Wait a minute, this is Touhou, not Jojo's Bizarre Adventure. Why are we ending it here?
RESUME!!!
girls are resuming...
---
You were able to patch up the wound on your stomach, it still hurts but you're able to move just as fine (it's a good thing you took some quick healing medicine before you left too).
Anyways, you were sitting down at the table, with Byakuren, Shou, Murasa and Koishi sitting on the other side of the table. You placed down the medicines each person ordered and was able to tally up the costs.
"So... Hijiri-sama, why do you need Anti-aging cream?" Shou asked Byakuren, causing her to tense up.
"yarr 'ijiri-sama, there's no reason fer ye to require such an item." Murasa said.
"W-well... It's because unlike you two, I'm not getting any younger. So I like to preserve my youth for as long as possible. You two will understand once you reach that age." Byakuren said.
"It's because she's afraid of looking like an old hag." Koishi said, already testing her eyedropper.
Everyone just stared at Koishi. Byakuren especially looked like she was one word away from unleashing the rage of a gorilla.
"Damn to the depths, Koishi better be prepared to dwell inside o' Davy Jones' locker at this here point." Murasa said.
"Oh, by the way, does anyone have a fish-"
"For the last time Koishi, nobody here owns a Fishing Rod!!!" Shou shouted out of nowhere.
"Aw..." Koishi said in a sad tone.
...
After that whole scenario happened, you left the building, and was about to go to your next destination. But then you remembered something...
You turn back around, seeing Koishi standing there humming a soft tune to herself. You walk over to her.
"Oh, it's you again... Fargo was it?" Koishi asked. "Or was it that very long nickname of yours?"
"...Well it's nice to know you remembered me." You say. "Um... I actually visited your sister yesterday."
"You visited Onee-chan!?" Koishi said. "How is she!? Was she rude to you? Or was she perhaps nice and kind like how she is to me?"
...This is going to be harder than you thought it would be.
How do you respond?
Chapter 97: Part 97
Summary:
You decide to tell her the whole truth
Chapter Text
You took a deep breath, knowing that what you're going to say is serious. Hopefully Koishi will listen to you and understand what is happening.
"...Koishi, what I'm about to tell you is going to be serious. It'll be hard, but it's better for you to understand now than never." You say.
Koishi just looks at you, her expression unchanging. She tilted her head slightly as if to show curiosity.
"...When I went down underground yesterday, I was tasked with delivering medicine to your sister. I was greeted by Orin, who-"
"Oh! You met Orin as well!? " Koishi said, interrupting you.
"...As I was saying..." You continued. "Orin asked me for help when she realized that your sister was missing. I of course went and helped her search. And I was the one who found her first."
"So you were playing hide and seek then?" Koishi asked, interrupting you again.
"..." You only showed a frown as you resumed what you were saying. "...Koishi, your sister tried to kill herself."
...Koishi looked at you. Slowly the curious look on her face turned into confusion.
"Onee-chan... Tried to kill herself?" Koishi asked.
"Yeah... If it wasn't for me arriving in time, it would've been too late."
"...And you're not lying?"
"No, I'm not..." You say. "...Your sister misses you a lot... She may not always show it but you are someone she deeply cares for."
Koishi's expression changed again, this time from confusion to slight concern. "Onee-chan... She misses me that much?"
"...Yeah..." You say. "When was the last time you gone back home?"
"Hmm..." Koishi thought for a bit. "I guess... It's been about 2 months..."
2 months... It's no wonder Satori looked so depressed when you saw her.
"I think you should go home Koishi." You say. "Your family misses you very much and would be happy to see you again. Can you do that?"
"...But...I'm having so much fun here on the surface... I'm unsure if I want to go back home yet." Koishi said.
You were a bit shocked honestly. You know that Koishi's condition makes her think differently compared to other people... But you literally told her that her sister almost committed suicide and she's debating on whether to go back home or not! The answer should be obvious!
"You should go home Koishi." A voice from behind said.
You and Koishi look to see Byakuren standing there.
"How long were you there?" You ask.
"About a few minutes ago." Byakuren said. "Now Koishi... You have been doing very well with your training here at the temple, but family is still important... You never know when the day will come where a loved one passes away." She said. The way she spoke made it sound as if she had previous experience.
"...So I should go home then?" Koishi asked.
"Yes." Byakuren said.
"...Okay!" Koishi said, quickly expressing a cheerful attitude yet again. "I was debating on whether to go home or not anyway, but if you say so then I shall~"
"That's wonderful to hear. Just make sure you don't leave anything behind before you-"
Suddenly, Koishi upped and vanished.
"...Leave..." Byakuren said. "Sigh... It's always worrisome when she does that..."
You're unsure, but you could kinda sense Koishi walking down the stairs and down the road of Myouren Temple based on her wavelengths. It's very vague and hard to see, but you still notice it.
"...Well I've done everything I came here to do." You say.
"Oh, you're leaving already?" Byakuren asked.
"Yeah, I have a couple more places to visit before I need to head back to Eientei. Though it was nice visiting this temple. Though to think this is a youkai temple..."
You hear Byakuren laugh at what you say. "Youkai Temple... I've heard of Hakurei Shrine being called a Youkai Shrine but this is the first time anyone ever described our place as a Youkai Temple... We also have humans who come here to train, they actually get along well with the youkai. If you want, you're welcome to visit again and learn our ways of Buddhism."
"I appreciate the offer. But I'll have to decline for now." You say.
"Very well, the offer still stands if you ever change your mind."
You turn around and began walking down the stairs. Perhaps had you learned of this place before you went to Eientei, you would've considered joining...
But you're already busy with peddling medicine and such, so...
You pull out your list, looking at what's left:
Hakugyokurou
Name: Yuyuko Saigyouji. Species: Ghost. Medicine: Weight Loss Medicine.
Name: Youmu Konpaku. Species: Half-Human Half-Phantom. Medicine: Lots and lots of bandages.
Youkai Mountain
Name: Nitori Kawashiro. Species: Kappa. Medicine: Muscle Cramp Relief.
Name: Aya Shameimaru. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Hatate Himekaidou. Species: Tengu. Medicine: Caffeine Pills.
Name: Sanae Kochiya. Species: Human/Living God. Medicine: Headache Relief.
Name: Kasen Ibaraki. Species: Hermit/***. Medicine: Medicine for her pets.
Chapter 98: Part 98
Summary:
You decide on Hakugyokurou
Chapter Text
You open your map, looking to see where the location is at.
And after some thorough searching on the map, you found it and opened a gap portal.
---
You land on some stone, looking up to see...
An endless supply of cherry blossoms, all lined up and the scatter of petals all around. You never knew that there could be so many cherry blossoms in one place, but you have been proven wrong. The sight alone is beautiful.
In Down the path, you can see what looks like a building. Figuring that's where you need to go, you head down the path.
Along the way, you notice various things floating in the air. Other than the petals, you see some... orb-like things. They resemble fire a bit, but the so-called flames were smoother and didn't crackle or anything like that.
A few of them floated around you, sending shivers down your spine. You heard how if you're haunted you would feel shivers. Maybe that's what these things are, they're spirits.
But they don't resemble spirits, so maybe phantoms would be a better term?
By the time you made your way to the building, there were hundreds of phantoms behind you, floating around. You feel very cold from their combined numbers.
You were about to knock on the door when...
"...156...157...158...159..."
You heard a voice on your left, it sounded like counting.
What do you do?
Chapter 99: Part 99
Summary:
You knock on the door
Chapter Text
You figured that you can check out who is counting later... For now you should focus on delivering the medicine.
*knock knock knock*
"..." You waited a bit for someone to come at the door.
A minute passed and no one arrived.
You knock again *knock knock knock knock*
"..." Another minute passed, and still no one arrived.
"Um... Hello? Anyone home?" You called out.
...Still no answer.
"Sigh... I'm coming in." You announce, opening the door.
You walk inside, feeling a draft of wind pass by. It feels cold, but nothing compared to all the phantoms that are still following you.
You walk down the hallway a bit, wondering if anyone is here.
"Hello? I'm here to deliver the medicine." You say.
"...food..." A voice called out.
You turn back, wondering who said that. But all you see are the phantoms.
"Who said that? Was it you? Or perhaps you?" You asked one of the phantoms.
They moved their bodies (if they have any) side by side, indicating that they didn't.
"Oh..."
You just continue down the hall a bit when you suddenly stopped.
You see a figure downward, they were hard to see due to the many phantoms that surround them for some reason.
"Um... Hello? Are you-"
"food..." The figure said.
"Food? I... I don't have food on me, sorry." You say.
"I... want... food..." The figure said again.
"Again, I don't have anything besides the medicine I brought." You say. "Are you by chance one of the residents of this place?"
You see the figure move towards you slowly. What caught your attention is how they weren't walking, but floating towards you. And behind, you see the phantoms all scatter away, almost in fear even.
"What the?"
"you... you... you are food..." The figure said.
"I-I'm food?" You ask.
"Yes... Yes!!!" The figure said.
You were able to catch a glimpse of their face... It looked dry, as if they didn't eat in weeks.
No... This is something different... This is what a ghost would look like wouldn't it?
You step back a bit, trying not to panic and instead remain calm.
"U-Um... Listen... I don't know how long its been, but I assure you that I will not be tasty whatsoever. So lets just sit down and-"
"FOOOOOOOOODDDD!!!!!!" The figure shouted. All the remaining phantoms quickly scattered away from her.
You witnessed the sight of it all... Wearing a light blue/white kimono, a matching mob cap, and sporting pink short hair, maroon eyes that stand out the most, and skin as pale and white as... well a ghost obviously.
She... Looked beautiful...
But of course you're terrified as she is charging at you with the intention of devouring your flesh and bones, so it would be a good idea to...
Chapter 100: Part 100!!!
Summary:
You accept fate
Chapter Text
You dropped your pack to the ground, along with the map and you closed your eyes.
You spread your arms out as if to give out a hug, standing still while the figure charges at you.
You don't know what is going to happen, but you know that whatever it shall be, you hope for it to be quick.
You felt a pair of hands push you down, hitting your head on the ground, as you hear the sound of deep and immense breathing slowly coming to your face and-
*BZZZZZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a very special broadcast brought to you by none other than Yukari Yakumo
...
A camera turns on slowly, along with a spotlight in the center.
The sounds of footsteps echo in the dark, until a figure wearing a beautiful purple dress walked to the stage, testing the mic with a tap of her finger.
"Ahem..." Yukari began. "Thank you, and welcome to the Bakeneko Awards Ceremony..."
Suddenly, all the lights turn on as confetti showered down and a 3-person band began playing triumphantly. Rows of seats full of youkai and humans alike applaud happily as it quickly quieted down along with the music.
"...This is an awards ceremony made to acknowledge and honor those who have showed incredible feats within Gensokyo. As you know, it has been named after the species of our beloved Chen... Who sadly couldn't make it today... For she has suffered from an accident... So instead, we shall be welcoming a very special guest to announce the awards... Give it up for Mike Goutokuji." Yukari said.
The audience applauded as a Maneiki-neko walked up the stage, wearing a dress with a calico pattern and carrying a coin in her hand.
"Thank you- I-I mean... thank you Yukari, for letting me be here." Mike said, quickly altering their voice to sound higher than usual. "I am glad to be announcing the awards for today. So shall we get to it?"
"Yes, we shall." Yukari says. "But first... Lets announce all the nominees for today. Each of them have played an important role in the making of our film: Super Chen 3(& Knuckles): Orin and the army of Okuu's."
A large screen was pulled up, as the 3-person band began playing a softer song. The screen started listing names out as they rolled up the screen.
LeeCloud27 as The Narrator
John Doe as Fairy #14423
Tewi Inaba as Sir William Smith the 23rd
Reimu Hakurei as Rich Businesswoman
Ciocolatta as Skeletron Prime
2k as satori's supporter
Cirno as Giorno Giovanna
Koishi as Koishi
BradCloud27 as the tiny youkai on Fargo's shoulder
Mark as Shark Jk lol
Emergency_Mongoose as Killer Tofu
Hetako as the rabbit that acidentally pounded her hands while pounding mochi
Rinnosuke Morichika as best girl
Sanae Kochiya as the resident pervert
Suwako Moriya as #1 GILF
Junko as Reisen's mother
Shion Yorigami as Rich Businesswoman #2
TheOutcast06 as the Spectator Dragon
Youmu as her Mysterious Sword Master self
Yorihime as HTA Yorihime for whatever reason
Ran as Dark Helmet
Nobody as .... actually nobody
Bapt-Bapt as that one guy who has been simping way too much
γ as E-102 Gamma
Ayachi as Lost Child
The prismriver sisters as a stereotypical looking mariachi band. Like they just came back from a tour through Mexico
Slayer_Liberator as John Touhou
Sigma from Megaman X as Gordon freeman
RFLCTNS as [[#1Salesman1997]]
Sakuya as a walking Jojo reference
XJ4601 as traveling merchant
Yuuka Kazami as a substitute teacher for Keine
Sariel and Shinki as advocates for human rights
Madam Mima as the hero we all deserved
Bill Nye the science guy as the god of quantum physics
And as the music finally reaches it's climax, it ends with a soft tune, with the screen ending with the following words.
In memory of Chen...
(2003-20XX)
There was a quick moment of silence before Mike spoke again.
"Now... Lets get on with the results... Since we don't have much time or money, we can only give out one award tonight..." Mike said.
A letter was handed to them, it was marked with a golden heart on it as Mike opened it up slowly.
"And... The winner is..."
Chapter 101: Part 101
Chapter Text
"KOISHI!!!" Mike shouted.
The audience applauded as music played elegantly for a bit, everyone waited for Koishi to walk up to the stage and get her award.
...10 seconds passed.
...30 seconds passed.
"Um..." Mike wondered.
Then, a person walked up to the stage, being none other than Orin.
"Um... Hello... I'm here on behalf of Koishi." Orin said.
"Really? Where is she?" Mike asked.
"She's currently spending time with her sister. Oh you would not believe the amount of tears Lady Satori let out when she saw her again."
"Oh... Is she doing well?"
"She's fine. Okuu is currently watching the two of them."
"Well then, on behalf of Koishi, would you like to say something to the audience?" Mike asked.
"As a matter of fact I do..." Orin said, taking the mic away from Mike, facing the audience.
"I apologize for the absence of Koishi. Though she would love to be here she is busy with other affairs. But I'm certain that she would be very glad to know that she won the Bakeneko award... Oh! I just remembered that she did tell me to present something while I'm here!"
"What's that exactly?" Mike asked, curious.
"This." Orin smiled, pulling out a knife and stabbing Mike with it.
The audience gasped as Mike clenched her shoulder.
"Ow!!! What the hell was that for!?" Mike said, revealing their true voice.
"...hahahaha....ahahahahaha...AHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Orin laughed. "FOOOLS!!!! YOU HAVEN'T REALIZED IT YET... YOU WANNA KNOW WHY CHEN DIDN'T MAKE IT!? IT'S BECAUSE I KILLED HER!!!"
The audience gasped as Ran suddenly bursts through a wall like the Kool-Aid Man.
"You did what!?" Ran shouted. "But that's impossible! She was run over by a car!"
"And who else besides me was willing to spend 3 months getting their driver's license!?" Orin asked.
"I am!!!" Sanae shouted from the back.
"NOT SCIENTIFICALLY POSSIBLE!!!" Orin shouted, suddenly dashing all the way to Sanae to point at her and then slowly moving back to her original spot.
"Wait, why is Sanae here? She hasn't even been introduced in the main story yet." Ran asked.
"Oh c'mon Ran, leave the 4th wall breaking to me!" Yukari said.
"Master!? I thought you were occupied!" Ran said.
"Who the hell do you think planned this whole ceremony!?"
"SILENCE!!!" Orin shouted, a large burst of destructive power surging through her. "All of you are fools! It was always about Chen! Chen this! Chen that! Nya Nya Nya!!! I'm tired of it! And you had the audacity to bring this tomgirl of a cat here to host instead of me!!!" Orin shouted while pointing at Mike.
"Hey! No one was supposed to know that!" Mike said, still bleeding from the knife.
"Oh it was painfully obvious! You didn't even bother changing your name!" Orin said. "Now... With the power of the Bakeneko award in my hands... I shall finally exterminate all nekos of the world so that only I shall remain! And then everyone will love me and only me!!! Muahahahaha!!!!" Orin shouted.
"NOT SO FAST!!!"
Everyone looked over, seeing a figure burst through the main entrance, a shining light behind them casting a shadow.
"No... way..." Ran and Orin say.
There stood Chen, standing tall and mighty, glaring at Orin from a distance.
"But... But how!? I made certain that you were crushed thoroughly!!!" Orin said.
"...And you call yourself a cat... Don't you know that we have 9 lives!?" Chen said.
Orin gasped loudly. "Well it's no matter... Even if you have 8 more lives-"
"7 actually. I lost one a while ago when Ran suffocated me with her tails." Chen said.
"...Even if you have 7 more lives-"
"Well actually I think it's 6, cause there was that one time when Yukari accidentally cut me in half with her gap portal."
"...Even if-"
"Oh and then there was the incident involving the blender and the tiny person-"
"ENOUGH!!!" Orin shouted, another surge of energy bursting through her. "Just fight me already so I can destroy you and whatever remaining lives you have!!!"
"...Very well then..." Chen said quietly. She took a deep breath in, and... Let out a roar.
It was so loud that Orin had to cover her ears along everyone else in the room. A shining light enveloped Chen, but quickly dissipated as she stood there, unchanged.
"Huh? I thought you were going to go Super Bakeneko on me... What gives?" Orin asked, laughing.
She quickly stopped her laugh as she took another look at Chen. "No... Nononononononono!!!! It can't be... You... You acquired..."
The Prismriver sisters began playing a dramatic tune that fit with the theme.
Chen had shining eyes, silver glowing hair, and a look of unmoving emotion on her face. She slowly began walking towards Orin.
"How... How did you acquire Ultra Instinct! The only person that could achieve that besides gods was a monkey!" Orin said.
Chen still didn't say anything as she continued to walk forward, step by step, and each time a burst of energy could be felt.
"...I...Refuse...To lose to you!!!" Orin said, powering up instantly with her destructive power. "I'LL DESTROY YOU AND THEN EVERYONE ELSE IN THIS BUILDING!!!"
48 minutes (or however many episodes the Tournament of Power Arc was) later...
Chen and Orin were at a stalemate... Both were exhausted, the entire building was damaged (but still intact), and Mike(who was in their final form after joining the battle halfway through) still continued to bleed from the knife wound.
"Hah...haha...You...You gotten a lot stronger the last time we fought." Orin said.
"Same to you... Since when did you acquire the power of the Giant Catfish?" Chen asked.
"It was during my time training to become powerful enough to take you down... But I guess that wasn't enough..."
"...Ha..." Chen said.
"...but now, is the time to finish this!!!" Orin said, suddenly regaining all her strength.
Chen was shocked, seeing Orin charging up a powerful attack. "What!? How did you regain your strength!?"
"HAHAHA YOU FOOL!!! You didn't realize it but I was only using 1% of my power this entire time!!!" Orin said. "I was trained by a legendary warrior, whose power is unimaginable as it is nearly infinite!!!"
"You... You can't mean 'him' Right!? He's only a myth!" Chen asked.
"They all say that!!! But he is real! He taught me how to acquire a fraction of what he has achieved, and now I shall use it to destroy you and all cats in the world, so that I. Can. Become-"
Suddenly, Koishi appeared and stabbed Orin in the leg (the same exact spot as last time too).
"Ow!!!" Orin said. "Koishi!? What are you doing here!?"
Koishi shrugged. "Don't know."
"...Wait... If you're here, then who is watching Lady Satori?" Orin asked, getting worried.
"Um... I think Okuu was." Koishi said.
*crunch*
Orin and Koishi look over to see Okuu eating a bag of Potato Chips.
"...Okuu?" Orin asked slowly. "Where's Lady Satori?"
Okuu stopped eating her chips as her eyes widened with shock. "Um... Well... You see..."
"Oh god! There's a pink haired girl that strapped a detonator to her chest out here!!!" A voice outside shouted.
Orin began to scream and panic, suddenly made a wheelbarrow appear out of nowhere and quickly scooped up Okuu and Koishi while screaming the whole time. She ran out of the building as fast as she could and out to stop her master from doing something crazy.
Chen and Mike stood in confusion as they see Orin leave. The Bakeneko Award lied on the floor, broken in half.
"So... Wanna grab pizza?" Chen asked Mike.
"Okay." Mike said. "But I get to choose the toppings this time."
Chen and Mike left the building, walking happily together as the curtains rolled out and all was well...
The End...
...
"Huh... And here I thought what happened last time was bizarre..." Yukari said. "How about we go back to our main story shall we?"
*BZZZZT*
---
You open your eyes slowly.
You're not sure what happened, but the last time you remembered was being pushed to the floor by a ghost and then suddenly blacking out. You were certain that you were killed or eaten.
But instead, you were resting your head on someone's lap, hearing the sound of humming while what felt like a earpick was moving inside your ear, cleaning it.
You look around the room. It looked nice and clean. It is very similar to what Eientei has, but with only the furniture standing out.
The humming stopped however as you see a head lean over to look at you. You quickly recognized them as the person from earlier.
"Oh... You're awake... How do you feel?" The person asked.
How do you respond?
Chapter 102: Part 102
Chapter Text
"I feel like I just witnessed the world end when I laid eyes on you." You say with a charming voice.
The girl quickly showed a blush as she looked down at you. "Eh?" She said.
You raised your head from her lap, whipping your hair back as it flowed in the wind (yes, you did just use your ability to manipulate the air waves just so there is wind).
"Fair skin like that of a delicious ripe peach, Purple eyes more alluring than the juiciest grapes, Vibrant pink hair that reminds me of the cherry blossom petals used in sakura mochi, I ask of you, my lady, would you be so kind as to give me the honor of knowing your name, much like how one wishes to know the name of the cook who makes their most liked meals?" You say.
"U-Um... I..." She hesitated.
"Yuyuko-sama, is something wrong?" A voice called out.
You look over, seeing someone walk into the room while holding what looks like a fresh pot of food. She wore a aquamarine vest and skirt, sporting short silver hair, and what looks like a pair of swords at her waist and back. Next to her is what you can only describe as 'a very big marshmallow'.
"Oh, Youmu. Nothing is wrong." The person named Yuyuko said. "It's just our guest here has quite the way with words."
The person named Youmu placed the pot down on the nearby table, and looked at you at a closer glance.
"U-Um..." You found her gaze to be intimidating.
"...Your eyes... They're the same as-!!!" Youmu said.
"Youmu, please don't scare our guest." Yuyuko said.
"S-sorry Yuyuko-sama..." Youmu said, backing away and bowing. "I apologize, my name is Youmu Konpaku, the gardener and servant of my master." She said to you.
"And I am Yuyuko Saigyouji. I am the head of the Netherworld." Yuyuko said in a calm demeanor. "May we ask for your name?"
"...I am Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But you may call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You said with ease.
Yuyuko looked confused, while Youmu tried to repeat what you said, only to fail.
"Um... May I ask why I was on your lap earlier?" You say.
"Oh that?" Youmu said. "Well-"
15 minutes ago
"194...195...196..." Youmu said while swinging her sword up and down again and again repeatedly. She was standing outside the yard training her body.
"197...198...199..."
She was about to hit 200 when she heard a noise from inside the shrine.
"Huh?" She looked over, wondering what the noise was. "Yuyuko-sama? Are you okay?"
No response.
"...wait... OH FUCK I FORGOT TO MAKE LUNCH!!!" Youmu shouted. She scrambed inside, dashing down the hall to check on Yuyuko.
"Yuyuko-sama!!! Are you okay!?" She said upon finding her.
But it was too late... Youmu's eyes widened to find her on top of a person, eating them...
...And by eating them she's actually nibbling on the cheek of you who is unconscious.
"Yuyuko-sama???"
Yuyuko stopped when she heard Youmu's voice again.
"Oh, Youmu... Why haven't you made food yet? I was so hungry..." Yuyuko said.
"I-I'm sorry Yuyuko-sama... But what are you doing to that poor person?"
Yuyuko looked down at you, and quickly realized what she was doing. "Um...I guess I was so hungry that even a human looked tasty." She said with a laugh.
Youmu sighed. "Yuyuko-sama... This is the 4th time this month you tried to 'devour' someone. Was I not enough for you?" Youmu said with a disappointed tone. "...I'll go make you food, but we can't just leave them like that."
"Don't worry Youmu~ I have something special for them." Yuyuko said.
...
"And that's what happened." Youmu said. Yuyuko on the other hand was too busy devouring the pot of food (and the pot itself) to be part of the conversation.
"So... Your master was hungry, thought I was food, and nibbled on my cheek while I was asleep?"
"Pretty much... Um... May I ask what brought you here?" Youmu said.
"Oh, I'm a medicine peddler, I'm just here to deliver some supplies." You say.
"Peddler... Reisen-chan is a peddler as well." Youmu said.
"Oh, you know her?" You ask.
"Um... We're... We did... There... We..." Youmu quickly became very timid as a deep red blush formed on her face, even her giant marshmallow blushed with her. "Um... I just want to know something..." She said, becoming very quiet.
"?"
"...Are you... Reisen's child!?" Youmu asked.
"...What?" You say.
"I-It's just... You have the same eyes as her... And... I know that Reisen-chan only did imitate handholding with me, so I was worried about getting her pregnant. But... Now that I'm looking at you, I'm worried that I did get her pregnant. Oh god! What if she's mad at me for not realizing it!? I-I'm not prepared to raise a child together!!!"
...You honestly have no idea what she's going on about... But at the same time an opportunity has risen.
What do you do?
Chapter 103: Part 103
Summary:
You decide to call her daddy.
Chapter Text
"I finally found you... Daddy." You say with a smirk.
Youmu froze on the spot. She stared at you while shaking, then at Yuyuko who was still eating, then at her giant floating marshmallow.
"Y-y-you're joking... right? This is... A joke... R-right???" Youmu asked you.
"But daddy... I've searched all over just to find you... Mom always told me about how angry she was that you left her, but now wants you back, so you can raise me like the daddy you were meant to be." You say while moving in closer to her.
Youmu backs away slowly, looking over at Yuyuko again. "Yuyuko-sama... Help me... Please help me! What do I do!?"
Yuyuko stops eating, and looks at Youmu, then at you. You give off a slight nod to her, and she smiles.
"...Ara ara~ Youmu, don't you know its your responsibility to raise a child as a parent?" Yuyuko said. "Look at this sweet, innocent living being you left with only their mother to raise them."
Youmu just stared at her master in shock. "B-b-b-b-but I didn't know!!! Reisen-chan never mentioned ever being pregnant ever! This is all happening so fast!!!"
"Well maybe that's what you get for not protecting yourself in advance." Yuyuko said.
Youmu looked back at you. "Please... Please no... I'm sorry.. I'm sorry. I failed, I failed as a person..." Youmu said with tears in her eyes, groveling down to the ground on her knees.
...You honestly weren't expecting it to go this far. You figured she be naïve and easy to persuade but she's outright convinced that she impregnated someone and became a father.
"...Um... Youmu?" You say.
"I'm sorry... I'm sorry..." Youmu said over and over.
"Reisen isn't my mother actually" You say.
"...What?" Youmu asked, raising her head.
"I'm her apprentice, training to study medicine and health. I was only messing with you when you rambled on about you and Reisen being close. I'm sorry." You say.
"...So, you're not my child?" Youmu asked.
"No." You say.
"...And I didn't get Reisen-chan pregnant?"
"No."
"...Oh..." Youmu said, standing back up. "Geez, I only met you and you're as annoying as Marisa-san."
You can't help but laugh a bit. "Sorry, forgive me Youmu."
"I forgive you Fargo-san." Youmu said, then turning around to look at Yuyuko. "Yuyuko-sama, were you part of this joke as well?"
Yuyuko only gave a small giggle in response.
---
After settling down, you placed the supplies that were made for the two residents of the shrine.
"So... According to this, you ordered bandages, and you ordered medicine for weight loss?" You ask.
"Weight loss? Why would I ever need such a thing?" Yuyuko asked.
"I made the order for her." Youmu said.
"What!? Why would you do such a thing Youmu?" Yuyuko asked.
"Because last time, you broke the previous table we owned with your own body weight!" Youmu said. "How is it that you're a ghost and still be heavy?"
"Youmu... Don't say such rude things..." Yuyuko said in a fake sad tone. "What would your grandfather think?"
"Anyways..." You say. "I got the two things for you. Now if you can hand me the currency in a envelope I can be on my way."
"Oh yes, here you go." Youmu said, handing you a letter.
...
You left the shrine soon after, and was about to head to your next destination when...
"Um, Fargo-san! A moment please!?" Youmu called out.
You look back and see Youmu running up to you, her marshmallow right behind her.
"Oh, did you forget something?" You ask.
"No... It's just... You live with Reisen-chan right?" Youmu asked.
"I do actually. I started living with her after being offered a position at Eientei."
"...I want to know... how close are you two?" Youmu said a bit more timid.
"Oh that? I..." You hesitate." I guess, we're a bit close. Though we only known each other for a few days."
"...But I can tell that you do care for her... Am I wrong?" Youmu asked.
You were a bit surprised, not by Youmu's words, but by how she's not as naïve as you thought she was.
"...I'd be lying if I said I wasn't..." You say, looking around a bit. "It's hard to explain, but... She's someone that I feel like I want to help, and let her be happy, so that she can genuinely express a smile."
"...I see..." Youmu said, slowly walking up to you. You were a bit confused by her action.
"Um... Youmu? What are you-"
Suddenly, you felt your entire body be slammed to a wall. You felt the edge of a blade be pressed against your neck as you look down to see the immense glare of Youmu.
"You should know that Reisen-chan is one of the most important people in my life. She's been though a lot and I would do ANYTHING to keep her safe. I may not know you, but I can tell you're trustworthy." Youmu said. "HOWEVER!!! Don't think for a second that you can just go home and pretend this conversation never happened. So... If I ever see you hurt Reisen-chan in any way, I'll cut you into so many pieces that a specific grain of sand would be easier to find than your body. Got it!?"
You can tell her words are legitimate. You didn't see her as a threat before, but now you're frightened.
"I-I-I got it..." You say with caution. "I promise to not harm her..."
"...That's good!" Youmu said, speaking as if she switched personalities. She let go of you as you checked to see if your throat was harmed, but it wasn't thankfully. "I gotta get back to Yuyuko-sama, but I hope we can meet again!" Youmu said, running back.
...She's one strange girl.
But now, you only have one place left to go to. Which is Youkai Mountain.
You looked at your map, finding the location and you-
You sneezed. You felt a sneeze come up and you let it out. As you did, you ended up opening a gap portal to which you fell through.
...
You landed in a sunny field. Raising your head, you look around and see what looks to be a large sunflower field.
"Huh... I never knew Youkai Mountain had a lot of sunflowers." You tell yourself.
You were certain that this is where you should be, so you might as well get started.
What do you do?
Chapter 104: Part 104
Summary:
You decide to interact with the sunflowers.
Chapter Text
You still have plenty of time before you need to go back to Eientei, and the sun is beautiful with the clear sky above, so why not look at the sunflowers.
You walked up to one of them, admiring it's beauty. It is a bit taller than you, being a bright yellow and facing the sun like a dog staring at the owner waving a treat in front of them.
You held out a hand, touching one of it's leaves. It felt so soft, almost silky even. Whoever took care of these sunflowers did a really good job.
...Speaking of which, who exactly did take care of these flowers?
...
You felt something in the air, not sure what, but there was some form of waves coming towards you.
They felt strong, powerful even, as if a dangerous being was coming at you.
Looking over to your right, you see a figure. It was hard to tell who they were due to the sun glaring into your eyes, but you can see a glimpse of who they were.
As they got closer, you see that they were holding an umbrella. Their clothes were a red plaid pattern and you can see their hair is a shade of green.
As they get even closer, you were able to see their face more clearly, telling you that they were in fact a girl. Their eyes were a shade of red, and they had a smile on them. Not a welcoming smile though, you can tell based on the look she is giving off.
She does seem to be walking slowly towards you, like she's taking her time...And that feels a bit terrifying.
You wanted to move, but your feet are locked in place. Looking down, you see a bunch of flowers and roots have already wrapped around your feet. You try to shake them off but they were like steel bars or something.
Eventually, the woman made their way right next to you. Compared to you she was a good few inches taller than you. She twirled her umbrella a bit while giggling to herself, causing you to feel more distress.
"My my... What do we have here?" She said with a playful tone. She took one of her hands and placed her finger below your chin, raising it a bit so your face can meet hers. "Such a lovely face you have..."
"..." You don't know what to say. It feels like anything can provoke her and that's the last thing you want. Just who the hell is she!?
"...Oh?" She looked over at your pack. "You're the rumored peddler aren't you?" She asked.
"...Y...Y-y-yes..." You say, jumbling your words.
"...Ah, so it is true..." She said while carefully moving her hand down to your shoulder, she moved her fingers to make it look as if they were walking on you. "I honestly thought it was just another rabbit they took in, but to think a human of all things..."
Her hand slowly moved away from your shoulders and then down to your chest. She placed her hand on where your heart would be. "You seem quite nervous... Is there something the matter?" She asked.
"...No...No I'm good..." You say in a squeamish tone. Your heart was beating at a very fast pace. Sweat poured down your face and you were shaking slightly.
"Are you sure? You don't look well... Let me check." She placed her hand on your forehead, this caused you to tense up even more as your heart starts beating even faster than any horror movie protagonist.
"Hm... You don't have a fever, but you're quite pale however." The woman said. "...My place isn't too far, how about you come over and rest a bit? I believe I have some tea if you want any." She said in a more polite manner.
How do you respond?
Chapter 105: Part 105
Chapter Text
"That...That would be nice." You say.
The girl smiled at you, and suddenly the roots that were at your feet have unwrapped themselves from you, letting you move again.
"Come along with me now." The girl said. You began following her, mostly because you feel like running isn't an option.
The two of you walked down the path. You see more sunflowers, all facing where the sun is located. You wonder how there are so many to begin with, it kinda feels like the entire area is nothing but sunflowers.
"Watch where you're stepping please." The girl said. You look down and see a little flower, walking around it just to be safe.
Soon enough the two of you made to a small cottage. It looks very simple and has a bit of a western design. You see various flowers that surround the front, each one a different kind.
The girl opened the door, and let you walk in first. The inside looked very simple, with the exception of there being even more flowers.
"You... Have a lot of flowers." You say.
"Thank you, I take good care of them." The girl said. "Sit down at the table over there and get comfortable."
You see the circular table and sat down on one of the wooden chairs. As the woman was heading into what looks to be a kitchen, she turned around and looked at you.
"Forgive me, but I don't think I've gotten your name yet." She asked.
"Oh, it's... Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
"...pfft, hahahaha!!!" She laughed. You're not sure why she is laughing. "Forgive me, but that's the silliest name I ever heard in my life." She continued to laugh.
You laugh along with her, but it was a bit fake.
"I'm Yuuka Kazami by the way." The girl named Yuuka said. "It's a pleasure to meet you."
She went inside the kitchen as you stayed where you are at.
Looking around you see that the area is very clean. There were potted flowers by the window, on the table, and even a few by a corner of a wall.
Quickly soon after, Yuuka came out with the tea.
"Here you go, some tea." Yuuka said. She placed a warm, green liquid in front of you. "It's hot so be careful."
She sat down on the other chair opposite of where you're sitting. She took a sip of her tea while looking at you, as if she was expecting you to drink yours.
Do you drink the tea?
Chapter 106: Part 106
Summary:
You drink the tea.
Chapter Text
You were hesitant at first, looking down at the liquid. It looks fairly normal, but something about it seems to be... strange.
"Is something the matter?" Yuuka asked you. "I went through the trouble to pour you some tea, the least you can do is drink it. Or do you not want to drink it since it's not very hot?"
What Yuuka said only makes the tea even more suspicious, on one hand you could just not drink it, but something tells you that will only make things worse.
"It's nothing." You say. "You went to the trouble of pouring this tea for me."
You took the teacup to your lips, and then tilted your head back and drank the whole thing down.
Yuuka watched with shock and dismay, seeing you drink the whole cup down and placing it back on the coaster.
"You... You actually drank the whole thing..." She said with surprise.
"I did... It was quite nice actually." You say. "It had a hint of sweetness to it... By chance did you add honey?"
"...Yes actually. I harvested some honey before from the bees that live here."
"Ah, no wonder it had such a delightful taste to it. You make excellent tea." You say.
"...Geez... You're making me blush Fargo." Yuuka said, turning away a bit. "How can a human like you have such a way with words?"
You chuckle a bit. "What can I say, I know exactly what to say in any given situation."
---
Yuuka opened the door of her home, letting you walk out as you held the map in your hands.
"Well I like to thank you for letting me rest here for a bit Yuuka. You are a very kind person." You say.
"Aw, you're too sweet." Yuuka said. "But be careful next time when you're travelling."
"I won't." You say, as you turn around.
As you did, you see a familiar fairy flying around with another fairy. That being Cirno and Daiyousei.
They look like they're playing around near the sunflowers. They seem to be having fun.
*snap*
Cirno just broke off one of the flower's heads. Both her and Daiyousei gasp in horror.
You're not sure why they did. You can understand that breaking a sunflower is bad, but the way their faces look... its as if they're terrified of something.
And that thing, is right behind you.
You turn around, noticing immense waves coming right at you. And you look at Yuuka, who seems to be smiling with her eyes closed, but when they opened they glowed brighter than your eyes ever have.
"Please excuse me Fargo... You're in the splash zone." Yuuka said with a terrifying voice.
You see her walk up to the two fairies. You see Cirno trying to hide behind Daiyousei, both shaking down to their legs.
And then she-
*BZZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a very special broadcast brought to you by none other than Yukari Yakumo
...
The light turns on, and there was a tiny stage. The curtains roll up as a large sign hanging from above was seen.
It says: Marisa Kirisame's Puppet Adventure
It transitions to a scene with a puppet version of Marisa, walking down on a bright sunny day, singing to themselves.
"Oh BOY!!! Today is such a wonderful day girls and youkai! I got my broom, my hat, and my mini-hakkero with me!" Puppet Marisa said. "But what should I do today?"
Suddenly, a puppet version of Alice showed up out of nowhere.
"Maisa! Thee you ae! Did you already forget what today is!?" Puppet Alice said.
"I don't know, what was today Alice?" Puppet Marisa asked.
"It is the day you and I go down near the river and enjoy a lovely picnic with some tea and crumpets!"
"Oh? That was today? I thought that was next week."
"It is alright Maisa, I forgive you, but only a tad. C'mon, if we go now we can still make it before someone else nicks our spot."
"Not so fast." Another voice said. Puppet Marisa and Puppet Alice turn around as Puppet Patchouli walks into the stage.
"Patchouli, how dodgy that you show up now of all times." Puppet Alice said.
"Marisa." Puppet Patchouli said, ignoring Alice. "Don't you remember that we planned to walk around the village today?"
"That was today? Oh darn it, I forgot Patchouli." Puppet Marisa said.
"Oi! Maisa already made plans with me! Don't throw a spanner in the works Patchouli!" Puppet Alice said.
"Back off doll lover. Marisa obviously wants to spend time with me anyway." Puppet Patchouli said.
"No, Maisa wants to spend it with me you plonker!" Puppet Alice said.
As the two bop their heads against one another in a fight, Puppet Marisa looks over at them.
"Hey! C'mon you guys! Don't fight!" She said.
"Then choose! It's either me or that rubbish of a magician!" Puppet Alice said.
"And you can't pick both of us!" Puppet Patchouli said.
Puppet Marisa looks at the audience. "Oh no! I don't know who to choose! Quick, tell me what I should do!"
What should Puppet Marisa do?
Chapter 107: Part 107
Summary:
You choose The Koishi Method
Chapter Text
"The Koishi Method? What's that?" Puppet Marisa asked.
Suddenly, Puppet Koishi appeared.
"Hello!" Puppet Koishi announced. "Knife to meet you!!!"
Puppet Marisa, Puppet Alice, and Puppet Patchouli all look at Puppet Koishi.
"Oh, hello Koishi." Puppet Marisa said. "What are you doing here?"
"I dunno." Puppet Koishi said. "Say, do you mind if I stab someone?"
"What? No of course not!" Puppet Marisa said.
"Please??? I can't be satisfied unless I stab a living being."
"...Fine... But not me, stab the others if you like."
"What!?" Both Puppet Patchouli and Puppet Alice shouted.
"Yay!" Puppet Koishi said, holding a knife made of what looks like felt. She moved over and swung her knife at Puppet Patchouli.
"Ah! Hey! Marisa help me!" Puppet Patchouli said, trying to avoid the knife swinging. "You know I can't move well!"
"I like to, but I'm a bit lazy at the moment. Besides you look like you're doing just fine." Puppet Marisa said.
"Maisa, for heaven's sake! Stop Koishi or god save the queen!" Puppet Alice said.
"...Fine..." Puppet Marisa said. She looked up in the sky and then made a whistle noise.
Suddenly, Puppet Orin appeared out of nowhere, dropping from the sky and landing next to Puppet Marisa.
"You called?" Puppet Orin asked. She turned around and looked at Puppet Koishi. "Koishi! There you are! Geez why is it that every time I take my eyes off of you that you go and vanish somewhere!?"
"I dunno." Puppet Koishi said, trying to make a shrugging pose.
"C'mon, we need to go back before Satori gets all sad again." Puppet Orin says, taking her hand and dragging Puppet Koishi with her.
"Bye Marisa!" Puppet Koishi said.
"...Well that was weird." Puppet Marisa said. "Say, why don't we just forget about the picnic and the village and just hang out as friends?"
"...That can work I guess." Puppet Patchouli said.
"Well as long nothing goes wonky.." Puppet Alice said.
The three puppets then leave the stage, as another puppet comes around, that being Puppet Yukari.
"Thank you all for viewing Marisa Kirisame's Puppet Adventure, we hope you enjoy your day as we go back to our regular broadcasting." Puppet Yukari says.
*BZZZZT*
---
So much blood...
There's so... much... blood...
You had no idea that a fairy could even store that much blood in their tiny bodies and yet the evidence is here.
A good section of the sunflower field is stained red because of what just happened.
Daiyousei was over there, clinging onto her deceased friend for dear life, shaking her again and again as if expecting a response.
You look back at Yuuka, who was covered in blood all over her feet, hands and body. She looks back at you, almost expressing a innocent look as she walked back to where you are standing.
"I apologize for that. I just get annoyed sometimes when people come and ruin all the hard work I made with my garden." Yuuka said. "I hope I didn't scare you."
How do you respond?
Chapter 108: Part 108
Chapter Text
"Scared? The way you murdered that fairy was so hot." You say.
"...I'm sorry what?" Yuuka asked.
"The amount of blood that sprayed, the way she screamed when you pulled her ribcage out, the tears in her eyes as you force her to look at her friend in despair... And you do it so magnificently. Honestly everything about you and your brutality is exactly what makes you attractive."
"..." Yuuka just stares at you, not saying anything.
"...Um...Hello?" You ask.
"I'm sorry, I'm just... No one has ever said such kind words before..." Yuuka said with a blush. "...I'm not really good at making friends... Everyone I know either hates me or is afraid of me. And the only people who don't hate me or scared of me are the Non-Binary Bug, the British Girl and that Masochist of a Celestial."
You have an idea on who the British Girl is, but no clue on the bug or the celestial.
"...If you ever feel like coming for a visit again, just let me know in advance and I'll make you some tea again." Yuuka said with a sincere smile on her face.
"...I'd be glad to." You say.
...
After patching up Cirno's wounds (and sponging up all of her blood using a pair of underwear), you finally went and actually made your way to Youkai Mountain.
You opened up a gap portal and hopped over there.
...
You landed on your feet. Looking up to see the height of the mountain itself.
It is huge, you can barely see the peak of the mountain from here.
Looking at your list, there seems to be a good amount of people here you need to deliver medicine to, so best to get started right away.
But how are you going to scale an entire mountain? Plus you don't have an exact location of all the customers.
You look to your left and you see a sign. It said:
Welcome to Youkai Mountain- Home of the Youkai
If you're not a youkai, please turn back and do not scale this mountain. We don't want you here.
If you're here to visit Moriya Shrine, then please-
The last part of the sign was unreadable due to how many marks it has on it, hopefully it's nothing too important.
You look back up at the mountain, knowing full well it's going to take a while.
What do you do?
Chapter 109: Part 109
Summary:
You decide to start climbing up
Chapter Text
There's no time to look for another option. You have a mountain to climb and you better hope your knowledge (or lack thereof) of climbing doesn't get in the way.
You place your feet on the ground, strap your pack firmly on your back and begin the climb.
...
1 minute has passed: You're not tired but you haven't made much progress, as you can still see the ground from where you are at.
5 minutes have passed: You're still not tired, and the sight of the ground is smaller. But you haven't seen any progress so far.
You look at an area, where for some reason all the leaves are red and there's even a pumpkin patch. There's even a small house that gives off the aroma of fall.
You felt curious so you approached it. There you see a small sign on the door that says:
Do not disturb unless it's Fall.
-Aki Sisters
...Well according to what you know, it's definitely not fall so maybe it's best not to bother them. So you continued climbing the mountain instead.
10 minutes have passed: You're a bit tired, but not by much. You can't see the ground from where you are and you're approaching what looks like a forest.
The forest was dark, far darker than the Forest of Magic that you went to yesterday. The lack of light made it feel concerning for you, like at any moment something will ambush you and attack.
But hopefully you won't have to deal with-
You sensed it. A large portion of waves coming near your way.
It didn't seem like a threat, but there was something about the waves that felt... bad. Like they were full of misfortune.
As you waited, you feel the presences of the waves get closer and closer until...
You see a woman, spinning around in circles like she's drunk or something. Her hair was aquamarine and her dress was red, being lighter on the bottom and darker on the top. She also has bows on her head and a spiral pattern on her dress. She is currently coming your way.
"Oh human." The woman said while spinning. "You shouldn't be here. Youkai mountain is dangerous for people like you, I suggest you turn back now." She said while still spinning.
How do you respond?
Chapter 110: Part 110
Chapter Text
"I appreciate the concern but I'm here on an errand." You tell the spinning person.
"Oh? An errand?" The woman said while continuing to spin. "Well if it's something important then I won't stop you. But don't blame me when you get ambushed by a hungry youkai." She said, leaving while still spinning.
As she left, you wondered how someone can keep spinning for so long without throwing up. But you quickly shrugged it off and continued your way up the mountain.
...
20 minutes have passed since you began: You somehow made your way out of the forest quicker than you expected. You find yourself near a river.
The water was rapid and moving quickly, but didn't look impossible to cross. Still it's better if you find another way around. So you began following the stream instead.
23 minutes have passed: You followed the stream for a bit, not noticing anything strange.
You took a look down the river, there you see... a person?
They were wearing blue and looked like they were swimming in the river. You made eye contact with them as they stare at you for a few seconds before diving into the river.
"H-hey! Wait up!" You shouted. You ran down the river to try and catch up to them. You can see them move quickly down the stream at a rapid pace.
You weren't looking at where you were running, and ended up tripping on some stone, causing you to fall into the river.
*SPLASH*
The intense strength of the river pushed you hard, making it impossible to swim in. What's more, the pack on you was heavy enough to make you sink a little.
You tried to remove the pack, but you were barely able to even keep yourself afloat on the surface.
You tried to cling onto something, anything to keep you still, but there wasn't anything in the river you can grab onto. And the land was too tall to get back on.
"H-help!" You shouted. "Someone help!!!"
You could try to use your ability, but what good would that do? Plus, the water is blocking your vision, so its even harder to keep them open long enough for anything to take effect.
If only you still had that watch...
Just then, you felt someone grab onto you.
You were blasted out of the water suddenly, landing back onto the land.
You lied on your back, coughing some water out, before looking up to see the person who saved you.
They wore what looks like a blue outfit with a lot of pockets. Her hair is also blue and she wore a green hat with a symbol on it. She looked at you with a sense of caution, but also concern.
"Are you okay?" She asked.
How do you respond?
Chapter 111: Part 111
Chapter Text
"I'm feeling better, thanks." You say.
"Don't mention it." She said. "But still, what were you thinking jumping into the water? I mean obviously you're not a kappa so why would you even?"
"I'm sorry, I didn't see where I was-"
"But luckily for you, I have something for non-swimmers like you." She said. She took a couple of steps back, going into her backpack and pulling out what looks like some kind of board. "Introducing... The Kappa Board Mk. I!!!" She shouted. "It may look like a normal looking board, but it is equipped with state-of-the-art floatation tech that makes boats and ships look like anchors! It has a built-in rotor, auto-pilot, GPS and even a little cup holder that can hold whatever drink you desire at the time! Made by yours truly: Nitori Kawashiro!" The girl named Nitori said. "And right now you can get this baby for half it's regular price! So what do you say!?"
"..." You stared at her, confused on how you went from drowning in a river to viewing a real-life infomercial.
"Um... I appreciate it... But I don't really need a mechanical board so-"
"But I insist! Look, it even has a button that shoots out torpedoes!" Nitori said. She pushed something, causing two small projectiles to shoot out of the board, and flying into the air.
"Gwack!!!" Someone shouted. A figure fell out of the sky and into the river. "Help! I can't swim!!!" They shouted.
"Oh no..." Nitori said. "Um... I'll be right back, but don't go anywhere until you buy something from me!" She said, diving back into the river to help the person who fell.
"Geez... The one time I finally manage to get you out of your house you end up into trouble." A different voice said.
You look who was behind you, and see a large pair of black wings. They have black short hair, a white blouse, a black skirt, a tokin, and a strange pair of shoes.
"Oh well, I can make this into a story anyways. 'Local NEET slipped and fell into river, saved by Kappa from embarrassing situation' That should be a good title for an article don't you think so?" She asked you suddenly.
"Um... I guess so?" You say. "But wouldn't a title like that be a bit misleading?"
"Well duh! You can't have a good paper without a good headline!" She said. "Say... You're that rumored peddler aren't you?"
"How can you tell?" You say.
"Well for one, the pack that's next to you is the same one that Reisen wears. Secondly the rumored peddler is a human. I think that's enough info to get an idea."
"I'm surprised you figured it out from-"
"Anyways. The name's Aya Shameimaru! Your friendly neighborhood Crow Tengu, at your service." The girl named Aya said while doing some kind of pose. "I've been wanting to speak to you for a while ever since I heard of you, but now that I get my chance I-"
Just then, Nitori came back with the girl as she dragged her back to the land.
The girl laid unconscious. She had brown hair, a purple-black checkered skirt, a pinkish blouse, and a strange pair of shoes (but not as strange as Aya's).
"Hey, is she okay?" Aya asked with a bit of concern.
"I think so... But I couldn't feel any breathing." Nitori said.
"What!? That's not good is it!? She needs to breathe!"
"Well don't look at me! I know nothing of the method! I just know how to save people from the river, not from Shinigami!"
"I actually know how to perform CPR." You say.
"CPR?" Aya and Nitori said in unison.
"You don't know what that is?" You asked.
"I think Reisen talked about it once during one of our interviews..." Aya said. "I think it involved kissing."
"Oh, so that's why she complained about her last interview with you. She was apparently mad when you said that CPR was just kissing." Nitori said.
"But that's what it is right? You kiss someone and they come back to life."
"Were you even paying attention in your own interview?"
As the two talked, you went over to the unconscious girl and began the procedure.
"Okay... Just like how Reisen taught me... First I need to check for a pulse..."
You went through the normal procedure and found she still has a pulse, so you can skip to the Mouth-to-Mouth method.
You pinched her nose and opened her mouth. Just as you were about to start, you suddenly felt your entire body be lifted up in the air.
"Huh? What the?" You said.
You look back down and see that the girl is now fully awake, and also enraged. She threw your whole body at a nearby tree.
You felt the impact as a immense pain could be felt all over your body. You looked back up, seeing the girl slowly approaching you.
"Trying to take advantage of me while I was asleep huh?" She said. "Perverts like you is exactly the reason why I stay indoors." She cracked her knuckles as a fiery glare was plastered all over her face.
"Wait wait wait! I was only trying to help you!" You said.
"As if! You were trying to steal my first kiss! I'm saving it for someone and their name is Momiji Inubashuri!" She said, charging at you.
"Wait Hatate." Aya said. The girl named Hatate suddenly stopped.
"Huh? Why?"
"They're right. They were only trying to help you. They saved you from the river after all and only wanted to make sure you were alright."
"...Really? They did that?"
"Yes. They did."
"But I was the one who-"
"No talking Nitori, or I'll leak your cucumber hoard to all the other Kappas." Aya told Nitori. That made Nitori shut up right away.
Hatate looked at you holding her left arm with her right hand. "I'm sorry. I apologize for hurting you even though you were only trying to help." She said with a bow.
"It's alright... I forgive you." You say, still in a bit of pain. "Do you mind grabbing my pack and giving it to me?"
Hatate grabbed your pack and gave it to you. You opened it and took out some medicine which you ingested. Moments later all the pain went away (convenient that you have medicine that instantaneously takes away any pain on you).
"I wish there was some other way I can make it up to you." Hatate said. "...Oh I know! How about I interview you? I can put it on my newspaper and everything!"
"Hey! I already asked them about having an interview with me!" Aya said. "Besides, no one is going to read your paper regardless."
"What? People do actually read my paper! Besides Aya you'll probably exaggerate your writing like always and make them sound like a drug cartel to grab more viewers."
"My articles are always honest and truthful, that's why everyone reads my paper to begin with."
"No, everyone just needs some extra firewood when it gets cold outside. Or when they need to soak up a puddle, or when they need a coaster for their tea. No one actually reads your paper."
The two went back and forth before they both looked at you. "You!" They both said to you.
"Um... Yes?" You say.
"Obviously you want to have an interview with me! Not the Otaku here who doesn't even leave her house for months at a time!" Aya said.
"Obviously you rather have an interview with a honest Tengu such as I over this lying wannabe!" Hatate said.
"I can assure you that you will become famous in no time if you let me interview you!" Aya said.
"I'll assure you that your reputation if you let me interview you." Hatate said.
"I'm a much better interviewer than Hatate the NEET."
"I'm far better than Aya the Bitch Tengu."
"H-hey! Don't compare me to the likes of the wolf tengu!"
The two girls glared each other down while you stood there. Nitori meanwhile was sitting on a boulder eating a cucumber.
What do you do?
Chapter 112: Part 112
Summary:
You picked Aya
Chapter Text
"I choose Aya." You say.
"Yes!" Aya said with a cheer.
"Darn it..." Hatate said with disappointment.
"Aw don't sweat it Hatate. Maybe you'll be able to interview Momiji again for the 6th time about the things she does on patrol." Aya said, clearly trying to mock Hatate.
"...Y'know what? Who needs interviews anyway..." Hatate said. "I'll be going now."
"W-wait! I still need to-"
Hatate moved up to you, pressed a envelope to your face, and then grabbed the medicine she was looking for out of your pack. Quickly she took out a couple of pills and swallowed them.
"You're... You're supposed to swallow them with food first..." You say.
"You think I care asshole?" Hatate said. "Hope your interview goes well with Aya." She said, immediately blasting off into the sky.
Aya whistled, "Phew, she looked pissed. Not even the likes of Seija was able to accomplish that."
You stood back up, putting the envelope away in the pack with the others. "So you want to do an interview with me then?" You ask.
"Yep. In fact I rather do it right here and now." Aya said, already pulling out a notepad with a pen. "Hey Nitori, you wanna get involved in this?" She asked Nitori.
Nitori finished her cucumber as she looked at the two of you. "I'm good. I'll just watch you two. Besides I still need to tweak this board a bit." She held the board in her hands as she opened her pack to pull out a tool.
"Eh, you do your thing then." Aya told Nitori. She looked at you and opened her notepad. "Okay... So first things first I gotta ask. What is your name?"
"My name? It's Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But everyone calls me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You said flawlessly.
"Huh... That's the longest name I heard of in a while." She said, scribbling down in her pad furiously. "Okay next question: Is it true that you are the rumored peddler who suddenly began working at Eientei not too long ago?"
"Yes. I started a few days back." You said.
"There's also talk that you're Reisen's Apprentice, is this correct?"
"Yes."
"Does this make Reisen your master?"
"Yes."
Aya scribbled something down quickly before asking another question. "Do you have an ability by chance?"
"Well... Kinda. I used to stop time, but now I can sense and control wavelengths." You say.
"Stop time? So like Sakuya's?"
"Yes."
Aya leaned forward towards you. "Oh you gotta tell me how that works! I tried asking Sakuya once but she just threw a bunch of knives at me!"
"I like to, but I don't have the ability anymore."
"Aw..." Aya leaned back, looking a bit disappointed. "Well what about your other ability. You said you can control wavelengths?"
"Yes. I can use my eyes to see all the waves in the air. Even you are emitting waves right now." You pointed at Aya.
"Huh... Isn't that weird though."
"It was at first. But I'm more used to it by now. Unfortunately I am now colorblind because of it."
"Colorblind? How so?"
"Well lets just say everything around me is more red than usual."
"..." Aya scribbled something down in her notepad once again. "Okay final question: There have been rumors that you're new here in Gensokyo. As there hasn't been any record of you anywhere, not even in the human village. Does this mean you're an outsider?"
You paused to think how to respond to that question. It feels like this one has some weight to it that you should be weary of.
"Um... When you say outsider... What do you mean by that?" You ask.
"Like you're not from Gensokyo. Nor any places linked to Gensokyo. I mean you're from the outside world, outside the barrier that divides us from the rest of the world."
"...Well when you put it that way... Then yes." You say.
Aya looked at you, her expression showing a bit of shock. She scribbled something down in her notes furiously then closed her notepad.
"Well then... I think that's all I needed to hear. Thank you for your time Jugemu Jugemu Goko no-"
"Please, just call me Fargo." You say. "I can assure you nobody wants to call me by that long name of mine."
"Oh. Well okay then Fargo." Aya says. "Since we're at it, here." Aya handed you a envelope. You took it and then hand her the medicine she requested.
"Be sure to read my paper tomorrow!" Aya said, spouting her wings and flying into the sky. A few feathers float down to the ground as you watch her fly away.
You look back at Nitori, who was still fiddling with her board. "Oh, you're done already? Well then..." Nitori put her stuff back into her backpack and walked over to you.
You went into your pack and pulled out the medicine she requested, handing it to her. She then handed you... a bag of cucumbers.
"Um... What's this?" You ask.
"Cucumbers." Nitori said. "They're more valuable than any currency known to life."
"..." You just look down at her, bewildered.
"...Pft-ahahahaha!!! I'm joking! That was a joke! Here's the money." Nitori laughed, handing you an envelop for real. She snatched the cucumbers back from you and finished laughing. "Sorry, I always wanted to do that to someone..."
"You caught me off-guard not gonna lie." You say.
"I guess you'll be going now?" Nitori asked.
"Yep. Say, if you don't mind telling me where I can find Sanae or a person named... Kasen that would be nice." You say.
"Oh, they're just up the mountain. Just keep walking up until you find a large area of water." Nitori said. "Kasen is a bit more complicated however, not even Aya knows where she lives."
"Well thank you. I'll be off now." You say.
---
40 minutes have passed since you began: You walked up the mountain and got far. But you're starting to get tired now.
As you walked you found what did look like a large area of water. There were trees surrounding the area and even some lilies. But you don't see any sign of anyone near.
Then, you saw a toad. A few of them actually. Especially the giant one that is staring right at you. You were startled when you saw them.
There was a small sign next to what looks like a make-shift shrine out of a stump. It said: Giant Toad's Pond. Please leave offerings for protection.
The text looked very bad, as if a toad wrote it (that or an ice fairy).
Do you leave an offering?
Chapter 113: Part 113
Summary:
You give out an offering
Chapter Text
You reach into your pocket, and pull out...
A notepad labeled "Sanae's Sexual Quotes". You have no idea you were carrying this on you. It was probably Yukari that put it there.
You place it in the shrine, stepping back and bowing slightly with respect.
Moments later, a tiny toad hopped up to you, hopping up to your shoulder with a ribbit. It seems you acquired a new companion.
You left the area and continued your climb.
---
An hour has passed since you began: You're feeling tired, but still kept on climbing.
You arrive close to an area with a bunch of waterfalls, the sight itself looks tall and a sight to behold.
You got closer, feeling the mist get closer to you as you do. It felt refreshing after the sweat you built up from climbing so much.
Of course you couldn't relax for too long, as you sensed a sudden surge of waves coming at you. You quicky dodged to the left just as a blade struck the ground.
You step back, taking a look at the person who tried to attack you. They were wearing a white long sleeved shirt, a large black skirt, and had a tail and pair of ears along with a sword and shield.
"Halt intruder! You're trespassing on Tengu property-awoo!" The girl said. "State your visit-awoo!"
"Awoo?" You ask. "Why are you saying awoo?"
"D-don't make fun of how I talk-awoo!" The girl said, pointing her sword at you. "Just tell me why you're here and I'll consider sparing you-awoo!"
How do you respond?
Chapter 114: Part 114
Chapter Text
"I'm just on an errand and lost my way." You said.
"You lost your way-awoo?" The girl asked.
"Yes, I'm trying to make my way to wherever I can find some people by the names of Sanae and Kasen. Do you know where I can find them?"
"Oh I see-awoo." The girl said, lowering her sword. "Well you don't look dangerous-awoo. I apologize if I reacted aggressively-awoo."
"It's alright. I'm looking for a large pool of water and thought this would be the place."
"Oh no, that would be The Wind God's Lake-awoo." The girl said. "Just keep climbing up and you'll find it eventually-awoo."
"Thank you. And sorry for intruding."
"Just be glad it was me who found you-awoo. If it was any of the other guards you would end up as a shish kabob-awoo." She said in a casual tone.
---
1 hour and 20 minutes have passed: You're tired. You've been climbing for a while, and the air is starting to get a bit thin, so it only makes it a bit harder to breathe.
Your shoes are muddy and your clothes have dirt on them. Your head and body is covered in sweat, your eyes dry. You wished you brought water with you on your trip. The thought of going back to your bunny-filled room is appealing right now.
But just as you felt the urge to turn back and return to Eientei, you finally saw some water.
Correction, you saw a large lake, surrounded by several large pillars that stood tall and triumphant. Looking across the lake, you can see the sight of a small building resembling that of a shrine.
Immediately you felt a burst of energy come to you as you moved quickly. You passed the gate and walked up the stairs, ignoring the aching pain in your legs.
Finally, you stood at the front of the building. Large strands of rope hanged below the roof, with a small box just at the entrance.
You walked up slowly, as if you were trying to be cautious. It only makes sense considering this is a shrine you're at. It feels like a sacred area you should be careful as to not disturb. After all what omnipotent beings reside here?
Suddenly, the lights went out.
"Huh? Who turned out the lights?" You said.
This is strange. It's not even dark yet here you are standing outside with the lights off.
Then, a light turned on, pointing directly at some red curtains.
The sound of a drum could be heard playing a catchy tune, following up with more instruments that could be heard in a jazz-like fashion.
You see a small, dog-like creature walk onto the stage, with greenish hair, wearing a red shirt with white shorts. They also had some strange ears and a horn on their head, but it's the tophat they're wearing that really stood out.
"Welcome traveller! You made it all the way up the mountain and get the honor of meeting the goddesses of Moriya Shrine. So put your hands together for the greatest duo of all... Kanako Yasaka and Suwako Moriya!!!" The girl announced.
Suddenly the curtains roll up as the music became even more upbeat. There stood two figures. One with poofy blue hair, a red dress, black skirt, and a large shimenawa on her back. The other had blonde hair, a purple-blue dress, and a hat with a pair of eyes. The two stood back to back, then coordinating with one another to dance to the music a bit as they showed off their powers. The blonde one slammed her foot to the ground, making a boulder come out. She kicked it to the blue-haired one, who easily sliced it in half with a blade of wind. They then countered by casting a cloud above the other, making lighting appear. However the blonde one defended themselves by making a barrier made of the earth, having it dispersed shortly after.
The two then walked close together, sharing a nod as they used their powers combined to make the following message made of stone, carried by wind, to appear right in front of you.
WELCOME TO MORIYA SHRINE!!!
Finally the music came to an end as the two made a bow and the curtains fell. All was silent after except for the girl from earlier clapping with excitement next to you.
Suddenly the lights came back.
"Aw geez Suwako. You could've been more gentle with the boulder y'know. That could've hit me." A voice said.
"Hey, I'm not the one who tried to electrocute the other just now. You have any idea how fast lighting travels?" Another voice said.
You look to see the two figures from earlier discussing with one another, surrounded by various other figures dressed in blue. They look similar to the Nitori girl from earlier.
"Um boss?" One of the girls asked the blue-haired one. "Where do you want us to place the ferris wheel for the moon festival 2 days from now?"
"Ugh... I told you this 12 times already, it's going to be next to the lake! Were you not paying attention during the planning session!?"
"I-I'm sorry boss! I...I..."
"Hey, chill Kanako." The blonde-haired one said. "Be nicer to her at least. I heard she's new to the team."
"Oh... I apologize." The girl named Kanako said. "But still Suwako, the festival is coming soon and we don't even have the main attractions done yet." She told the girl named Suwako.
"Well true but..." Suwako stopped as she and Kanako look at you eavesdropping.
"...Um..." You didn't know what to say.
"Oh I'm so sorry!!!" Kanako said, coming up to you. "We were so distracted that we forgot that a customer who watched us practicing our opening performance was right here! How can we help!?"
"Oh... I'm actually here to deliver some medicine to a girl named... Sanae?" You said, looking at your list.
"Oh Sanae?" Suwako said. "Wait... Are you the rumored Peddler?"
"Yeah, I am." You say. "I'm Fargo Kaninchen, but you can call me-"
"Ah, it's so nice to meet you!" Kanako said, interrupting you. "I'm Kanako Yasaka, Goddess of Wind and Rain."
"I'm Suwako Moriya, Goddess of the Mountains." Suwako said. "So you're here for our daughter?"
"Yes I- wait daughter?" You ask.
"Suwako, you can't just tell people that. They'll get confused." Kanako told Suwako.
"Oh c'mon, it's common knowledge by now about how we treat Sanae."
"Yeah, with our friends and acquaintances. But your everyday inhabitant of Gensokyo is clearly going to be confused."
"Hey, you're the one who decided to print the adoption certificates, not me." Suwako said.
"...Fair..." Kanako said. "Anyways..." She and Suwako look back at you. "We apologize for our behavior. Perhaps you would like to come inside for some tea and we can discuss things further?"
"Tea would be nice." You say.
"Good..." Kanako faced the direciton where a group of people wearing blue were at work. "Hey Kappas! You better get that giant chocolate fountain done by the evening! And don't slack off on the ice sculptures of me and Suwako either!"
"Y-Yes ma'am!!!" The Kappas shouted with salutes.
You walked with the two goddesses into their shrine.
---
The inside of the shrine felt spacious. Its design somehow blended both traditional and modern Japanese Styles. Yet there were some things inside that stood out.
One was the big flat-screen television that was at one side of the room. There was another side that had a big aquarium, with only a singular goldfish inside and nothing else. There was a table in the center of the room, with 3 cushions surrounding it.
You sat down in one of the chairs just as Suwako sat down. Kanako meanwhile went into another room to supposedly make some tea
"...I gotta ask... Why is there a TV?" You ask.
"Huh?" Suwako looked back at the TV. "You know what that is?"
"Yeah, I think everyone knows what a TV is."
"Not in Gensokyo."
"Wait really?"
"Yeah... How do you know what a TV is?"
"...Because I'm from the outside world."
"...Oh that's neat."
"You're not surprised?"
"Why would I be? Besides I used to live in the outside world as well. Of course me, Kanako and Sanae had to move when faith was lacking."
"I didn't know that. But why are you telling me this?"
"Because, it's not everyday you get to meet someone who comes from a similar place such as yourself."
"I see."
Kanako came in shortly after with some tea. She poured you some and you took a sip.
"This is good." You say.
"Of course, it's made with my water after all." Kanako said.
You nearly spat out the tea but refrained from doing so.
"Kanako... Please phrase your words more carefully next time..." Suwako said.
"Huh? How come?"
"...Nevermind..."
"...So anyways..." You say. "If you don't mind I like to see this Sanae person if you don't mind."
"Oh, alright then... Sanae! Can you come out here for a second!?" Kanako shouted.
"Coming!!!" A voice shouted.
"...Oh wait, I don't think she has gotten dressed in her priestess outfit yet." Suwako said with realization.
"Is that bad?" You ask.
"Oh crap you're right!" Kanako said.
Suddenly, the door to the room was opened loudly with a kick.
"Some...BODY ONCE TOLD ME THE WORLD IS GONNA ROLL ME! I AIN'T THE SHARPEST TOOL IN THE SHED!!!" The girl shouted. Her hair looked like a complete mess, she wore pajamas with what looks like a frog face on the front, and for some reason... no pants (she was still covered of course but her legs were in full display).
"SHE WAS LOOKING KIND OF DUMB WITH HER FINGER AND HER THUMB IN THE SHAPE! OF AND L! ON HER FORE-" The girl sang loudly, but stopped when she looked at you. "...Head..."
"..." You stared dumbfounded at what you're looking at.
What do you do?
Chapter 115: Part 115
Chapter Text
"Nice frog shirt." You say.
The girl didn't respond, instead tears slowly rolled down her cheeks as a whimper turned sob came out of her mouth. She then ran out of the room crying harshly, slamming the door shut behind her.
"Oh Dear..." Suwako said. She looks over at the aquarium. "This is all your fault Simon."
The fish named Simon continued to swim without a care in the world.
"Yeah keep smiling all you want, you're gonna regret it someday." Suwako told Simon.
"I'll go talk to Sanae." Kanako said, standing up. She left the room.
"...Um... Why was she singing-" You asked
"Look, once you have kids of your own you'll understand the stress of having to raise someone who grew up with the internet and memes." Suwako said.
Moments later, the door opened again as Kanako came back with the girl, who is now wearing a blue and white outfit. Her hair was nicer also, having a hairclip and what looks like a snake as an accessory wrapped around her hair.
"Ahem..." The girl said. "I apologize for my inappropriate behavior earlier." She said with modesty. "I am Sanae Kochiya, the wind priestess of Moriya Shrine. I believe you came here for me?"
"Yes actually." You say.
"Splendid... Would you mind telling me your name?"
"Oh... It's Fargo Kaninchen..." You say, standing up. "However... I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You said without flaw.
Everyone, including Simon, looked at you with confusion... But Sanae...
She smiled.
"What a coincidence..." She began. "I also sometimes go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke."
...
yes...
you've been waiting for this...
this exact moment...
The whole reason you referred to yourself with the ridiculously long name in the first place...
And now you can proceed!!!
Sanae immediately took a fighting stance. "Here I come, Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke!!!"
You also took a fighting stance. "Bring it Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpoko-"
You bit your tongue.
"I bit my tongue!" You said, wincing in pain.
"...You watch anime!?" Sanae immediately said with joy, walking up to you.
"Yes, I do." You said, trying to make sure your tongue wasn't bleeding.
"I watch anime! Do you play games!?"
"I do! I love games!"
"Do you like looking at pointless memes!?"
"Of course!"
"Have you used Reddit before!?!?"
"I did!!!"
"DID WE JUST BECOME BEST FRIENDS!?!?!?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 116: Part 116
Chapter Text
"YEAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!!!!!" You said cheerfully.
You and Sanae high-fived each other in celebration.
"Oh my god! I never thought I would ever meet someone who is also from the outside world!" Sanae said. "It's so hard trying to get along with everyone else especially if no one knows what you're saying half the time. I mean there's Marisa but she's only interested in magic, not science no matter how much I try to explain to her that science and magic are essentially the same thing. And Sakuya listens but everytime I try to ask for her opinion she just says she has no idea what I am saying. Imeancmonyouwerelisteningsothouroughlyandyetyoudon'tknowhowtorespondandthenthereisYoumubutforsomereasonshesafraidofghostsandtheunknownsoIcannevertalktoherabouthorrornovelsnomatterhowlighttheyareanddoyouthinkIwouldgetalongwiththeHakureiShrineMaidenandIdobut-"
"Sanae." Kanako said, halting Sanae's speaking. "You're rambling again."
"Oops, sorry~" Sanae said, sticking her tongue out and knocking on her head lightly. "I'm just so glad that I get to meet someone who has the same interests as I do."
"But what about Simon?" Suwako said. "Simon loves everything you tell him."
"Simon can go live under a rock for all I care." Sanae said in a harsh tone.
"Exactly. You can go to hell Simon!" Suwako told Simon.
Simon just continued to swim without a care in his big, empty, lonesome aquarium.
...Is it strange that you feel pity for a goldfish?
"Anyways..." Kanako said. "Sanae is here now. So..."
"O-Oh yes! Of course!" You said. You and Sanae went back to the table.
You pulled out the medicine that Sanae requested out of your pack and handed it to her. "Here you go." You say.
"Oh, thank you. I've been meaning to get some for awhile now. Lately my head has been hurting but I don't know why."
"Maybe it's because you spend too much time staring at the screen all night." Suwako said.
Kanako handed you what looks like a letter and you took it.
---
You left Moriya Shrine shortly after. Sanae wanted you to stay around so you can have a lightsaber fight but you needed to complete your objective before it gets dark.
It's a shame really, she sounds like a really nice person to be around. And it does get lonely sometimes knowing that there's no one else here in Gensokyo who you can talk to about common interests.
If only you met them sooner...
...Oh well, no time to look back, best to continue the climb after all!
...
2 hours have passed since you began: You're exhausted. Not only have you been climbing the mountain for a good while, but you have no idea where you should be looking.
Just where is this Kasen person anyway?
You seem to be in the middle of a forest, surrounded by trees, rocks, and the sound of the wind blowing gently.
...You're lost in other words.
What do you do?
Chapter 117: Part 117
Summary:
You decide to use your ability
Chapter Text
It's worth a shot, but perhaps you can use your ability to detect the location of Kasen by analyzing the area around you and all the various waves around.
You did just that, your eyes began to glow brightly as you look around. The amount of waves is much greater than it was a few seconds ago now that you increased your focus and level of concentration.
It was blurry to say the least, everything looked so red and the amount of waves blinded everything around you, you can't even see the trees let alone the sky. However the waves did resembles shapes somewhat, so you can tell which waves are objects and which aren't.
You began moving around slowly, making sure you don't hit anything. You can see sound waves, light waves, air waves, even electromagnetic waves from the plants.
This went on for about 5 minutes as you moved around, looking for any signs of the person you're looking for.
However, what you didn't realize was the consequences of using your ability for too long. You felt something drip on your clothes.
You look down as you touch it, feeling it on your hands. You felt more on your face.
It's blood. Blood was dripping down your nose. Just as you noticed this, you felt your eyes starting to get heavy and you felt lightheaded.
You collapsed on the ground, hitting your head on the ground with a thud as all the waves in your vision dispersed.
Just before you blacked out, you saw the sight of an animal. It looked similar to some kind of cat or rodent.
---
You open your eyes.
Looking around you're in the void again.
"So why are we here again?" A familiar voice called out. You raised your head as you heard that.
"Because, there's still so much we don't know about this place. Wouldn't you like to know if there is an end to this endless space?" Another familiar voice said.
"Well yeah... But if it's endless wouldn't that mean it doesn't have an end?"
"Well we don't know if there is an end or not until we find one."
The voices got closer. You stood up as you walked towards said voices.
"You ever wonder if we'll meet that person with the long name again?"
"You mean Fargo? I don't think so. The odds of us meeting each other in an infinitely large space would be-"
Maribel and Renko stopped as they glance at you walking up to them.
"Speak of the devil." Renko said. "Do you live here or something?"
"Um no... I'm surprised to see you just as you are." You said.
"Well it's nice to see you again." Maribel said. "How are you?"
"I'm good, currently passed out in the middle of a mountain after looking at waves for too long."
"Waves? As in ocean waves?" Renko asked.
"It's a bit of a long story." You say.
"We got time."
"Oh, well I basically got an ability that lets me see the waves of everything around me, in exchange for becoming colorblind."
"How does seeing waves make you colorblind?" Maribel asks.
"Apparently everything around me is redder than usual."
"Huh..." Renko said. "I wonder why my vision never changed."
"Probably because how your powers work is different compared to theirs." Maribel told Renko.
"I suppose so... Say, since the stars aligned for this moment, how about you tell us what it's like living in Gensokyo... for research of course." Renko asked you.
"Sure I guess..." You said. You need to figure out what to talk about...
Chapter 118: Part 118
Summary:
You decide to talk about the people you have met
Chapter Text
"Well lets see..." You began. "One of the first people I met was this person named Yukari. She was weird at first, always being vague on everything and messing with me at times."
"Yukari... I think I heard of that name before..." Maribel said. "Does the name ring a bell to you Renko?"
"Mmmmm-nope!" Renko said. "No idea on anyone named Yukari."
"Then I met Reisen next. She helped me find a place to live in and a job and everything. She's been really helpful the past few days and I have no idea what I be doing without her." You say.
"She sounds like a sweet girl." Maribel said.
"Bet you two are real close huh?" Renko asked.
"N-no not really, we're just friends." You said with a blush on your face. "A-anyways, there were other people who I have met. Like Eirin: The doctor of Eientei, Tewi: a rabbit who once seduced me, Kaguya: supposedly a princess, Mokou..."
You went on explaining various people you have met. You talked about meeting the people at the Scarlet Devil Mansion, to which Maribel responded positively to, as if she was acquainted with the likes. You also talked about going underground and up a mountain.
You didn't give too much detail on all the places you have been except for Eientei, since you've been there the longest throughout your stay in Gensokyo.
"...And lately I just met this one girl named Sanae. She's also from the outside world. She's... really into meme culture." You say.
"Meme culture?" Renko asked. "I thought memes were banned after the slip of 20XX." Renko said.
"The slip of what now?" You ask.
"Oh I remembered learning that in my history class. A shame though, who knew slapping someone in the face would lead to such consequences." Maribel said.
"Yeah... If only the slap didn't happen..." Renko sighed. "But at least the economy improved after the invention of adjustionism."
"No seriously, what is the slip?" You ask again.
"Well it's-"
*beep beep beep*
"Oh, I think our time is up. Sorry Fargo, hope we can meet again soon." Maribel said.
"Yeah, we gotta wake up soon else we will be late for our classes." Renko said. "Take care!"
You see them vanish almost instantly, with no traces of them remaining.
---
You open your eyes.
You find yourself no longer outdoors, but instead what looks like someone's house. You're lying on a very soft bed, with the blanket feeling cozy around you.
You tried to raise your head, but the moment you do a splitting headache hit you hard, you winced in pain as you lied down, trying to bear the moment. You let out a noise, indicating you're in pain.
You look to see what looks like an animal, that's been keeping quite an eye on you for a while. When it saw you in pain, it got up and quickly moved out of the room.
A minute later, the animal came back with someone. She looks to have short pink hair, wrapped in buns on the sides. She is also wearing a white top and a green skirt, and her right arm for some reason is covered completely in bandages, as if it's hiding something.
"You're awake." The girl said. "Honestly when my pet found you in the mountain I honestly thought some kind of beast attacked you considering all the blood and all."
"Blood?" You ask. "What are you- ACK!!!" You winced in pain, as the headache returns again.
"Hey, easy, easy now." The girl said. "I'm no doctor but I can tell when someone suffered a head injury."
"S-sorry..." You say.
"Why are you apologizing for?" She asked. "You done nothing wrong. Besides I'm certain that any kind soul would do the same thing that I'm doing right now if they found you in my place."
"...Thank you I guess." You say. You were able to raise your head just a bit more, now being able to look directly at the girl. "...Can you tell me your name?"
"Kasen Ibaraki, I'm a hermit as you can see." The girl named Kasen said. "You're Fargo Kaninchen am I correct?"
"How did you know?" You ask.
"Aya told me. I assume you met her earlier?" Kasen said.
"Huh, she works fast." You say.
"Oh you have no idea. Give her an opportunity and she'll write an entire article in less than 30 minutes about how Reimu has gained weight."
"Who's... Reimu?" You ask.
"You mean you haven't met her yet?"
"Not really..."
You have heard about other people talk about Reimu before, and based on the way they talk about her it seems she has a decent amount of respect. Though it does feel strange that you haven't met anyone by that name.
"Well I guess it doesn't matter. You'll probably meet her soon though." Kasen said. "But still, you should take care of yourself more. When I found you, you looked like you were climbing a mountain with your bare limbs."
"..."
"...You were climbing the mountain weren't you?" Kasen asked.
"H-how else was I supposed to get up the mountain then!?" You ask.
"The ropeway?"
"What ropeway?"
"The one that's next to the warning sign about climbing the mountain? It was only to everyone's left."
...And here you sit, wondering about how easy it could've been to take a ropeway, but instead you climbed the mountain...
"Ugh..." You looked down at yourself. "Well... At least I found my last customer for the day..."
"Oh yes, thank you for coming all this way to deliver medicine for my pets." Kasen said. "How's your head right now though?"
"It's... feeling a bit better." You say, trying to sit up more.
"Well good, cause I made something for you to get better." Kasen said.
"You didn't really have-"
"Nonsense, it's the least I can do for troubling you to come all this way."
Kasen left the room and came back with what looks like a tray under a metallic lid. She opens it up and reveals...
Chapter 119: Part 119
Summary:
...Yukari Bath Water (Suggested by u/Bapt57970)
Chapter Text
Strange... This was not what you were expecting at all.
"What the..." Kasen said. "I could've sworn I made you a desert." She picked up the bottle and examined it. Looking at the lid, her eyes widened as she quickly opened a window and threw the thing at Mach 3.
"GODDAMMIT YUKARI! FOR THE LAST TIME I DON'T WANT TO DRINK YOUR BATH WATER!!!" Kasen shouted as she slammed the door shut.
The shouting startled you, only making your headache worsen.
"O-oh I'm sorry!" Kasen said. "Are you alright?"
"Yeah... I'm fine... I assume you know Yukari also?" You ask.
"Yeah... Lets just say she's been getting more clingy than usual." Kasen said. "But anyways, I apologize, I wanted to make something for you but now I have nothing."
"It's okay. Besides I only came up here to deliver the medicine anyway..." You say, slowly moving out of the bed. "I still need to give you the medicine you requested."
"Oh yes. Right away!" Kasen said.
You gave Kasen the medicine and she handed you the envelope with the money inside. You now completed your objective of delivering all the medicine.
You left shortly after, opening another gap and heading back home to Eientei.
---
You landed into the middle of the forest, your face stuck in the dirt. After some effort you pulled yourself out of the ground.
"Ow..." You say. "That hurt..."
You're not exactly sure where you are right now, only that you need to head back to Eientei soon. The current time seems to be about late afternoon from what you can tell.
You began moving. And while you did, you heard something.
"Help! Someone help me!" A voice called out.
You quickly rushed over to where the voice was. You arrived at what looks like a large pitfall.
You remember hearing about how Tewi tends to set up traps all over the bamboo forest, with her pitfalls being her favorite of the bunch. Right now it seems someone has fallen into one of them.
They look like... Reisen?
Well at first glance they kinda do. But their hair is shorter, a different shade of color, and unlike Reisen's tall, righteous ears, this person's ears look shorter and more floppy, kinda like Tewi's.
So this means one of two things: Either this is a Moon Rabbit from the Moon...
Or Tewi and Reisen are closer than you think.
But like the whole debate on whether Yuugi is a unicorn or not, you ignored the latter theory and assumed they're just another rabbit.
"Hey, are you okay?" You ask, looking closer in.
You noticed that they have something tangled around their leg, it looks like a rope that happens to be strapped to the ground also. You notice that she has tears in her eyes, like she's about to cry.
"A-ah! Don't hurt me!" She cried out.
"Hey hey, I'm not going to hurt you. I'm here to help." You say.
"A-are you sure?" She asked.
"I'm certain." You say.
Of course, you're not exactly sure how to help her though. But it's best to figure something out quickly.
What do you do?
Chapter 120: Part 120
Summary:
You decide to go down there, untie the rope and climb out with her
Chapter Text
You hop down into the pit, landing safely on the ground. The pit is quite big for two people inside.
You noticed the look in the girl's eyes, as if she's afraid, so you tried to be cautious when approaching her.
You kneeled to the ground, looking at the rope tied to her leg. You were careful to not directly touch her feeling she would get scared. And after a bit of effort you managed to untie the rope.
The girl moved her leg again, and was able to stand up just fine.
"Um... Thank you." She said.
"No problem." You say, moving to the wall of the pit as you kneel down, holding your hands in a cupped shape. "Here, I'll boost you out."
The girl moved over, feeling a bit hesitant but went over and used you to get out of the pit.
She climbed out, cheering to herself lightly in succession.
"Hey, you're gonna help me out too aren't you?" You say.
"O-Oh yes! Sorry!" She said. She reached down and helped pull you up. Despite her small figure she's actually stronger than you thought, for she easily pulled you out with quick force.
"Are you aliright? You didn't get any cuts did you?" She asked.
"No I'm fine." You say. "What about you, are you injured anywhere?"
"Um... I scratched my leg when I fell into the pit..." She said. You look down and there was a mark on her leg. It wasn't anything too bad but it's better to patch it up to prevent infection. "Oh, give me a sec."
You went over to your pack and pulled out the bandages. "Sit down." You told her as she complied with our request. You went over and used some disinfectant to clean the wound real quick before anything else, then you wrapped it in bandages. "There you go, it should heal within a day or so." You said.
"T-thank you... Um... Where did you learn how to provide first aid?" The girl asked.
"I was taught by my master Reisen." You say. "You probably don't know here but-"
"You know Reisen!?" She shouted.
"Um... Yes?"
"S-sorry... I get excited when I hear about her. Um... O-Oh I forgot to tell you my name!" She said.
"What is your name?"
"It's... It's... Reisen..." She said timidly.
"Reisen?" You asked with a bit of confusion.
"Yeah..." She said with a blush. "It's a bit hard to explain b-but it was the name given to me by my masters."
"And they named you after her?"
"Well to be fair they suck at names, b-but they have done many things for me and I am proud to be called Reisen!" She said.
"I see." You say. "My name is Fargo Kaninchen. But you can call me Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say.
Reisen had a look of confusion on her face. "Did... Did Reisen give you that name by chance?" She asked.
"Nope."
"...Did anyone give you that name?"
"Nope."
"...You willingly call yourself that?"
"Yep."
"...O-Okay then... Can I just call you Fargo?"
"Of course."
"Thank you." She said.
"You don't have to thank me for everything." You say. "Lighten up, you act like I'm your commander or something."
"I-I'm sorry... I just... I'm shy around others I don't know well..." She said. She used her ears to hide her eyes a bit as she looked away from you.
"Hey, it's okay. Not everyone can be social or talkative." You say. You looked up at the sky. "Oh, I should be heading back to Eientei now."
"Oh, so am I." She said.
"You wanna walk there together?"
"Um... O-okay." She said.
The two of you began heading down the path, making sure to not walk over any pitfalls. The two of you continued to talk while doing so.
"So, why were you out here in the first place?" You ask.
"U-Um... When I arrived here with my masters, I accidentally dropped something important to me along the way. They went on without me while I searched, and when I found it I tried to walk back but I didn't see where I was going and ended up falling into the pit." Reisen said.
"Oh, makes sense... So who are your masters?"
"U-Um... Well... there's Lady Yorihime... She's strict with me at times, and would always make me do rigorous activities as part of my training. But she also has a gentler side, and always praise me for doing my best." She said.
Yorihime... You feel like you heard that somewhere before...
"A-and then there's Toyohime! She always listens to my problems and makes sure I'm always taken care of. She even cooks for me sometimes!" Reisen said with joy. "But... She is also very clingy, and likes to dress me up to satisfy her desires..." Reisen said with concern.
Toyohime also rings a bell, but where have you-
"There you are!" A voice said.
You and Reisen look over to see... Reisen (the other one).
"Reisen!" Rei'sen said, running over to hug Reisen. "I'm happy to see you again!"
"Geez, I thought you got in trouble or something... Oh Fargo, were you the one who found her?" Reisen asked you.
"Yeah. She was inside one of Tewi's pits.
"Really? Ugh... I need to talk to her about the pits again sometime..." Reisen groaned. "Anyways, did you deliver all the medicine?"
"I did." You say, taking off your pack and handing it to her. "I met so many interesting people the past couple of days."
"Oh, you should tell me later then. For now, we should head back before our masters start worrying." Reisen said.
The three of you began walking back to Eientei. As you arrived near the place, Reisen stopped in front of you and Rei'sen.
"Wait, why aren't we going in?" You ask.
"...Fargo..." Reisen said, turning around with a somewhat more serious expression. "I should let you know that our guests for tonight... Well lets just say aren't very welcoming to humans... So I need you to wear this."
Reisen pulled out a fake pair of rabbit ears.
"Why do you have rabbit ears?" You ask.
"In case mine fall off."
"Why would they- actually, nevermind." You say. "But do I really need to wear these?"
"Well that depends, would you rather be the victim of severe racism and harassment?" She said. The way she spoke sounded innocent enough, but it's the words that had more emphasis.
"...I'll put the ears on." You say. You took the ears and put them on.
"That's good... Oh, and some quick ground rules when it comes to Yorihime and Toyohime: 1. Always refer to them as 'Lady Yorihime' and 'Lady Toyohime' when you speak. 2. Never ask them to do anything. You can suggest, but never ask or demand something. And 3. If they give you a command, do it, unless one of them, specifically Toyohime, asks you to wear a revealing outfit. Do you understand?" Reisen said.
"Wait wait wait, why do I have to do these things?" You ask.
"Because Fargo, if you don't look or act like a rabbit, then they'll get suspicious of your race and ask more questions. And I highly doubt we can convince them you're a Lunarian." She said. "Do you understand?"
"Y...yes ma'am." You say.
"Good." Reisen said with a smile. She went to the door and opened it.
"We're back! I found Rei'sen!" Reisen said in a happy tone.
You look inside and see 3 people sitting down by the table. One of them was Eirin of course, but the other two were... familiar...
"Rei'sen!!!" The girl with the hat shouted. She pushed you and Reisen away as she embraced Rei'sen. "We were so worried about you! Did you get hurt? Were you followed? Are you cold? Do I need to embrace you in a hot, steamy bath later?" She said.
"U-Um no, you don't have to do that Lady Toyohime..." Rei'sen said, struggling to breathe from the girl's grip. The girl named Toyohime let her go as the other person in the room went over.
"Toyohime, don't be so clingy with her." The girl with the yellow ribbon said. "But I'm glad to see that you're alright." She said as she patted Rei'sen on the head.
"T-thank you Lady Yorihime." Rei'sen said.
"...Wait, where did you get that bandage around your leg from?" The girl named Yorihime asked, looking down at Rei'sen's feet.
"O-oh, I scratched my leg earlier. But Fargo patched it up for me."
"Fargo?" Yorihime looked at you as you got back up from the ground. As you turned around, you witnessed the glare coming from her. It fills you with worry.
"Hm... I don't think I ever seen you before in this place." Yorihime said. "State your name."
Taking Reisen's advice, you quickly stood tall and announced yourself. "Fargo Kaninchen. I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say without flaw.
"I see." Yorihime said, unflinched. "What affiliation do you have with the likes of Eientei?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 121: Part 121
Chapter Text
"I work as an assistant to Reisen." You say.
"Reisen, is what they say true?" Yorihime asked Reisen.
"Yes Lady Yorihime." Reisen said. "They have been a great help."
"...Well okay then." Yorihime said after a pause. "It's nice to know that you have someone to teach, hopefully you're using one of my methods right?"
"Um... With all due respect Lady Yorihime... I don't think your methods would be considered appropriate." Reisen said.
"Aw, why not? How else will you get them to learn without a lava-powered crash course. You can even challenge them using sentient mechanical sharks."
"I-I appreciate it Lady Yorihime, but how will that help them learn to make medicine?"
"Medicine? I'm talking about combat training. You mean to tell me you haven't taught them the iconic 'Watasuki Pintail?'" She asked.
"What's that?" You say, feeling curious.
"Oh it's actually quite simple. First you get behind your opponent like this..." Yorihime walked around Reisen, who didn't have a happy look on her face. "And then by concentrating all your grip strength into your hand, you grab their tail and CRUSH IT!!!" She shouted, gripping her hand so loudly you heard the air break. Her hand was close to Reisen's tail, but she didn't actually crush it. Though Reisen still flinched from Yorihime's words. "It's especially effective when dealing with rogue rabbits."
"Huh..." You say.
"Lady Yorihime... I don't think its a good idea to try and show your lethal moves right now." Rei'sen said.
"I have to agree." Eirin said. "Please sit back down and don't provoke Udonge or anyone else who lives here."
"Aw... Why does no one ever wanna get rough with me..." Yorihime pouted. Reisen kept a calm look on her face though, even if she feels nervous."
While that was happening, you didn't notice the other girl who is now standing behind you.
"Ara ara~" A voice said. You look back, seeing Toyohime towering above you by a good few inches. "You're quite cute for a bunny. Say, I have some outfits that I think would look good on you, want to try some on for me?" She asked.
How do you respond?
Chapter 122: Part 122
Summary:
(Suggested by u/1060317)
Chapter Text
You look at the two Reisens, who are signaling you to refuse by crossing their arms in an X shape. You however have a different response.
"I would try them, but only if you try them with me." You say.
"Oh?" Toyohime said.
"Wait Lady Toyohime!" Reisen quickly intervened. "Fargo actually didn't mean that, they were-"
"No, what I say is true. I want to do it with you." You say.
"Ara ara~ That makes me happy to hear." Toyohime said. "Normally everyone refuses or tries to get away whenever I show them the outfits."
Reisen pulled you to the side real quick. "Fargo, are you really sure you want to do this? You're making a big mistake by going through with it." Reisen whispered into your ear.
"Relax, what's the worst that can happen?" You tell her.
"Lady Yagokoro!" Toyohime spoke to Eirin."I'm going to take this adorable rabbit and have them try some outfits if you don't mind!"
"As long you don't mentally scar them." Eirin told Toyohime.
"Master!" Reisen said. "Why aren't you defending Fargo!?"
Toyohime grabbed you by the arm and quickly walked out of the room and into a different section of Eientei.
There, the two of you went and-
*BZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a very special broadcast brought to you by none other than Yukari Yakumo
...
Scarlet Sisters presents...
The BATFLAN
---
Deep within the streets of Gensokyotham, there was a crime that was happening. A lone umbrella girl was pinned to the wall, struggling to keep the pursuer off of them.
"Stop! Let me go! Someone help!!! Help me! Hel-" They were quickly muffled by the other person.
"Tsk tsk. You gotta be quiet. I don't want her to find us while I have some fun, wouldn't you agree?" The other person said, then proceeding to laugh maniacally. This caused the umbrella girl to feel scared, very scared.
"Oh? Why are you scared? You should be laughing with me. Here, lets put a smile on that face." They said, pulling out a torch as they move it close to the girls mouth.
Suddenly, an object knocked the torch out of the person's hand, rolling off the ground as the torch dissipates.
"What? Who's there? Show yourself or I'll kill this bitch!" They shouted.
A dark figure drops down from the rooftop, their appearance shadowed by the dark night and the rainy sky. The flickering street light from above was the only thing that made them somewhat visible.
"It's... You... It's you again... hahahahaha...AHAHAHAHAHA!!!" The person laughed, still holding onto the umbrella girl. "About time you found me batsy!!!"
"...It's time I take you to Arkhakurei Asylum, Clownpiece of Crime." BatFlan said. "Your streak of terror shall come to an end."
"ahahaha! You honestly think that putting me in there would stop me? Think again BatFlan!" Clownpiece of Crime shouted, pulling out what looks like a custom flare gun.
BatFlan immediately reacts to this.
What should BatFlan do?
Chapter 123: Part 123
Summary:
Activate the BatMobile
Chapter Text
Before Clownpiece of Crime could act any further, BatFlan pushed a button that was hidden in their utility belt. Suddenly a pair of lights were turned on behind Clownpiece of Crime, making them turn around in confusion. "Huh?" Clownpiece of Crime stated.
It was the BatMobile, opening a small hatch a net was shot out, snaring Clownpiece of Crime but sparing the Umbrella girl.
"Gah! This isn't funny!" Clownpiece of Crime expressed, trying to free themselves from the net.
The Umbrella girl quickly ran off, holding onto their umbrella firmly as they ran down to the streets of Gensokyotham.
BatFlan slowly approached Clownpiece of Crime, pulling them up by the collar of their outfit.
"This is the end for you." BatFlan said.
"...hahahaha...ahahahahaha..." Clownpiece of Crime laughed.
"What's so funny?" BatFlan asked.
"You don't get it? Of course you don't... After all the punchline didn't arrive yet!" Clownpiece of Crime shouted directly at BatFlan's face. "Now Koishi!!!"
A quick figure dashed behind the two, running up to BatFlan, stabbing her in the legs.
"Grk!!!" BatFlan winced in pain, dropping Clownpiece of Crime as they look back, seeing a knife inserted at their lower leg.
"My my puddin~ was the BatFlan giving you trouble again?" Koishi asked, walking over to Clownpiece of Crime and removing the net.
"Oh, not at all dear. You arrived at the perfect time." Clownpiece of Crime said in a charming way. "And I must say, your knife skills are as impressive as the first time."
"Aw shucks. You flatter me... It's exactly what I love about you." Koishi said, pulling Clownpiece of Crime in for a kiss. The two...Lovebirds?...Went at it for a bit while BatFlan took the moment to pull the knife out of their leg.
"Damnit... I wasn't expecting Koishi "Komeiji" Quinn to show up..." BatFlan thought. They stood up, attempting to move again.
"Oh, by the way Koishi..." Clownpiece of Crime began. "Why did you use a knife instead of the blowtorch I gifted you on our 3 month anniversary?"
Koishi shrugged. "Dunno."
"...Eh, that's what I love about you. Your mind is like an enigma of chaos... And chaos is what I LOVE THE MOST!!! AHAHAHAHA!!!" Clownpiece of Crime laughed. Koishi laughed along with her.
Suddenly, the two had their heads be banged together by BatFlan, getting knocked out at the same time.
"...hah... Good thing they were distracted..." BatFlan said.
"Master Scarlet? Are you there?" A voice from BatFlan's intercom spoke. BatFlan picked it up.
"What is it Sakuyalfred?" BatFlan said.
"I must inform you that your guests have arrived for the evening, it's best you come home as quickly as you must." Sakuyalfred said.
"I still have some things I need to take care of... But I'll do what I can." BatFlan said.
And so, BatFlan took Clownpiece of Crime and Koishi to Arkhakurei Asylum, and returned to the Scarlet devil Manor to attend the party that was planned for that night... But meanwhile, a certain thief had different ideas that same time...
...
"Holy Tintinnabulation!!! Thank you for enjoying The BATFLAN." Yukari said, appearing out of nowhere. "We shall now return to our regular broadcasting."
*BZZZZZZT*
---
You're not exactly sure what happened... You feel like you blacked out for a moment, but now you're standing in front of a mirror...alongside Toyohime... Both of you dressed up as...
Chapter 124: Part 124
Summary:
A Mistress and a Skimpy Maid
Chapter Text
Upon closer inspection of both you and Toyohime, you noticed the details that were in both outfits.
Toyohime was wearing what looks to be a light-pink dress, accompanied with a matching mob cap. There was also a ribbon wrapped around the hat and dress, what's stranger however was the pair of wings on the back, almost as if it was intentional. She's even wearing a blue wig.
You on the other hand was wearing a dark blue maid outfit, the design seeming to be inspired by French Maids. It came with an apron, a headband, and a pair of brown shoes. You're also wearing a silver wig, that's even braided with green ribbons on it.
And for some reason, you were also given a set of knives that you can equip down by your leg underneath the dress. Also a silver pocketwatch (though unlike the previous watch you owned, doesn't stop time unfortunately).
After looking at yourself in the mirror, you came to one conclusion: You look EXACTLY like Sakuya Izayoi.
"Ah~ You look amazing in that outfit!" Toyohime told you. "Who knew that blue suited you so well?"
"Um... This looks very familiar..." You say.
"Of course it does... Oh, I know! Lets roleplay a bit!" Toyohime said. "I'll be the fine, pampered mistress, and you'll be my sla- I mean... humble servant."
"O-Okay..." You say, unsure of where this is going.
You watch as Toyohime took a deep breath, and then let it out.
...Suddenly she started bawling her eyes out as she clinged onto you as if her hands were pincers. "WAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!! IT'S UNFAIR! SO UNFAIR THAT THE PEOPLE FROM THE MOON DEFEATED ME SO EASILY!!!" Toyohime bawled out.
"E-Ehhhh!!!???" You're currently confused by this predicament. Toyohime is... crying? "A-are you o-"
"To think that me, Remilia Scarlet, not only continues to wet the bed every night, but can't even beat the wonderful and incredible younger sister of Watasuki no Toyohime! I should've been the one who win! It should've been me! mememememememememe!!! ME!!!!!"
"C-calm down... Please, take a deep breath." You say, unsure of how to act.
Think... What would Sakuya do in this situation...
...Oh you know!
"H-how about I make you a desert?" You say.
"No! I don't want desert..." Toyohime, pretending to be Remilia said.
"T-then how about I prepare a bath for you?" You say.
"NO! I don't want that either!"
"Then... Then how about-"
"Wah! You're supposed to know EXACTLY WHAT I WANT! YOU'RE A HORRIBLE MAID SAKUYA! I HATE YOU!!!" Toyohime pretending to be Remilia as she rolled around the room, flailing her arms like a little kid.
...You only met Remilia once, but you're highly certain that even she isn't that much of a brat.
Regarless, you have no idea what to do. So you just stood there like an idiot.
3 minutes later...
Toyohime calmed down.
"Whew... That was some good roleplaying. You did your part very well." Toyohime said.
"U-um... If I may... You're supposed to be Remilia Scarlet correct?" You ask.
"Why yes I am. I never met her personally but I learned a lot about her from my sister when she fought against her."
"I see... Well I enjoyed dressing up a bit but I think I should get back into my regular clothes." You say, about to remove the headband.
Toyohime stopped you however, as she grabbed your hand and forced the headband back on.
"But why though? We haven't even shown everyone else how amazing we look." Toyohime said. "Come, let us show them our outfits."
You were dragged out of the room. You started to feel embarrassed at the thought of being shown wearing such an outfit. But there's no escaping Toyohime's grip as she dragged you back to the main room.
"Ta-da!!!" Toyohime announced, entering the room with you. "How do we look!?"
Everyone in the room turned to look at you. Eirin, Yorihime, the two Reisens, even Kaguya and Tewi were there.
You felt a blush come up your face, feeling the eyes of everyone on you.
"Wow... Never I would imagine Fargo dressed as a maid." Tewi stated.
"Wait, isn't that Sakuya's uniform?" Reisen asked. "And Lady Toyohime... Are you dressed as Remilia?"
"Yep! I made both of these outfits myself! Do you like them!?" Toyohime asked.
"Um... It looks good." Reisen said, turning her eyes on you. She moved closer as she stared at you.
"H-how do I look?" You say, trying to not panic or anything.
"Hm... Well Lady Toyohime certainly did a good job with the outfit. She even got the hair done and everything. Honestly I'm impressed." Reisen said. "But I'm more impressed at the fact you went through with this."
"Well what can I say... My mind is very democratic on my choices." You say, not implying anything whatsoever.
"What do you mean by-"
"Step aside red eyes!" Tewi announced, pushing Reisen aside as she moved up to you. "Well well... I must say you look quite perfect as a maid... Maybe you should wear that from now on." Tewi said with a smirk.
"U-Um... I rather not... Thank you though." You say.
"Oh c'mon Fargo. You know you love it..." Tewi moved closer so she can whisper into your ear. "And besides, I always wanted a maid for myself to boss around. I once tried to get one of the fairy maids but the Scarlet residents wouldn't let me. Say, how about you call me master and see how it feels?"
Your face was pretty much a tomato at this moment. It seems Tewi is still trying to win you over somewhat.
"Hey Tewi! Don't annoy Fargo like that!" Reisen said.
"What? I'm not doing anything wrong. Or are you jealous that I'm getting up and personal with Fargo?"
"W-W-what!?" Reisen asked in a confused state. "What are you talking about Tewi!? Fargo and I are just friends!"
For some reason, you felt as if something within you shattered, but you're not entirely sure why.
"Should we stop them?" Yorihime who was in the back said.
"Nah, I wanna see where this goes." Kaguya told Yorihime.
"Friends? Oh please Reisen... If you two were just friends, you wouldn't have gone through the effort to persuade them to come all the way here to Eientei."
"What are you-"
"I mean, it's obvious you used your ability to make Fargo more willing to come all the way here just so you can get closer with them." Tewi said. "I mean hell, the day you met them you literally wouldn't shut up about how excited you were in meeting them."
You see Reisen forming a blush on her face, though not as red as yours.
"I-I never used my ability on Fargo." Reisen said in defense.
"C'mon everyone..." Rei'sen said. "Let's not argue like this."
"This doesn't involve you, Reisen's replacement." Tewi said.
"R-replacement!?" Rei'sen said. "I'm not a replacement!"
"You literally share the same name as her! It's like your masters wanted to make it obvious how much they missed their old pet!"
"Tewi! You're going far off the line here!" Reisen said.
"And you haven't!? You're the one who goes on and on about how miserable your life has been from the start, and yet 'you' never bother asking me how it was for mine!" Tewi said.
"What are you saying! You're practically a walking good luck charm! How could you have it hard!?" Reisen said.
"You have any idea of the things I've seen? Witnessed? Experienced? Survived!?" Tewi said, approaching Reisen with each step. "You try spending nearly a third of your life attempting to avoid predators who want to eat you, humans who want to capture you for food, or seeing everyone else around you die because you're too scared to fight back!"
"...You!!!" Reisen said with anger in her voice. "You're comparing yourself to me and yet you have no idea what I had to go through!"
Things seem to be getting out of hand. And it looks like the lunarians over at the table have no intention of intervening, for they're having their own conversation.
So it seems it's up to you now.
What do you do?
Chapter 125: Part 125
Summary:
You decide to remain neutral
Chapter Text
It's better you don't get involved like this, at least not now.
"Oh, but I do know what you have gone through Reisen!" Tewi shouted. "Let me sum it up for you real quick: Once, there was an ugly rabbit soldier. She was so ugly that everyone died. The end."
"..." Reisen only stared at Tewi after that. You can tell off her eyes at how much she wants to hit her but is holding back.
"Oh? Did you stop working or are you admitting I'm right?" Tewi asked. "Maybe I should ask Seiran for a more accurate description on how you left her to-"
"Shut up." Reisen said quietly.
"Huh? What did you-"
"I said shut up... God... Shut up... Shut up. Shut. Up." Reisen said. "Fine. You're right. You are fucking right Tewi... But guess what: That's in the past, and I can deal with that. I redeemed myself for my mistakes, I apologized to Seiran for what I did to her, I was forgiven by Lady Toyohime and Lady Yorihime for abandoning them, I even received a pardon from Lord Tsukuyomi. Everyone moved on from something that you weren't even involved in."
"Yeah, but-"
"I've noticed Tewi. I noticed how you been acting, ever since Fargo came and started working here. You really think I wasn't aware of your attempt at seducing them a few days ago?"
"H-how did you-"
"Earlier you were the one who claimed that I was jealous that you were spending time with Fargo, but it's clear that you were the one who was jealous the whole time."
"No I'm-"
"Tewi... Stop playing the victim here and listen." Reisen said.
*slap*
Tewi slapped Reisen in the face. Reisen didn't even fight back, but instead looked down at Tewi.
"...I-I'm not a victim..." Tewi said in a more quiet voice. "I hate you." She said before storming off out of the room.
You watch as she left, before looking back at Reisen and Rei'sen.
"...I thought you were about to fight her physically for a moment." Rei'sen said.
"I was... But then I realized that's exactly what she wanted." Reisen said. "So I gave her nothing in return."
"Is she... going to be okay?"
"Of course she will be. She's the White Rabbit of Inaba after all. Nothing ever bad happens when she's around." Reisen said.
"..." You're speechless to be honest.
"Hey Fargo, are you okay?" Reisen asked you. "I'm sorry for what Tewi did to you earlier."
"I-I'm alright... But shouldn't you at least go-"
"No." Reisen said.
"Okay then." You say, knowing that she probably won't agree to whatever request involving Tewi.
"Um... Excuse me... I was hoping-"
Everyone looked to the door, seeing Sakuya standing there.
"Oh... I apologize... I didn't know you were having guests today." Sakuya said. "...It's a pleasure to see you again Yorihime."
"Likewise Sakuya." Yorihime said.
"I'm here to deliver a gift to Fargo, do you know-" Sakuya stopped as they look at Toyohime. "U-um... Lady Remilia?"
"Oh? Sorry, I'm not the person you're thinking of." Toyohime said. "I'm Watasuki no Toyohime by the way, Yorihime told me many things about you and Remilia."
"Oh really? Like what?" Sakuya asked.
"Well-"
"Oh would you look at the time!" Yorihime said, suddenly standing up. "I like for us to stay and chat but I just remembered that I have a unit of rabbits I need to train before their first mission! C'mon sis!"
"But we still haven't-WOAH!!!" Toyohime was dragged out with Yorihime.
"See ya Lady Yagokoro! We'll visit again another time!" Yorihime said.
"Bye Fargo! You can keep the maid outfit if you like!" Toyohime said.
"W-wait for me!!!" Rei'sen said, rushing out of the door.
As they leave, Sakuya laid her eyes on you, noticing what you are wearing.
"Huh... It's like looking at a mirror." Sakuya said calmly. "Though I must be critical on the uniform not being the right shade of blue. Other than that it looks good on you Fargo."
You blush in embarrassment.
---
It was nightfall, things were quieting down around Eientei as you can hear the sound of crickets in the distance.
Sakuya already left after giving you a gift, which was a new pocket watch. It was shiny and everything... Though this one doesn't stop time either, but at least it has a built-in compass.
You were admiring it under the moonlight, noticing it is nearly a full moon now. In just a couple of days it will be time for the moon festival. You can already see some of the rabbits preparing for the event, though since it's night the workflow was much slower.
You closed your pocket watch and put it somewhere safe. You're not wearing the maid outfit anymore but instead your usual garb.
You heard footsteps behind you as you see Reisen coming over and sitting down next to you.
"Oh, you got all your work done?" You ask.
"Yeah, it's been getting busier since the moon festival is near." Reisen said. "...Oh and I'm sorry for what you had to witness earlier. I wasn't expecting Tewi to act like that at all."
"It's okay... Though I'm still worried if she's feeling alright."
"C'mon Fargo. It's nothing to worry about honestly."
"...Are you sure?"
"...Hah... Look, there's no point in talking about it okay? How about we move onto something else for a bit... Like earlier you said you met a bunch of interesting people. I want to know what you thought of them."
"Oh yeah. Well where do I start..."
Chapter 126: Part 126
Summary:
You choose Scarlet Devil Mansion, Youkai Mountain and Chireiden
Chapter Text
"Well there was the Scarlet Devil Mansion. The residents there were quite nice."
"Oh the Scarlet Devil Mansion." Reisen said. "I remember visiting them a few times myself. I assume you already know Sakuya?"
"Yeah, she seems to be a very diligent person. But she's also strange as well. Earlier I saw her deliver a road roller to someone in a bizarre fashion." You say.
"Oh that? Well... I'm not too sure either... She claims she inherited that trait from a relative... Which may explain why she sometimes shouts 'Wryyyyy' while leaning back when she's angry."
"Huh, I haven't seen her do that yet... Oh and then there was Meiling. She seemed to be lazy cause I found her sleeping when I entered the mansion."
"Oh she always has a habit of doing that. Most people take it as a sign that they should ignore her and walk inside the mansion."
"Doesn't that ruin the point of having a gatekeeper?"
"It does. But she's also the only person who is willing to work for that position as well so it's not like they can fire her. Even if they did they'll let her back in once they realize how reliable she actually is."
"Let's see... And then there was Patchouli and Koakuma... All I can say is that Koakuma has a peculiar interest in certain books."
"Really? What kind of books?"
"Um... You ever heard of yaoi?"
"Yaoi?" Reisen asked confused. "Is that like a dish?"
"Um... No... Okay, do you know what Yuri is?"
"Of course I know what Yuri is Fargo! Everyone in gensokyo has committed Yuri in their lives. It's an important necessity for all female residents to engage in Yuri at least once before they start developing wrinkles."
"Where did you hear that?"
"Akyuu."
"Who's Akyuu?"
"Oh, she's basically a reincarnation of a family lineage who has been tracking Gensokyo's entire history ever since it was founded. She has memorized all the rules that were created in order to establish peace and balance."
"Are you sure that it's an actual rule and not something she made up to get people to-"
"Fargo, even if you try to deny it, it won't change the fact that at least 82% of Gensokyo's residents are gay or bisexual." Reisen said.
"O-okay then..." You say. "...Oh I also met the lady of the house, I think her name was Remilia. She also has a sister named Flandre did you know that?"
"Oh Flan? Yeah I know her. She and Tewi sometimes get together to play. But it can be concerning when you have a professional prankster teaming up with a walking, living detonator."
"What about Remilia? Do you know her?"
"Well, I don't know what your first impression of her was, but she's very elegant and well-mannered. She speaks with a tongue of a noble and fights with powerful skills... That is when she isn't throwing a temper tantrum."
"Ah, I knew it." You say.
"Yeah, despite her reputation she can still act like a child. I feel sorry for Sakuya at times knowing she has to take care of both her and Flandre."
You nod in agreement.
...
"Lets see... Then there was Youkai Mountain. I had to climb all the way up just to deliver all the medicine." You say.
"Why didn't you just take the ropeway?" Reisen asked.
"I didn't know there was a ropeway."
"Really? But they have sign and everything."
"I know... Anyways, while I was there I met a tengu named Aya who requested an interview with me."
Reisen gave you a look of discomfort. "Aya? You mean the same Aya who takes pictures of people while they are sleeping?"
"She does that!?" You ask.
"It's hard to say really, but there have been a few articles where she talks about the way some people sleep. She didn't ask you any weird questions by chance?"
"No, not really. I don't think so at least... I also went to Moriya Shrine where I met Sanae."
"Oh! Sanae!?" Reisen asked with a bit of excitement. "What do you think of her!?"
"She's quirky, but I think that's what makes her unique." You say. "Did you know she's from the outside world also?"
"Of course. I known her ever since she moved in. Though she was weird at first, always trying to get me to dab or say words that don't exist in the dictionary... There was one time when she prostrated herself just to make me say 'poggers'."
You felt a ping of cringe in your mind hearing that word. "I-I see..."
"...But after I got to know her I realize that she's actually an outgoing girl who cares for her goddesses very much."
"That's good to know." You say.
...
"...Oh, I also went down to Chireiden." You say.
"...You did?" Reisen asked in a more humble tone.
"Yeah... It was a interesting experience."
"I assume you already met Satori then."
"Yeah..." You say. "...Has she always been like that?"
"...At least as far as I can remember no. I usually only go down there when I need to deliver medicine. The more times I went the more I noticed the gradual change in her expression and emotions. Like she's a boulder that slowly gets hallowed out overtime."
"Have you done anything else to help her?"
"I tired before once. But it resulted in me being put in a 2 week coma while dreaming of rabbits made of cotton candy and licorice...What was it like for you?" She asked.
"Um... Well she almost did something... regretful." You say.
Reisen got very quiet all of a sudden. "..."
"Reisen? Are you-"
She stood up quickly. "Please excuse me Fargo, I need to talk to Master for a moment." She said before leaving. "Best to get some rest for tomorrow if you can. It's going to be a busy day after all." She said as she left.
---
You went to bed and closed your eyes...
When you opened them again, you were in the void once more.
You were expecting Yukari to show up as usual, but instead there was a different figure in front of you.
She has long blonde hair and is wearing a tabard that is yellow, and has a pattern of a constellation on it. She wore a green skirt, a 3-pointed hat, and is sitting in a throne... with wheels on it???
"Hello, I was expecting you." The woman said. "My name is Okina Matara, one of the sages of Gensokyo. I am the hidden god of the back door. Yukari has told me many things about you. She's busy however, so I'm taking over temporarily?"
How do you respond?
Chapter 127: Part 127
Chapter Text
"Why does your throne have wheels?" You ask.
"It's quite simple really." Okina said. "How else am I supposed to move around?"
"By walking?"
"...Huh..." Okina looked at you with a form of displeasure. "For a human you're quick to assume that I am capable of walking."
"!!!" You quickly realized what you said, and how offensive that was. "I-I'm sorry!!!" You shouted, bowing apologetically. "I-I didn't know! I was only just asking about the chair and my tongue slipped and-"
You heard laughing, looking back up to see Okina laughing at you.
"Oh! Forgive me, but I was only joking! I'm not actually disabled if you're wondering." Okina stood up, showing that she can move and walk without restraint. "I'm simply too lazy to move my own feet is all." She said as she sat back down.
"O-Oh..." You say, feeling like a fool.
"...Again my apologies." Okina said in a more composed tone. "I didn't take over for Yukari just to mess with you. I'm actually here to ask you something... Or well... To be more specific, all of you something." She said.
"All of me?" You ask. You remember Yukari and other people always going on about how you have some kind of ability that goes far beyond boundaries, but still have no clue what they mean by it.
In fact, it feels like a wild goose chase at times.
"Yes." Okina said. "But unlike Yukari I don't have the ability to see through bounaries, so I need you to turn around for me." She said.
"W-why do you need me to-"
"Just do it already." She said in a more threatening tone.
"Y-yes!" You say, turning around.
You hear the throne move up to you as Okina gets close. "Okay, this won't hurt a bit... But you may feel a sudden surge of energy, that's normal. But warn me if you feel like you're about to explode."
"E-explode!?" You ask. "What are you-"
You turn your head, seeing a door on your back. "W-what the!?" You say, shocked. "What the hell is that!?"
"This is my ability. Every living being has what is known as a 'back door'. By opening it, you unleash their true potential to their absolute limits, at the cost of using up immense power." Okina said. "Now, lets see here..."
You stood there as you let her do her thing, feeling a bit awkward having to stand there while a woman you just met explore your back thoroughly.
You do have to wonder, where Yukari could be right now? It seems she only shows up everytime you go to sleep. Does that mean that she only shows up in your dreams.
No, that's not right. After all you have met her on your first day in Gensokyo, and you weren't dreaming then...Then again maybe you were dreaming.
You can't remember your first day here that well. It's strange but it's only been nearly a week yet it feels like months have passed. Is it because of the dreams you been having?
"There we go! I found it!" Okina said. "Okay. Take a deep breath while I do this."
"Do what exactly?" You ask.
Suddenly, you felt a bright light envelop you as you-
Chapter 128: Part 128
Chapter Text
-as your vision was blinded, and suddenly you can see again.
"There we go..." Okina said, closing the door behind you as it fades away. "Whew that took a while, but hope they got the message."
"Um... What happened?" You ask.
"It's better you don't ask honestly. It be too hard to explain to someone like you."
"Okay then..."
"...Oh! That reminds me! I still need to send you to the other place so we can wrap things up there!"
"What other-"
Okina snaps her fingers as you-
---
You open your eyes...
You raise your head, looking around, seeing that you're in a different bed, looking at a reflection of yourself at the nearby vase, you see a pair of rabbit ears.
You're on the moon again. Though you're not in where you usually wake up.
This doesn't seem like some kind of barracks or military base. But instead what looks like a small humble home.
You look at the picture that was by the bed, looking at it there is a picture of you, and your former unit.
...You still recall what happened at that battle... Only you and Reisen made it out of there...
But what happened after you blacked out and came back to Genoskyo?
Placing the picture down, you see a small journal. It looks a bit worn.
Do you read the journal?
Chapter 129: Part 129
Summary:
You read the journal
Chapter Text
You pick the journal up, opening it to see your handwriting inside. Flipping through a few pages it seems that you have been writing in this journal for quite sometime.
You go to the first page and began reading.
Entry 1-
It's my first day as part of the Lunar Defense Corps. I decided to get this journal to write down my progress as I go up the ranks. Sure, I'm fairly new here, but I know that I'm not alone. I have Shirai who is watching my back as well as Reisen, who I met not too long ago.
I wonder what I'll write in this journal in the next few days or so?
You flip to the next page
Entry 2-
A week has passed. I mostly did training and marching. I was taught how to use a musket, during which one of the rabbits ended up shooting General Yorihime in the face. Luckily we were using rubber bullets but she looked very mad at the rabbit.
Afterwards I spent sometime with Shirai and a couple of other rabbits. I haven't seen Reisen since that day, hopefully she's doing alright.
There wasn't much else there, nor with some of the other entries as you flipped through the pages.
Entry 17-
It's been about 3 months since I began my training. So far I have passed all the exams that General Yorihime has given me and been promoted. Of course, despite that Shirai happens to currently be far higher than me, and everyone else right now. She's been doing so well that Yorihime even selected her to partake in a special operative against some rebellious rabbits down south.
As for Reisen, I still haven't seen her this whole time...
Entry 23-
I finally was able to see Reisen again! After waiting for 6 months I was able to see her! She apparently wasn't able to go anywhere after her master Toyohime forbid her after she came home late on the day we met. I felt a bit guilty knowing I was partially at fault but Reisen forgave me quickly.
To make things better, it turns out she's also joining the LDC. So I'll be seeing her more!
Entry 36-
It's been a year since I began. I was already given my first mission as part of Shirai's group. We were instructed to patrol the area for any signs for anything that resembled a certain figure.
A few of us were worried, hearing the tales of the wicked 7-tailed fox. Though none of us have seen it. I however was curious. It seems the lunarians are afraid of this being, going so far to develop special weaponry designed to negate it's powers. It really makes you wonder what is it about this foe that makes even Lord Tsukuyomi dread over.
As you flipped through the pages, you noticed that most of them talked about the various missions you went onto. Some talked about spending time with Reisen, as you noticed how each entry involving Reisen showed more and more affection towards her.
Entry 63-
After 3 years of knowing her... I finally confessed.
She at first looked at me with shock, but I was more serious about her than ever before... I loved her... But she said she wasn't ready yet...
The next few entries just talked about everyday living after that, albeit in a more indifferent fashion. You flipped through the pages once again until you found some more that got your attention.
Entry 121-
She asked me out. Reisen asked me out.
It been 4 years after I confessed to her, but she was the one who asked me out today. And obviously I said yes. I already had a date planned for the two of us in the next 3 days and everything, she's going to be so impressed!
Entry 122-
The date... didn't go exactly as planned...
Apparently Reisen's master Toyohime barged into the restaurant we were in and made a whole fuss about how her 'precious dress-up partner' was being taken away from her. It got real awkward and Yorihime had to apologize to the entire staff, even paying for all the broken silverware.
Meanwhile Reisen and I ended our date early that same day. But she said she had a good time with me and wants to go out more.
You enjoyed the entry for that one, it felt nice. You flipped through some more pages, trying to see what else was there.
...
Eventually, you got to the end of the journal, reading through several entries. With some good, some bad, some normal. However the last entry was especially concerning, even to you.
Entry XXX-
...I lost everyone... To the Astronauts...
Even though we outnumbered them, their strength and defense were so strong and formidable, not even I was able to break through them.
While it's already been a week since the incident, I just can't get the thought out of my head.
...But what was worse was how the Lunarians reacted. Their ideology or remaining pure, ignoring the countless souls who gave up their lives to defend the lunar capital... They didn't even hold a proper funeral.
They talked to me like nothing happened, like there was no war, no death, nothing... just themselves in their purest form...
Now I understand why the RRR wanted to rebel against the Lunar Capital so badly now, they knew the corruption that was going on while the rest of us were blinded and pushed away their help. If only I took their offer to join them... I could've even convinced Reisen to go with me...
Speaking of Reisen, she had been taking this worse than I am right now... I guess the war had scarred her and all... But there's something else... It's like there's an idea in her mind that has been kept away from the decision-making process for a long time due to knowing how bad it is... But now it has gotten stronger and she's more willing to go through with it.
I think I know what it is though. She's-
*knock knock*
You were interrupted by the sound of knocking on your door. You put the journal down and walked over, opening the door.
You see none other than Reisen. Her eyes look gloomy and her hair is a bit messy. But other than that she looks fine for the most part.
"Hey..." She spoke.
"Hey..." You say. "...How are you doing?"
"...Better... You?"
"..."
"...I see." Reisen said. "...You mind if I come in?"
"Sure." You say. Reisen walks in. She goes and sits down on the bed.
The two of you remain in silence for a bit, wondering who is going to speak first.
"..."
"..."
"...So how did you manage to evade your master's sight?" You ask.
"Oh that? I bribed another rabbit to take my place. It's real convenient that we all look the same and all." Reisen said.
You laughed, knowing how true that is. "Say, do you remember that one rabbit who theorized that we are all clones made from one singular specimen?"
"Oh yeah! I think it got so popular that it formed a cult for a month... At least until the lunarians found out and dispersed their group by force."
"Considering the Elite Force got involved you think we were onto something?"
"Perhaps... Maybe they didn't want them to know something."
"Yeah..."
"..."
"..."
"...I can't hide this from you anymore..." Reisen said, standing up.
"Huh? Hide what from me?" You ask.
"I'm... I'm planning on leaving."
"Okay? to where?"
"Earth."
"...I'm sorry, can you say that again?"
"I mean it. After... After what happened during the first battle... I am afraid of the upcoming battles and all the deaths that will occur... I know it's forbidden, leaving the moon, abandoning our allies... But I don't want to stay here... I just- I- I can't Fargo... I really can't..." Reisen said, wiping a couple of tears from her eyes.
"Reisen... Why are you telling me this?" You ask carefully.
"Because... I wanted to let you know in case I were to vanish one day without telling you. I wouldn't want you to panic."
"...But... How do you plan on leaving?"
"I already obtained a lunar veil a while back... I just need a shuttle to get into... I plan on trespassing through the Lunar Transportation Storage Facility, that's where they keep all their pod rockets, that's what I plan on leaving the moon with."
"...Are you sure you want to do this?" You ask.
"Of course... I'm more certain than anything." Reisen said. "...I'm sorry I had to tell you this, I just wanted to let you know that-"
"Reisen." You say, interrupting her.
"W-what?" She asked, noticing you grabbing her hand.
What do you say?
Chapter 130: Part 130
Chapter Text
"I'm going with you." You say.
"...You...You are?" Reisen asked with shock in her eyes.
"Of course... Besides, if you're gone then who else would I have left to talk to besides that small rabbit girl from the streets?"
"Oh, you mean the one who admires The Watasuki Sisters?"
"Yeah that one... It's strange to see someone like her living without a place to live, especially with the Capital's low homelessness rates."
"Hopefully the government will come around and finally do something about it, it makes me feel sick in my stomach knowing someone like her is unable to sleep in a warm and cozy bed."
"Wouldn't it be ironic if she starts living with your masters or something?"
Reisen laughed. "The odds of that happening are the same as the 7-tailed fox prostrating themselves in front of Lord Tsukuyomi!!!"
You found that so hilarious that you can't help but burst out in laughter. The two of you shared a laugh as you both smiled.
Eventually you calmed down a bit as you felt better and not so down.
"Ah, I needed that." You say.
"Same here..." Reisen said. "...So you're really willing to escape with me?" She asked you.
"Of course." You say. "...But we need a plan, it's not like they'll just let us waltz in."
Later...
It was dark outside, with the streets being lit only by the sight of the lamps that hang from above.
Down the road there was a military base prohibited to enter for anyone except for lunarian officials. There was where they kept many of their equipment, including rockets.
Because the Lunarians have no reason to travel through space, let alone to any planets, the rockets are limited and kept in a secure location of the area.
Reisen was able to get some information from someone who is a much higher rank than both of you, as she happened to be a close friend also. By using that information you and Reisen were able to sneak into a unchecked section of the base.
As you made your way into the place, you noticed a pair of guards that were close by. They were guarding a specific building by standing in front of the entrance.
You and Reisen were hiding behind some crates, making sure you didn't get spotted by anyone else.
"Okay... We're close, but we need to figure out how we're going to get through those guards." Reisen said.
"Hm... How about this: You make some noise and then I'll go tackle them down and knock them out." You suggest.
"We risk getting caught if anyone finds the guards unconscious." Reisen says. "It be better to find a vent that we can both squeeze into and sneak in through there."
Both options are good, but you only have time to choose one.
What do you choose?
Chapter 131: Part 131
Summary:
You decide to go with Reisen's suggestion.
Chapter Text
"Okay, we'll do your idea." You say.
Reisen nodded back to you. You both sneak close to the building as you search for anything resembling a possible opening. Eventually finding a vent entrance that you and Reisen can go through.
You removed the gate as you checked inside to see if it's big enough to squeeze through, and sure enough it was. It led directly inside the building. How convenient.
You went in first, crawling through the small space as you made your way inside. It was dark, with only a bit of visible light allowing you to see anywhere. You moved through a bit, hearing Reisen getting inside the vent also.
Soon enough you reached the other side. You pulled yourself out and helped Reisen get back up. "You alright?" You asked her.
"Yeah. Lets hope no one notices the open vent." Reisen says. "It's dark here."
You look around, it was quite dark actually from where you are. The lights are off and all you can see is a bunch of piled up boxes in front of you. However there was a path you can walk through.
"We should be careful, you never know what kind of security they have." Reisen said.
"I doubt that it's that tight for a storage facility." You say while walking out of the path and into the open.
Suddenly all the lights turned on at once.
"Oh, they're motion activated." You say. At least it's easier to see now.
Looking around there were a bunch of crates, assuming they're full of machinery for vehicles.
"Thinking about it, why do we have so many supplies for transportation even though everyone in the Capital gets everywhere by foot?" You say.
Reisen shrugged. "All I know is this is where they keep their rockets."
"I see." You say. "Well we need to look around, hopefully there's something within this large building of boxes and crates.
You and Reisen looked around, but only seeing boxes and more boxes and more boxes and more boxes...
"...Reisen are you sure this is where they keep the rockets?" You ask.
"Yeah, least... I think so..." Reisen said.
"You think so???" You ask. "I thought you knew."
"Well... I just assumed they keep them here with all their other modes of transportation."
"Reisen... This is a storage facility, of course they wouldn't keep them here." You say, realizing how stupid it would be to keep an active rocket inside of a place like this. "Why would you think they would?"
"H-how would I know? I only decided to run away just 3 days ago! It's not like I know the Military Bases like the back of my hand!"
"So you're telling me you planned out everything but where to go?"
"I..."
You and Reisen stopped the moment you heard the sound of a pair of doors opening.
"Hey! Is something still in here!?" A guard's voice shouted out.
"Quick, we need to hide!" Reisen whispered loudly to you. She grabbed your hand and pulled you into a section full of boxes and hid there with you.
"Hey Cecilia, what are you doing?" A different voice called out.
"Oh, Wendy, I noticed the lights are still on here and thought that one of the workers was going overtime again." The first voice said.
"Geez, you and always being superstitious about stuff like that. C'mon, our shift is almost over." The second voice said.
You and Reisen waited, waiting for the voices to go away so that you both can leave again.
"...Hah...Good thing they didn't catch us." Reisen said.
"Yeah, good thing they-"
*click*
You pressed on something, it was on the ground and you can feel it.
Looking down you see a button.
And suddenly...
A trapdoor opened below you and Reisen, as you both fell in.
---
You opened your eyes, rubbing your head with pain.
"Ow... Who puts a trapdoor in a storage facility?" You say. "Reisen? Are you there?" You ask.
No response.
"Reisen?" You say again, raising your body up.
You look around, getting a more clear sight of your surroundings.
The place seems to be a narrow hallway. The design of the walls is far different from what the storage facility was. It feels more... futuristic.
You look forward, seeing a vivid green light at the distance. Walking towards it you notice a shadow that can be seen.
"Reisen? Are you there?" You ask again.
You move closer to the light, noticing that it is behind a slightly open door. You walked closer to it, as you pushed through...
It led down into another hallway. It was much brighter than the previous one, with the walls a clear see-through glass instead of the dark metallic texture of the previous area.
You looked out of one of the areas, noticing another room in there... Least that's what you think it is.
Suddenly, you see something jump at you, causing you to step back in shock. Fortunately the glass stopped the thing from hitting you as it quickly withdrew back.
You couldn't tell what it was. It was small definitely, but that's all you saw as it vanished.
You looked at the other side, seeing it was full of water. But there wasn't anything swimming inside the water. That makes sense as there is no aquatic life on the moon.
...Right?
You're getting off-track, you need to find Reisen. You went down further the hall until you reach a forked path.
The first path to your left was labeled "LAB", and the other to your right was labeled "EXIT".
This area is weird. Just what kind of place is it? You never seen or heard of anything like this ever in your life. You know that the Lunar Capital is highly advanced in technology, but this kind of place stands out.
Nonetheless, you decide to head left, as you assumed that by going right you would only head back outside.
---
The area you're in now is dark, quiet even, save for the echo of your footsteps. As you walked down, you notice the sights of some objects surrounding you.
They look to be vats, large clear ones that are filled with a strange liquid inside of them. There seem to be tens of them, possibly more.
As you walked down however, you notice that some of the vats had something floating inside of them.
One of them had what looked like a shriveled up ball of fruit. You thought it was strange that something like that is in there.
The one next to it was the same, only a bit bigger than the other ball. What was weird is the terminal next to it indicated that it still had brain waves, while the former was marked terminated.
You move down, seeing the same thing with similar balls of various shapes and sizes, though they are all alike to you.
But then you notice that some of the vats later down the hall were more... concerning.
One had not a ball, but more of a blob. It had a fleshy skin-like color, and it seemed to have been stretched out like muscles. The terminal next to it said that it had brain waves... and a pulse?
The next one was the same, only the blob inside had what looked like a small thing sticking out. It kind of resembled a limb, no, a finger.
There were a few more like that, all resembling various different shapes.
But it didn't stop there...
You turn the corner, leading you into a much bigger room, surrounded by vats after vats full of things in them.
They weren't balls or blobs, they were beings.
They looked like mauled figures of the dead, in their last moments of struggle before their lives were ended. They looked like immense pain was put upon them before their minds collapsed from the agony. They looked like they have been tortured, forced through rigorous activities that should've killed them a long time ago.
And they looked like moon rabbits.
You couldn't believe what you are seeing, these things... They were your own kind.
You looked at one of the distorted figures, seeing it was lacking a jaw and half its face.
...Suddenly an eye shot open, it stared at you greatly.
You couldn't move, the feeling of fear immense as you witness the rabbit look at you. It looked like it wanted to speak, but only gurgles came out of its mouth... or where it's mouth is supposed to be.
You didn't know what to say, or do...
You turn around, quickly moving down past the other vats that were in the area.
"Reisen? Reisen where are you?" You call out.
You're starting to feel worried more now. You know you shouldn't be in this area and you need to get out... But where is Reisen? Where could she be.
"Reisen!?" You call out again, beginning to run.
You pass by more figures, each one horrific in it's own way. There was one that looked like two people molded into one, one with it's organs in full display, one that had extra limbs.
All of this is disturbing, too disturbing.
"REISEN!!!" You call out again.
You managed to get out of the area full of vats, entering a more spacious place.
There, you see Reisen, standing in front of yet another vat.
"Reisen! There you are! Listen, this place is dangerous so-"
"..."
"...R...Reisen?" You ask.
"...Over here..." Reisen gestured for you to come over, and so you did.
You slowly walked across, the area being so quiet except for the sound of machinery running in the background. Reisen's shadow was illuminated by the light coming from the vat. You moved around her, looking up at the vat, expecting to see yet another amalgamation.
It was much worse...
You see a figure that had a face that you could recognize more than anyone else on the moon. Their hair was a lustrious shade of white, looking like it glowed in the vat. Their skin was fair, not having any scars or marks on them.
But the only thing that stood out was the hole in their stomach, and their lack of ears.
"No... It... It can't be..." You say. "S...Shirai?"
"...Look here Fargo..." Reisen said in a lowered tone.
Looking down there was a terminal. It not only showed a heart rate and brainwaves, but also an entry
Lunar Capital Archives #3227
The screen removes the text and several new lines start forming
Date: **/**/1969
Today I was given another specimen for 'project ubiquity'. It turned out she was a member of the Lunar Defense Corps, and just died in the latest battle of the Lunar War. But it doesn't matter to me that much, all moon rabbits are the same in my eyes.
It's a shame this one had to die. Other than it's lack or ears and the giant hole in its stomach I'm certain that they were beautiful in every other way.
But just like everyone else, they will help me in my research... I still remember the day when Lord Tsukuyomi instructed me to try and recreate the Hourai Elixir that Princess Kaguya drank centuries ago. It's astonishing that the most intelligent person on the moon was able to achieve the key to immortality, even if it goes against our ideologies.
Still, I always wondered why Lord Tsukuyomi became interested in the Hourai Elixir after Lady Yagokoro left. But I'm in no position to ask them myself.
This will be the 175443 specimen that I'll be given so far... That's a number I made up since I completely lost count over how many rabbits I was given.
End or Report
...
You know about the Hourai Elixir... It was something that the Brain of the Moon created, allowing anyone to drink it to achieve immortality to the absolute. It was a perfected substance. You learned that it was what led to the exile of Princess Kaguya.
So why... Why are they talking about it here?
"This... This... This is... What what am I..." You couldn't speak properly. "Shirai... She's... She's alive???"
"..." Reisen didn't respond. She only looked at the hole at her stomach.
"...She's going to end up like them..." You say. "I know it... She's going to end up like all the other rabbits down here...We have to get her out of here Reisen..."
"..."
"...Reisen?" You look at her, turning her around.
You only saw rage in her eyes, but also sadness. She looked like she had the whole world fall down on her in defeat.
"...We're just lab specimens Fargo..." Reisen said quietly. "...We always have been... We die in battle and come back as freaks..."
"..."
"...Eventually we'll end up like them if we stay here... Everyone who lives in the capital will end up like this..."
"...I couldn't agree more..." You say.
You know what you have to do...
Chapter 132: Part 132
Summary:
You decide to destroy the lab
Chapter Text
You went over around the vat, seeing there to be what looks like a control panel. It's likely what's keeping the entire place running at the moment.
You pulled out your weapon as you begin shooting at some of the screens and machinery. It begins to short circuit, but your weapon isn't powerful enough to truly destroy it.
You quickly ran out of bullets too, which makes sense since the weapon you were carrying doesn't hold much ammunition.
"Damn it..." You say, walking over to the control panel as you begin smashing the other screens using the empty weapon. "Damn it... Damn it damn it damn it!!!" You shouted.
A hand could be felt placed on your shoulder, looking back Reisen stood there still keeping that same expression from before.
"Step back..." She said quietly.
...You did as she said. She went in front of you, taking a deep breath as her eyes begin glowing a bright red.
You look at the control panel, as the screens that were still functioning begin to go haywire with data and information. Sparks begin flying out as several more screens start to blow up. Then the buttons, the wires themselves.
Then the whole thing blew up, as you and Reisen were sent back, hitting the previous vat.
---
You woke up, noticing pain all over your back. You were soaked in fluids and surrounded by shards.
"Ugh... That hurt..." You say, raising your head.
You look up, seeing the large fire that's in front of you. Your ears stop ringing and instead replaced with a siren going off.
"WARNING: SEVERE DAMAGE TO LABORATORY DUE TO SABOTOGE. AUTO-SELF-DESTRUCT SEQUENCE INITIATED" A speaker announced.
"Oh no... Oh no oh no no no!!!" You said, attempting to get up. You felt a surge of pain go all over your body as you tried to get up. You then turn to your right, seeing that Reisen is still there, but not awake.
"Hey... Reisen... Wake up already." You say.
"...Mnn... Fargo?" Reisen said, opening her eyes slowly. "...What happened?"
"The lab is about to blow up. We need to go now!" You shouted.
"What!?" Reisen shouted. "Why didn't you say so!?"
"I literally just woke up! We need to go!!!"
"O-okay!" Reisen said, attempting to get up. But as she did she quickly fell to the ground.
"Ack!!!" Reisen winced in pain. "My legs... I can't move them..."
"You can't?"
You look down at her legs, noticing several shards of metal stuck there. Luckily the bleeding seemed to have already stopped so blood loss isn't a problem.
"I-I'll carry you then." You say, helping her up. You picked her up as she rested on your back. "C'mon, lets get out of here."
"SELF-DESTRUCT SEQUENCE IN 5 MINUTES" The speaker announced.
You gotta move fast. You moved down the area full of vats of moon rabbits. You see several of them looking at you, some banging on the glass. You could even hear a few of them speak to you, begging for you to help them.
"H...el...p...u...sss...pl...ease..." One of the rabbits said.
"Sav....e....u.....s...." Another said.
The way they speak to you is creepy, you want nothing of it. You don't even have time to flee, you have to get out of here.
You moved out of there quickly, leaving the room full of vats.
"SELF-DESTRUCT SEQUENCE IN 3 MINUTES" The speaker announced.
You turn around the corner quickly, heading down the path labeled "EXIT".
Upon heading down the path, you reach a door, with a code pad on the right.
"A code pad!? We don't have time for this!!!" You shouted.
"SELF-DESTRUCT SEQUENCE IN 2 MINUTES"
Feeling desperate, you smash the code pad with your foot... and sure enough the door opened. Either you were lucky or the security budget was lower than you imagined it to be.
You quickly went through the door...
Only to find a singular rocket sitting there.
There was a sign hanging in front of it, saying "In case of Emergency, take pod to Earth."
...Correction, the budget was probably dirt cheap if this was a safety measure for a explosion.
And worst of all, it looks like the rocket is only big enough for one person.
...One...Person...
...
So this is it then... This is how the origin story of Reisen's past ends...
She gets into the pod and leaves, leaving you to blow up to smithereens with the rest of the building.
Well it could've been worse... You could've died in battle, executed for treason, or maybe spend the rest of your days in prison alongside Chang'e.
But it seems that fate made it this way.
And you know what you have to do.
You quickly take Reisen over to the rocket, opening the door as you took her off of you.
"Huh? Fargo? What are you doing?" Reisen asked you.
"I'm saving you." You say. Closing the door.
"Fargo? Fargo what are you talking about? Let me out of here!" Reisen said through the glass.
"No, you need to go Reisen. This is your one-way ticket out of here." You say.
"But... But you're not going to make it."
"SELF-DESTRUCT SEQUENCE IN 1 MINUTE"
"This rocket is only big enough for one person, and that's going to be you whether you like it or not!" You say.
"Fargo! I can't let you die for me. I need you to-"
"Go Reisen!!! I need you to get out of here! GO!!!" You shouted.
"...Please... I love you... I can't lose you too..." Reisen said in a sad tone...
"...Then let me promise you something." You say. "If you ever see someone who looks oddly similar to me helping an Elder Woman, then it's likely me, defying fate itself to be with you again."
Reisen looked at you, slowly forming a sad smile on her face. "...That's... That's the stupidest thing you have ever-"
*BEEP*
You slammed a button down, activating the rocket as it shoots out of the lab, through the hole, and out into the sky.
You look up, seeing the smoke dissipate slowly as you watch as Reisen leaves the moon.
"10...9...8...7..."
"Hah...Well... I guess this was fun and all..."
"6...5...4..."
"But at least I know how Reisen got to Earth." You say.
"3...2..."
You closed your eyes as the-
---
---
---
The image of a screen pops up in front of you. It resembles an old terminal from the 20th century, with green text appearing.
It reads: Lunar Capital Archives #****
The screen removes the text and several new lines start forming
Date: **/**/1969
...All of my work... years of research into the Hourai Elixir... gone...
Apparently someone got into my lab that was hidden underneath the transportation storage facility and messed around with some things.
Not only that, but the investigators discovered that one of the subjects I was experimenting on miraculously survived. Not only was the hole in her stomach gone, but she looked like she didn't receive a single scar or blemish.
She's living proof that the Hourai Elixir was a success!!! And no one knows it!!!
No one... But me...
And it shall stay that way.
...Whoever snuck into my lab clearly had it out for me. They must've figured out about the secrets of the missing rabbits. It's no wonder they blew up my lab.
Whether it was an assassin or a saboteur, they probably died along with the explosion. But that doesn't mean that I'm safe.
Thinking about it, why did I even bother agreeing to this assignment in the first place. Lord Tsukuyomi must be insane! Asking me, a lowly scientist who can't even pour a cup of sake for themselves without spilling to do something that only an omniscient god like Lady Yagokoro could achieve!
Was this to poke fun of me? To humiliate me!? It's no wonder, no wonder I was tasked with an impossible request.
But guess what? I did achieve the impossible! I DID THE IMPOSSIBLE AND NONE OF YOU WILL EVER KNOW!!! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! AAAAAHAHAHAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAHAHAHAHAHAHAAH-
End of Report
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
"Hey! Wake up already!" A voice shouted.
You felt a pillow hit your head. Despite it's softness it still hurt. You raise your head, looking around to find yourself in the room you went to bed to last night.
You lay your eyes on Tewi, who doesn't seem to be in a very pleasant mood at the moment.
"Geez, were you deaf or something? I tried to wake you up but you were like a corpse or something." Tewi said.
"Ugh... What time is it?"
"It's 2 hours past the time you were supposed to wake up. You gonna leave your master waiting longer or what?"
"2 hours!?" You say.
You quickly hopped out of bed, scrambling to get out of the room as you run out.
...Only to land in a pile of...
Chapter 133: Part 133
Summary:
Lego Bricks
Chapter Text
Pain, so much pain.
The infamous colorful shapes and stubs could be felt all over your body and feet. The pointiness of the edges and corners were a nostalgic yet tedious experience.
"Ow, ow ow ow ow..." You say, getting up while touching more bricks. "Ow ow... ow..."
"Ah... I knew that buying the whole box from Kourindou was worth it." Tewi said.
You walked out of the pile, but then slipped on some squishy stuff and fell back on the bricks.
"Owwwwwww...." You say.
Tewi walks over to you, looking down with a smug face.
"You need help?" She asked.
"Y-yeah..." You say.
Tewi reaches down, pulling you up by the hand.
"Ah, what would you do without me Fargo? I bet you'd be a lost human shivering in the cold right now, crying out in hunger."
"Was there a reason you went and did that to me?" You ask.
"Oh no reason, I was simply bored at the moment." Tewi said. "I was thinking of messing with Reisen today, but I'm still mad at her so decided that she won't get anything from me."
"..."
"...What? Why are you looking at me like that?" Tewi asked.
"Just trying to figure something out is all." You say.
"Oh? You're finally coming onto me?" Tewi said. "About time, I know of a few places we can-"
"No, not that." You say. "I'm just wondering if you're lonely or something."
"L-lonely?" Tewi said. "Pfft, why would I be lonely? I have plenty of friends and people to talk to, of course I wouldn't be lonely."
"You sure?"
"Geez, I'm certain that if I was lonely everyone would know. What, you comparing me to the satori girl now?"
"Satori?" You ask. "Why are you mentioning her?"
"Oh, you don't know yet?" Tewi said. "She was brought here about an hour ago."
"An hour?" You say. "Where?"
"Just down the hall in the clinic area. Why, you in love with her or-"
You stand up immediately and turn the other direction.
"Hey! Don't just leave while I'm talking to you!" Tewi shouted.
You ignore her as you move down the hall quickly, walking till you reach the area where the clinic is located.
You open the door, only to be greeted by Reisen.
"Oh, Fargo, you're awake." Reisen said.
"Reisen, is Satori here?" You ask.
"Oh, sorry, I was going to tell you earlier but I got busy helping master with stuff... Wait did you just get out of bed or something?"
"Um... Yeah..." You say. "Tewi woke me up and tricked me to fall into a pile of bricks."
"Ugh, seriously? She's targeting you now or something?" Reisen said. "It's like she wants people to hate her, but she's not an Amanojaku now is she?"
"No... But I think that she's-"
"Hello!!!"
You and Reisen turn around, startled by Koishi's presence.
"Ack! It's her!" You say, hiding behind Reisen.
"H-hey Fargo, calm down. Why are you acting nervous?"
"Why is she here!? Don't let her hold any knives!"
"Geez, relax, she's not going to hurt you. Right Koishi?" Reisen asked.
"Yep! As long as they don't hurt my hat!" Koishi patted her hat. "Oh, my sis wanted to talk to you."
"Me?" You ask.
"Yep, she apparently wanted to apologize or something. I don't know, I'm just the messenger. But I can tell that she seems to be very sorry for something."
"O-okay then." You say.
"...Well that's all! I'm gonna play with the rabbits and feed them carrots!" Koishi said, walking away while moving her arms around.
"...Does she come here often?" You ask Reisen.
"Not always, but I have caught her a few times eating some of Princess's cookies before." Reisen said. "But anyways, I suppose it wouldn't hurt for you to go see Satori right now."
Do you go see Satori?
Chapter 134: Part 134
Summary:
You decide to go see Satori
Chapter Text
"I suppose not." You say. "Just... Make sure I don't undergo any epileptic trips." You say.
"Um... Okay." Reisen said. "I'll be out here for now."
You walk through the door, entering into the clinic.
---
It was a small hallway, which makes sense as the clinic only makes up a small portion of Eientei. It didn't always exist here though, but was added in after the location of the area was discovered, according to your understanding at least. There were a few rooms left and right of you, marked with the names of different patients.
Though as of now, there aren't any patients at Eientei since not that many people get sick, let alone injured enough to require a long-term stay. You walk down to the 2nd door on the right, labeled "Satori Komeiji", and give it a knock.
"...Come in..." A voice inside said.
You enter, being welcomed with the sight of a very, very tired-looking pink haired girl sitting on a bed. She looked at you with emotionless eyes at first, but then brightened up a bit upon realizing that it was you.
"Ah, it's nice to see you again." Satori said.
"It's... nice to see you as well." You say, albeit a bit awkwardly. "How... How are things?"
"Oh, they're good, I've been able to spend sometime with my sister after she came home earlier than expected." Satori said. "I was so happy when she came home, it made my heart flutter with joy."
While she smiled, you notice that the third eye she has is covered by something. "Say, what's with your eye? If you don't mind me asking."
Satori suddenly dropped her smile and immediately look down at her eye, all bandaged up and covered. "Oh... I... Stabbed it with a knife yesterday." Satori said.
"I'm sorry... What?" You ask with shock in your eyes.
"...I always wondered by my sister sealed her third eye in the first place. It was brutal when I first found her crying covered in her own blood. I held her for hours, begging Orin to stop the bleeding before it was too late... And then the sister I knew changed after that... And so I thought maybe... I should see how Koishi views everything... So I... just..." Satori slowly stopped speaking as she looked down at her third eye. "...Thankfully Okuu and Orin stopped me before I did anything fatal to myself. They wrapped up the injuries to the best of their ability, and then the rabbit girl from earlier dragged me all the way to here with Eirin and are making me stay till I fully recover..."
"...I just... Can't understand what you were thinking when you did that." You say.
"Neither can I... For once I couldn't read anyone's minds... It felt, quiet... so peaceful, not having your mind be filled with the thoughts of others... But I couldn't even hear myself think, let alone feel during those moments... Eirin said that it will take a while before my eye can fully heal again... But then she also mentioned that I have a severe case of depression and instead of taking any risks she's instructing me to stay here and take therapy with her until I begin showing signs of improvement... So in other words: I fucked up badly."
Satori shifted her arms, tugging the sleeves as she looked around. "...I like to apologize to you... I put you at harms way even though you were only trying to help me." She said with a slight bow. "Though you didn't do much, you saved my life, I wouldn't be here had you not intervened."
"I appreciate it... Just, make sure you take better care of yourself next time." You say. "You have a lot of people who do care for you, just next time make sure you go to them if you ever have any problems."
"I know..." Satori said. "Orin and Okuu are probably worried sick for me now."
"Of course they are, because they care for you."
Satori look at you again, her eyes looking like they lack color. "Do you mind telling me your name again? Fargo was it?"
"Fargo Kaninchen." You say. "But I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say without flaw.
Satori looked at you with deafening silence. Then...
She stared to laugh. She laughed with a expression of joy. She laughed with so much joy on her face.
"hahahaha!!! That's the best thing I heard in a while! What kind of name is that!?" Satori laughed.
You weren't expecting her to laugh...
But that's a good thing so you let it slide.
You hear the door slide open behind you as Eirin walks in. "Oh, Fargo. What are you doing here?"
"Oh, I was told that Satori wanted to apologize to me so I did." You say.
"Well that's nice, but I need to speak to her alone so if you don't mind..." Eirin said.
"Oh, yes, sorry." You say, moving to leave.
"Oh Fargo wait." Satori said.
You turn around, looking at Satori again.
"...Thank you." She said.
"N...No problem." You say, blushing a bit as you leave.
---
A couple of hours have passed, since the moon festival is tomorrow all the rabbits are hard at work, trying to get everything up and running. So far several stands and booths have already been made, mochi has been pounded, and everything is right on schedule.
What are you doing right now?
Chapter 135: Part 135
Summary:
You're talking to Reisen
Chapter Text
The two of you were sitting at the veranda, treating yourselves to some snacks and tea. You can see the rabbits (the ones that aren't slacking off) busy making with many of the preparations.
You were talking to Reisen about what just happened with Satori.
"So after you told me about what happened with Satori, I knew I had to inform Master. To be honest we've been keeping an eye out for her for a while now. Sometimes Orin comes up to the surface to give us a report on her condition. I thought for a while that she was getting better, but after hearing what you gone through, it was better to be safe than sorry... So after you went to bed, Master and I went down to the underground and brought her to Eientei." Reisen said.
"Did she resist or anything? I remember Orin telling me that Satori didn't like going to the surface." You ask.
"Well, when we first saw her, she was in pretty bad shape. While her wounds were patched up when we got there, had we arrived later... Well I think we only need one Koishi in our lives."
"Why's that?" You ask.
"It's... a very, very long story... one that will probably never have an end either..." Reisen said, looking to the side.
You're not sure what she is talking about, almost implying that she's referring to something...
Suddenly a tiny object hit Reisen in the head. You noticed a gap that was there only to vanish immediately.
"Ow!" Reisen said, rubbing her head.
You look at the object that hit her. It was a small rock with a piece of paper attached to it. You picked it up and removed the paper.
We don't talk about THAT. Be glad I showed mercy to your kind. -Yukari
Strange...
"You alright?" You ask Reisen.
"Yeah... Just bad memories is all..." Reisen said. "Anyways... We brought Satori up to the surface. She didn't say or do anything while we took her to Eientei so we can fix her eye. Afterwards Master diagnosed her with severe depression and is now making her stay here until further notice."
"And she's okay with that?" You ask.
"It's not a matter of if she's okay with it or not Fargo. If we just ignore the pleas of those who are in need of help, then we're no better than bystanders watching a rabbit get eaten by a wolf..."
"Oh, I see then." You say.
"...Hey, you okay?" Reisen asked you.
"Yeah, I'm just wondering... What would've happened had I come to Chireiden the day before?" You say. "The thought, of arriving too late would be... Well I don't know exactly... But had I not made the choice when I was doing the deliveries is-"
"Fargo. No one would've blamed you had Satori done it... You've done so much already." Reisen said.
"...Sigh...I suppose the past few days have been a lot for me. Going from place to place, meeting so many people, encountering so many different scenarios...And to think I only been here for almost a week, yet it felt like months." You leaned back a bit, looking up at the sky.
A couple of minutes have passed in silence. Then Reisen moved so she can get behind you. She placed her hands on your shoulders and began pressing on them.
"W-what are you doing?" You ask, a bit surprised by this sudden action.
"I learned this from the Princess. Somedays when I'm stressed or fatigued she would come and rub my shoulders for me. It's strange, normally it's the other way around but we got so used to it we take turns now." Reisen said. "I also learned a thing or two from Master when I was studying anatomy. For example..."
Reisen pressed hard on a certain spot on your shoulder, and as if it happened in a snap, all the weight on your shoulders turned to dust.
"Ohhhohohhhohhhohhhh~~~~~" You said. "That feels good~"
"I could always teach you sometime. I bet those hands of yours would be excellent in massaging others." Reisen said in a softer tone.
"What are you implying?" You ask.
"Oh...Nothing. Nothing at all." Reisen giggled. "Perhaps you'll be the one giving me shoulder rubs in the future eh?"
...
Wait what?
You felt a blush on your face, realizing the situation that is upon you right now.
You were oblivious earlier, but that comment just now is likely implying that Reisen has feelings for you.
But... could it be?
Yes, the dreams of being on the moon could help clear some things up, but that doesn't exactly mean that they are true. After all they're only dreams right?
Right?????
Besides, you only been in Gensokyo for 6 days. No one falls in love in just 6 days. It's nothing like Romeo and Juliet!
There's only one way to find out though...
Chapter 136: Part 136
Summary:
You ask Reisen what she thinks about you
Chapter Text
"Say, Reisen." You ask. "What do you think of me?"
"Hm?" Reisen looked down at you with a curious look on her face. "What I think of you?"
"Yeah."
"Well, you're hardworking for one... A bit odd in some cases, but also adaptable in various situations. And you're a quick learner also, much faster in learning compared to me."
"Oh... Well thank you." You say. "But what else do you think about me?"
"What else? What do you mean by that Fargo?" Reisen asked, rubbing another spot that made you feel so relaxed.
"Well, I mean I want to know if-"
"Reisen Reisen!!!" A rabbit ran over to you and Reisen, flailing her arms in a panicked state. "We need you at the clinic! Now now now!!!"
"Huh? How come? Did Master need something?" Reisen asked.
"She needs help. She needs help! Sojmeone's going into labor!" The rabbit said.
"Labor!?" Reisen asked with concern and shock. She quickly stood up as she ran back into the building.
A couple of seconds later, she stepped out as she looked down at you.
"Hey! Fargo! Guess what? We're going to teach you how to deliver a baby!" Reisen said.
"D-do I really have to?" You ask.
"Yes you do! Now come with me!" Reisen said, forcefully pulling you upward on your feet. She took you to the clinic area as you see Eirin wearing a mask, some gloves, and holding some towels.
"Udonge, thank good you're here." Eirin said. "Put some gloves on and help me in the other room asap."
"Got it." Reisen said. "But what about Fargo?"
"They'll watch. It's obvious they're nowhere ready to deliver a baby. But it will be a good learning process."
"Q-quick question." You ask. Eirin and Reisen look at you. "But, we are delivering a normal human child right?"
"...No." Eirin said. "We currently have an Oni in the other room who is expecting triplets. They actually came in about a month ago so we can track their progress. Unfortunately it seems that all 3 kids have developed their horns while in the womb. Meaning that we'll have to perform a C-Section."
"A C-Section?"
"In other words, we'll need to surgically open the mother's abdomen and carve out her womb."
"O-o-ohhhh nooooo..." You say with dread.
"C'mon Fargo. It's not that bad. One time I had to help deliver 14 Tengu in one day all by myself. Also did you know that Tengu have a certain holiday where they all mate at once to bring in the next generation of Tengu?" Reisen said.
"I'm certain that's what they call mating season Reisen." You say.
"I thought so too until Aya explained it to me. But there's no time to talk. We have a mother of 3 oni children and you're gonna watch. Now come along Fargo. Oh, and try not to get too close to the mother... An Oni's strength increases tenfold when under immense pain."
As you hear the sound of a woman screaming loudly in the other room, you felt immense paranoia, knowing that you're going to experience something that you're not mentally prepared for yet. But unfortunately for you, Eirin and Reisen aren't going to let you go.
So, having no choice, you step into the other room and-
*BZZZZZZZZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a very special broadcast brought to you by none other than Yukari Yakumo Koishi Komeiji
...
Aya Productions Presents...
The Koishi Parable
---
This is a story of a girl named Koishi.
Koishi lived in a big palace deep underground.
Koishi's life was simple: She wandered around the palace and played with all of her sister's pets.
Her sister is named Satori, she is the older sister of Koishi.
Satori always kept an eye on her sister, making sure she didn't stray too far from home and didn't get into trouble.
Whenever people outside the palace come by, Satori would always ask her sister to come inside, for it wasn't safe to get close to anyone else.
Satori would always make sure that Koishi never left the palace. For she feared that if her sister were to leave, she wouldn't come back. But Koishi didn't mind living in the Palace, so long she continues to play freely.
This is what Koishi did every day of every month of every year, and although others might have considered it soul rending, Koishi relished every moment she had with her sister, as though she had been made exactly for this life.
And Koishi was ḧ̸̼̞͔̬̆͆̔̒̔͒̀̈́͒̎̚͝͝ą̶̨̨̰̞̦̝͖̩̞̃̈́̃̈́̐̂̕͜p̶͉͎̱͕̦͎̈́̈́̈́̉̍͛̉p̷̢̡̛̥̙͓̥̜̥̬̰̽͊͂́̈́̓́̾͐́̄̕̕͝y̴̡͙̖̟̳͖̣̳̟̱̠̠̘̮̋̄̐̎̈́̏̐̌̑͛̇ͅ.
But one day... Something peculiar happened...Something that would forever change Koishi. Something she would never quite forget.
Koishi woke up one morning, and had been sitting at the dining table for nearly an hour when she realized that not one single living being had arrived yet.
No one had shown up to greet her, offer to play, or even say 'hi'. Never in all her years at this palace had this happened, this complete isolation.
Something was very clearly wrong. Shocked, frozen solid, Koishi found herself unable to move for the longest time, but as she came to his wits and regained her senses, she got up from his desk and stepped out of her office.
All of her pets were gone. What could it mean? Koishi decided to go to the living room, perhaps she had simply missed a memo.
When Koishi came to a set of two open doors, she entered the door on her left.
Chapter 137: Part 137
Summary:
Go Right
Chapter Text
This was not the correct way to the living room, and Koishi knew it perfectly well. Perhaps she wanted to stop by the kitchen first, just to admire it.
The kitchen was sublime, a work of art. What was it about this room that called so deeply and so personally to Koishi? It's grace? It's subtle charm? No. Koishi knew... it was something deeper. Something... darker.
Wait a minute, since when was that knife on the counter?
Strange, there shouldn't be any knives at the moment... And yet there is one there... Weird, the script never included knives for this moment... Then again we weren't supposed to head into the kitchen to begin with and-
Um... Koishi... Why are you holding that knife?
You should be careful with that, it's quite sharp. I suggest you put it back down so we can go head to the living room.
shank
K-Koishi? What are you doing? That's your eye! Your third eye! Oh no no no... This is bad! Why would you stab your eye like that!?
Quick, pull the knife out! There should still be time to heal the wound!
Yes, yes... just like that... Now place the knife on the ground and-
shank
Koishi!!! Are you nuts!?!? Who stabs their eye twice! Doesn't that hurt!
Oh god! There's blood... I think... I'm gonna be sick... Oh no...
Please Koishi... Just put the knife down... You don't need to do this...
shank shank shank shank shank shank shank shank shank shank
collapse
Oh no...
This is bad... This is very, very bad...
And to think Satori and the others are in the living room right now, having set up a surprise party for you. Yet here you are, lying on the ground in a pool of your own blood...
Honestly, I don't know what you are thinking... If only I noticed the knife earlier...
"Koishi? Where are you? Lady Satori wanted to... AAAAAHHHHHH!!!"
And now the cat has noticed... This is just great. Lets hope she can inform Satori and the others... It's not like I can be much help now...
Sigh... God I miss Stanley...
...
Oh, you're all still here?
Um... Normally the blonde woman would be doing this but... I guess I'll have to... *ahem*
Thank you for enjoying The Koishi Parable. For now we should get back to our main story.
And I'll be needing a cup of coffee after what I witnessed...
*BZZZZZZZZZZZZZT*
---
You sat on a chair. Traumatized by what you had to go through today...
You heard of Oni having tremendous strength... but the mother snapped a tungsten pole with her bare hands, and ended up breaking Eirin's spine.
It's a good thing that she's immortal though. Still, the amount of blood that sprayed on you definitely wasn't pleasant.
And the newborns... They each had a grip strength of a fully grown gorilla...
After all of this, you're now reconsidering having children in the future if that's what you'll have to go through.
It's been a few hours since the experience. Currently it's around the afternoon.
You felt something cool touch your cheek. Looking to your left you see a bottle of water. And also Reisen standing there, offering it to you.
"Oh, thank you." You say, taking the water and drinking it. You've been feeling dehydrated since the delivery process.
"How are you feeling?" Reisen asked you.
"I'm fine. After taking a shower I started to feel better... but I told you I wasn't prepared for delivering a baby."
"Yeah sorry about that... But when would we ever get a real-life experience like that? Plus, I wanted to teach you something since you're my apprentice and all." Reisen said.
The two of you sat there in silence for a bit afterwards, unsure of what to say next.
"...Hey, I wanted to ask but..." You began.
"Hm?" Reisen look at you with curiosity. "What is it?"
"..."
A part of you wanted to ask Reisen if she likes you, but it's better that you hold off on that.
You're not ready to ask that question yet.
"It's noting actually... I forgot what I was talking about." You say.
"...Y'know, something's got me wondering about you right now." Reisen said. "I talked about my life to you before... But what was your life like?" Reisen asked.
"My life?"
"Yeah... I mean, what exactly were you doing before you came to Gensokyo?" Reisen asked.
...That's a really good question.
The last memory you had before you arrived to Gensokyo was walking out on the street only to have an encounter with an oncoming truck (least that's what you think happened)
But what was your life like anyways?
Chapter 138: Part 138
Chapter Text
"I was born. I lived to the age of nineteen, but never got past the age of fifteen. I died alone. My corpse was never found. The End." You say with a smile.
"..." Reisen looked at you with confusion. "Um... There's more right?"
"Nope. That's it." You say.
"But... That doesn't make sense. How do you die at 15 but live till 19?"
You shrug. "I dunno."
"You're lying are you?"
"Can't say."
"Why?"
"Because."
"Because what?"
"I dunno."
"Fine, if you don't want to tell me then don't." Reisen said with a huff. "Geez, and here I thought I would get to know more about you."
"I'm sorry." You say.
"Sorry?" Reisen asked.
"Yes, I am."
"Why are you sorry?"
"Because I am."
"That doesn't make sense."
"It doesn't, but I'm still sorry."
"Why do you keep on saying you're sorry?"
"I dunno."
"Why are you acting like a robot all of a sudden?"
"I dunno."
"...Say something different or I'll shoot you in the head." She said, pulling her finger at you.
"Wah! Okay okay! It was a joke! I was only messing with you!" You say, quickly raising your hands in surrender.
Reisen didn't lower her finger as she pressed it at your forehead. You closed your eyes expecting it to hurt.
"Bam!" Reisen shouted.
You thought you got hit, but nothing happened. You open your eyes to see Reisen looking at you with a mischievous smile.
"Gotcha." She said.
"...Oh noooooo... You got me..." You say, acting like you got hit. "Oh what a cruel world we live in~"
You kneel to the ground, reaching your hand out to the sky, grasping at the image of a sun while a rabbit sings in a very deep base voice in the background.
"Oh thou th're is still much to liveth f'r! so many opp'rtunities gone liketh yond, f'r mine own heart and soul shalt beest vanquish'd!" You say, speaking like you're in a Shakespeare Novel.
"But t hast been done. The bullet in thee hast already poison'd thy heart and mind. Thee shall kicketh the bucket not a coward but a brave youth." Reisen said, going along with the moment.
"If 't be true only i couldst gust the lips of the one who is't i loveth most, only then shall the life i has't liveth so far beest w'rth."
"While i might not beest the one thee seeketh, wouldst t beest an hon'r to fulfill thy wisheth?"
"But wherefore though? thee shouldst keepeth thy lips to the one who is't thou art looking f'r right? certes i am not the one thee desire."
"But t is thee who is't i loveth most. T wast fate itself yond did pull us togeth'r, and yet t's eke the one who is't shalt pulleth us apart."
"Then cometh to me! cometh to me anon and sealeth thy kisseth! so yond fate shall gaze as our lasteth moments togeth'r shall beest in joy n'r s'rrow!"
"Then so beest t."
Reisen kneels down to you, while the base rabbit in the background reaches its climax as it sings triumphantly in a high volume.
Loud enough for the wolf tengu across the mountain to hear and howl in unison, believing it to be one of their own.
Causing the crow tengu to go berserk, trying to calm everyone down but the commotion was too much.
Leading to the Kappa, who were so busy at work trying to get everything set up for Moriya Shrine's Moon Festival to be thwarted by said tengu, dismantling everything they have set up.
Resulting in the likes of Sanae to get sad, watching everything her two goddesses worked for to suddenly crumble down in an instant.
Angering Kanako and Suwako, who used their powers simultaneously to cause a storm so big, lightning set the mountain on fire.
Alerting the attention of a peculiar shrine maiden...
And then the song ended. With you and Reisen looking at each other face to face, your lips inches apart.
As you both suddenly came to the realization of what just happened.
"Did... did we?" You began.
"Um... I think we..." Reisen also began.
"I-I wasn't expecting you to... I thought you were only joking around like me." You say.
"So was I! I thought you weren't going to go as far as to-"
"Udonge." A stern voice called out.
Reisen froze, looking up to see Eirin standing there, not looking very happy in the slightest.
"Y-y-y-y-y-yes Master?????" Reisen asked.
"Have you seen Tewi by chance? She was supposed to keep watch of the rabbits hard at work for the festival tomorrow." Eirin said in a more calm tone.
"Um... No... Have you seen her Fargo?" Reisen asked you.
"Earlier... But that was a few hours ago so I haven't seen her since." You say.
"Geez... And especially when I need her now... Alright then, since Tewi isn't here I'm instructing you to lead the rabbits for the afternoon. Can you do that?" Eirin asked Reisen.
"But the rabbits don't listen to me that well. They listen to Tewi." Reisen said.
"Not a viable excuse Udonge. Or would you rather volunteer for the punishment I already have planned for Tewi later?"
"I'll do it!" Reisen said immediately. "C'mon Fargo! Lets go discipline some rabbits!" She said as she grabbed your hand.
...Only to release it and grab hold of your arm instead. You notice the blush on her face as she switched her hold on you.
You were also blushing... But decided to stay quiet.
---
It was already late in the evening. You weren't expecting it to take so long to get all the preparations done. It seemed that without Tewi, the rabbits were a lot less productive. It would certainly explain Tewi's position here at Eientei. Though you always had the impression she was a freeloader.
Regardless, you are tired. Since there was so much to do, you and Reisen had to divide the jobs.
You were in charge of...
Chapter 139: Part 139
Chapter Text
You were in charge of Mochi Pounding. And it was so tiring because of what you had to deal with.
earlier...
"Um... Excuse me... Hello can I..."
There were a bunch of rabbits that were lazing around or talking to one another. No one was actually pounding the mochi save for one smol rabbit trying their hardest.
You were trying to be nice though, so that you can gain the rabbit's respect.
"If everyone can pay attention." You say. "I like it if you all can go pound some mochi for tomorrow."
The rabbits continue to talk. You notice one bunch purposefully walking away from the scene.
"H-hey! Come back!" You shout at them.
You managed to get their attention, but only for a few seconds as they ignore you and resume their conversation.
"Why is no one listening to me?" You tell yourself.
"Cawze yuh haven't given us a reason to." One rabbit said. They looked a lot like Tewi, with the only difference is their hair being a light brown.
"Really? Do tell." You say.
"Look buddy, dere's hundreds of us here. Yuh with me? We doan wanna do wawhk and neithuh do yuh, yet you're de one expectin' de rest of us tuh get our hands dirty. Right?" They spoke with a brooklyn accent (which is strange because you're in Gensokyo, Japan and Brooklyn is on the other side of the globe, least according to your understanding).
"S-sorry, I just want to make sure that the festival-"
"Festival, smestival. Yuh got me so fahr? Who cares, or what? All everyone does is stare at de moon and ponduh deir existence. Yuh with me? Sure, mochi's great and all but I could care less. Ya' dig?" The rabbit said.
"I...I..."
You kneel to the ground, unsure of what to do. The rabbit does make a point, but you need to get the mochi done else there will be 0 progress. And who knows what Eirin would do to you and Reisen if you fail to complete the work.
"I don't know what to do..." You say in defeat.
"Oh wow, wasn't expectin' ya tuh give up so easily. Okay?.. Y'know what, since you're a friend of Tewi I'll do ya a favawh dis time. Ya' dig?" The rabbit said.
"Really?" You say, looking at them.
"Sure, infact it's real easy tuh motive de rabbits. Right?.. Hey Luna! Okay?!! Do de ting! Okay?!!" The rabbit called out to someone.
Suddenly, another rabbit appeared. They looked more like Reisen if she was a foot shorter and went through a chuunibyou phase one time.
"You sure? You know how needy she gets whenever I do it?" The girl named Luna said.
"Of cawhse of cawhse, I'll even getcha some dango latuh tonight in exchange. Okay?"
"Very well. But I want the Seiran-Flavor special." Luna said.
You watch as the approaches one peculiar rabbit who was lying on the ground, looking very, very tired. You watch as Luna kneels down by their side and starts speaking.
"Hey... Macho... Do you mind helping us make mochi?" She asked in a very calm voice.
"...Denied." The rabbit spoke in a deep tone. "I hate mochi. I despise it after I lost my mother to a bear. I killed the bear and ate its cubs to prove a point. It has nothing to do with mochi but I hate it regardless."
"Sigh... everytime... Why must I do this..." Luna whispered to herself. "If you make the mochi... I'll sit on your face." She told Macho.
Suddenly, the rabbit sprang upward. It was so quick, it looked like they rotated their entire body 90 degrees as they stood straight, with a gust of wind blowing behind them. It was so intense that it alerted some of the other rabbits as Macho quickly goes and grab the biggest mallet they have in their weapons closet(yes the rabbits have a weapons closet, don't ask what's inside) and began pounding the mochi at rapid pace.
Seeing Macho hard at work started motivating the other rabbits to get started as well, grabbing their mallets and pounding the mochi.
You were surprised at how easy that looked.
"See, or what? What did I tell yuh?" The brooklyn rabbit said.
"I-I'm impressed... How did you know that was gonna work?" You asked.
"Simple really, us rabbits are easy tuh persuade when it comes tuh our kinks. Yuh got me so fahr?"
"Kinks?" You ask.
"Eh, doan wawhry about it."
This went on for a good hour, and by then you managed to get all the mochi done.
All the rabbits celebrated in victory, having gotten their work done so quickly. Even you were impressed by all the mochi they pounded.
All 50000 pounds of mochi.
That's... a lot of mochi.
It was all piled up and formed a pyramid, scaling so tall that everyone outside the bamboo forest could see it.
"I... I think this is too much mochi." You say.
"Really? Dis is enough tuh feed de pink ghost fawh a week if I reckon."
"Yeah, but where are we going to store all of this for tomorrow?"
"I'll take care of it." Macho said. They walk over to the mochi pile, grab it by the platform it's standing on...
And threw it high up into the air. So high that you're almost certain it's heading for the moon right now.
You, were left speechless.
"Aw darn, I guess we need tuh make mawh mochi." The Brooklyn Rabbit said. "You're gonna help us right, or what?"
---
You ended up spending the next 3 hours pounding more mochi alongside the rabbits. You never knew how hard it was till you lifted the mallet, and good god those things are heavy. It was like lifting a baby elephant that just ate 2 whole watermelons using a stick. Your arms are so sore that they feel like branches from a dead tree.
Right now you're sitting back on the veranda, admiring the sound of crickets in the night. It was starting to get dark, but still bright enough to see through some of the bamboo.
A few moments have passed, and you heard footsteps come your way, you look to your right and see Reisen..
Who looked even more exhausted than you.
"Oh hey, how did it-"
"Lets just say I almost got my face torn off by a razor machine and leave it at that." Reisen said.
"...That bad?"
"Oh you have no idea." Reisen said, sitting down right next to you, only to move a bit to the side so there was some distance.
Despite looking fatigued, she still remained blushing.
"...Hey, you wanna talk about what happened earlier?" You say.
"...Honestly Fargo... There's so much to say... I mean where do I even begin?" Reisen said. "I know it was at the spur of the moment... But... I didn't think we were gonna kiss like that."
You didn't respond to that, since you were blushing, remembering the feeling of it, even if it was only for a second.
"...Is...Is it wrong?" You ask. "Because we're technically master and student?"
"...To be fair, I never considered you my student, I only went along with what master said because it just fit well... Plus I could never see myself earning the title of 'master' anytime soon."
"But you made me call you that when I first started here."
"That was a joke Fargo." Reisen said. "I only wanted to see how it would feel to have superiority. I only realized that it wasn't something I want..."
"Then... Do you just not like the kiss?" You ask.
Reisen blushed to the side once again, looking elsewhere. "Fargo... What I may be saying right now may be crazy... But can you promise me you won't laugh?"
You look at Reisen's face, seeing how serious she is about this.
"I promise I won't laugh. Whatever it is, I doubt I'll laugh at you for it."
"E-even though what I may say would sound stupid and idiotic?"
"Reisen, I've been through all over Gensokyo by now. I'm certain whatever you do won't be as dumb compared to what else I seen."
"O-okay..." Reisen took a deep breath before starting. "Fargo... Are you actually-"
Reisen stopped, she looked out in the distance, her ears perking up straight as if she noticed some kind of danger.
"W-what's wrong Reisen?" You ask.
"It's her." Reisen said.
"Her?"
"Yeah, but I don't know what she's here for... No one caused any incidents have they?"
"Not that I know of."
"Then why is she here???" Reisen said.
"Who?" You ask.
"...I thought things were acting strange when Cirno came to my shrine, yelling at me for hurting her friend even though I did nothing wrong." A voice called out.
You look out at the distance, seeing where the voice is coming from.
"Of course, I beat her up in the end after she started to freeze my tea set in anger. Then I started hearing about the rumored peddler whose been making some commotion all over Gensokyo. I visited the Scarlet Devil Mansion, the Forest of Magic, Chireiden, Myouren Temple, Hakugyokurou, and even Youkai Mountain." The voice said.
As you looked, you notice the sight of what looks like someone wearing red.
"And it was a mess in a few of those places. Chireiden and Myouren Temple especially. I thought it was strange hearing someone attempting to commit suicide. But then I saw the damage done at Myouren Temple the other day and I knew something was up."
As they get closer, you noticed a red ribbon on their head.
"I even read the newspaper to see if there was something going on that I should know of. And it turns out, there was some clues... 'Interview with an outsider, the rumored peddler themselves'. And while I'm certain that Aya was exaggerating, I'm deeply concerned over whether or not this 'Fargo' person is planning on capturing all the women in Gensokyo for their own."
Finally, the person came out of the shadows. They were wearing what looks to be a shrine maiden's outfit. Consisting of red-white colors, a skirt, a sleeveless top, some socks and shoes, a red ribbon on the head, and a purification rod. Their hair was a dark brown with brownish eyes, and somewhat fair skin.
Though it's the first time you're seeing this person, it feels like they're really, really important somehow.
"But when I tried to ask Yukari if she knew anything about an outsider walking around Gensokyo... All I got was a half-baked response, so obviously that meant she did something again." The girl said.
They walk up to you, but stopped at a good distance away from the veranda. You stood up with Reisen, looking at the girl.
"Um... Reisen? Who is she?" You ask Reisen.
"Sigh... That's Reimu Hakurei." Reisen said.
"You're Reimu?" You ask.
"Correct." The girl named Reimu said. "I believe you're Fargo right?"
"Yep, but I also go by-"
"Nobody cares." Reimu interrupted you. "Now, I'll make this real quick and easy so I can go back home and relax: Since you're an outsider, and obviously not a citizen of the human village, you are basically a free target to all the youkai who wander around here. I don't know how you managed to get this far without some stray youkai jumping at you, but you're not safe here in Gensokyo."
"I'm not safe?" You ask.
"Yes, and because you failed to take up residence at the human village, I have no choice but to send you back, for your safety."
"W-what!?" Reisen shouted, looking at Reimu. "Reimu, you can't just go make a decision for Fargo like that!"
"I'm just doing my job is all. Like how you should be taking care of Eirin and Kaguya right now." Reimu said.
"But-"
"Fargo is a human, eventually everyone will figure out that they're not native to Gensokyo and would likely target them, be it for food or for sport."
"You don't know that. What about Sumireko? Or Sanae even? They're both outsiders."
"Sanae is a wind priestess, who lives in Moriya Shrine. No youkai is stupid enough to attack her, let alone when her goddesses are around. And Sumireko shows up here via dreams, so technically it doesn't count... But you, you're not from here, and you need to go."
"Don't choose for them!" Reisen said. "How do you know that they're even here in the first place!?"
"Tewi told me." Reimu said.
"T...Tewi did?" Reisen asked, her voice filled with a bit of anger and hurt.
"She did. She told me everything about Fargo, and how much of a threat you are to everyone if you stay any longer."
"You know that she's lying though. Fargo would never-"
"I could easily knock you out if I want to." Reimu threatened Reisen. "You really want that?"
"..." Reisen remained silent.
"Good." Reimu looked at you. "Now... Come with me Fargo, I'll take you to Hakurei Shrine so we can send you back."
You see Reimu hold her hand out, as if she was expecting you to grab it.
You never considered the possibility that you could ever go back to the outside world. In fact, the thought of being able to go back is intriguing if not compelling.
But... You already made so many memories here in Gensokyo at the same time. You made so many friends, discovered several locations, and even had some fun along the way.
So why stop now? Why go back to the boring life you were living then?
Lets make a choice...
Chapter 140: Part 140
Summary:
You Reject Reimu's hand and stay in Gensokyo
Chapter Text
You look at Reimu's hand, and you step back. Reimu looks up at you, looking a bit confused.
"Huh? What do you think you're doing?" Reimu said.
"I'm not going." You say. "As compelling it may be to return back home, I am living a much better life here. So I refuse to go back."
"Fargo..." Reisen said softly.
"So while I appreciate you coming all the way here, I'm happy where I'm at."
Reimu looks at you unfazed, she let out a sigh.
"Yare yare daze... Humans being stubborn no matter the situation." Reimu said. "I see that you intend on staying where you are at. But..."
"But... What?" You ask.
"I wasn't giving you a choice." Reimu said, as she pulls out something from her sleeve, resembling a card.
Reisen immediately realizes the situation. "Get down!!!" She shouted.
She pushes you out of the way, just in time as what looks like a electrical net came at you. With her eyes glowing, Reisen made the net vanish in an instant.
Reimu walks over slowly, Reisen raising her hand at Reimu like it's a gun.
"Really? You're defending them?" Reimu said. "That spell wasn't even a lethal one, yet you went out of the way just to make sure they didn't get hit."
"I won't let you take them away from me." Reisen said with anger in her voice.
"Woah now Reisen. I'm not your enemy here. I'm just doing my job is all."
"Why don't you go back to your shrine and sweep the grounds like you usually do or something?"
"And now I realize there's no point in talking..." Reimu said, slowly beginning to float up in the air. "Very well, I guess it's been a while since I last exterminated any rabbits."
Reisen looks over to you. "Fargo, get inside the building and inform Master of an intruder."
"But what about-"
"I said go!!! This is an order!!!" Reisen shouted.
You were a bit shocked by this sudden turn, but agreed nonetheless.
As you went inside, you turn around to see Reisen jumping high into the air, as the sight of colors and bullets began raining down.
You ran down the hall, making your way into Eirin's office, but see nobody.
You then went into the living quarters, but there was no one save for some rabbits slacking off.
The only place you haven't been to is Kaguya's room. You went inside slowly, making sure you're not walking into any kind of scenario.
You see Eirin having a discussion with Kaguya, both of them turning around when they heard you opening the door.
"Oh, Kaninchen." Kaguya said. "Is something the matter?"
"Yes..." You say. "There's an intruder outside of Eientei and-"
"Is it Mokou!?" Kaguya said with a blend of anger and excitement. "It's only been a few days but I was hoping to pound her into submission again!"
"Princess, context please." Eirin said.
"I know what I said."
"It's not Mokou. It's someone named Reimu."
"Reimu?" Eirin said. "Why is she here? Is there another incident?"
"She's here for me apparently."
"Now why would she want to- Oh..." Eirin said, realizing the problem. "I suppose that would explain it. Well where is she right now?"
"She's fighting-"
Suddenly, the sound of an explosion could be heard within the building.
"What was that?" You ask.
"Looks like Reimu's inside the building... Is Udonge fighting her?"
"Yes."
"...Well okay then, take care." Eirin said.
"Wait, you're not going to help?" You ask.
"It's not the first time those two fought. Udonge is able to hold her own against Reimu quite well, so there's no need for me or Princess to interfere." Eirin said, sitting down.
"But... But why?" You say, feeling confused. "She's your student isn't she? Isn't it your duty to protect her?"
"My duty is to teach Udonge. There's no point in learning if I must do all the work for her." Eirin said.
"Inaba once took in 8 people before, 1 is no problem." Kaguya said.
"Again Princess, context." Eirin said.
Kaguya giggled, like she's having fun with her wording.
You can understand their logic, but felt disappointed hearing that they have no intention on helping Reisen.
And this is happening because you're here, and yet you're doing nothing about it.
...
You need to help Reisen.
Sure, you're probably no match for Reimu, let alone anyone in a fight.
But you can't let Reisen do this on her own.
You turn around and was about to leave when Eirin said something.
"If you go out there to help, you'll probably only get in the way." Eirin said.
"Huh?" You ask.
"Like I said, Udonge is able to hold off on her own. She's fighting for your sake. If you go out there to try and help, only to be captured by Reimu, then her efforts would be for nothing."
"...I understand." You say, leaving the room.
You head down the hall, listening to the sounds of explosions and trumpets... Wait, why are there trumpet noises?
Suddenly, you see Reisen be knocked out through the wall as she slid on the floor a bit.
"Reisen!!!" You say, running towards her.
She was covered in marks and was bleeding even. Her clothes are torn up and she looked exhausted.
"Fargo... Did you tell Master?" Reisen said in a weak voice.
"I did... They refuse to help."
"...As expected." Reisen said with a laugh. "Master probably expects me to defend myself." She said, slowly standing up, only to kneel down again.
"Hey, take it easy. We need to get somewhere safe." You say.
Reisen raises her hand and shoots an oncoming needle, disintegrating it.
You look up to see Reimu floating in the middle of the hallway, staring you both down.
"You're putting in more effort than I thought Reisen. I guess I need to put in some more effort to get this done... I may even need to use Fantasy Nature." Reimu said.
"Fantasy Nature?" You say. You look down at Reisen who seems to be panicking now.
"This is bad. That's Reimu's Last Word. Fargo, I need you go run." Reisen said.
"But I can't leave you behind. You're injured." Fargo said.
"I'll be fine, I can take it. But you're not used to fighting. I need you to go. Tell Master that I lost and Reimu's coming for you, they'll know what to do."
"But... But I-"
"Go Fargo! I need you to get out of here! GO!!!" Reisen shouted.
***
"Fargo! I can't let you die for me. I need you to-"
"Go Reisen!!! I need you to get out of here! GO!!!" You shouted.
***
You recall the dream you had yesterday. Your eyes wide open with shock and realization.
You don't know what will happen if you let Reisen continue fighting like this. And Reimu looks like she has no intention on giving up either. She looks serious even.
Even if you stay, you can only do so little against her. So maybe it would be better to go run back to Eirin and Kaguya.
But would Eirin and Kaguya truly help? Would they actually assist you in the heat of the moment?
Still...You can't make that mistake again. You can't leave Reisen behind like you did on the moon.
What do you do?
Chapter 141: Part 141
Summary:
You decide to defend Reisen with all your might
Chapter Text
You need to stand your ground. You can't run away now. Reisen needs you and you're going to protect her, just like back then...
And you have an idea on what to do about it.
"Sorry Reisen... But I can't abandon you like this." You say, stepping in front of her, facing Reimu.
"No, Fargo, I-" Reisen tried to speak, but her injuries caused her to stop for a moment as she winced in pain. "Are you... Crazy?" She said.
"No... I'm just insane." You say, recalling the time you first met Reisen. You stare at Reimu, who seemed to be confused by your actions.
"You're seriously defending her? What kind of human are you?" Reimu asked.
"One that can't make up their mind unless I declare a democratic vote." You say, pulling out your stopwatch. "And one who will defeat you."
"Defeat me? Me???" Reimu laughed a bit. "Okay, I know someone who literally believes they're the strongest, but you make them look like a genius if you're that stupid. What makes you think that-"
You began charging at her at full speed, clenching your pocket watch tightly so you don't lose it. Reimu was a bit surprised, but kept her guard up as she began chanting something.
"Holy Relic "Yin-Yang Kishin Orb!!!" Reimu chanted.
A giant orb suddenly appeared, rolling at you, but you were prepared for this.
You open your eyes wildly, letting them glow brighter than you ever let them. As you shout.
"ZA WARDO!!!"
---
Reimu's POV:
I wasn't sure what happened. For a moment I was expecting the orb to hit them so I could end this quick without hurting the human too much. Suddenly I was blinded by a bright red light, similar to when I go up against Reisen.
When it faded, I noticed that my surroundings seemed to be a bit greyer than usual. It was like all the color faded from reality.
But what got me worried was the fact I couldn't move. I tired to move, but it felt like my muscles were stiffer than a rock, and even the things I was holding were in place.
This seems worrisome, just what was going on?
...Wait, why do I hear music? I mean yes, I normally listen to trumpets all the time whenever I deal with incidents(I have no idea why there are always trumpets playing, everyone just unanimously agreed that it's something not to worry about).
But this sounds more like a Saxophone. But there are no Saxes in Gensokyo... Well except for the one that Yuyuko owns for some bizarre reason.
As I tried to move, I noticed something approaching me. It looked like...
!!!
The Human!
"I wasn't sure that was going to work... But it seems that it did." Fargo said.
"What... What is going on?" I said. "Why are you... How is this..." I was confused.
This reminds me of Sakuya's ability a bit, in how she is able to stop time freely. But this is strange, there's no way that an ordinary human would be able to do these kinds of things. Plus I am still able to speak freely, which is not normal.
"Like I said earlier... I'm someone who is unable to make up their mind without a vote first... And right now, the vote is in favor of protecting Reisen by any means... Even going as far as to stop time."
"Damn it... You're no ordinary human are you..." I asked.
"Correct... My name is Fargo Kaninchen, but I also go by Jugemu Jugemu Goko no Surikire Kaijarisuigyo no Suigyomatsu Unraimatsu Furaimatsu Ku Neru Tokoro ni Sumu Tokoro Yabura Koji no Bura Koji Paipo-paipo Paipo no Shuringan Shuringan no Gurindai Gurindai no Ponpokopi no Ponpokona no Chokyumei no Chosuke." You say without flaw. "And I'll be the one who will save Reisen."
I could only stare as I saw what was going to happen. Something came out of them, it looked greenish, with some yellow and...
Oh no... Not her... why is she here!?
"Hello... Knife to meet you." Koishi said.
As the sound of the sax intensified, I see Koishi pull out a knife as she rapidly jabbed at me. It was so fast too... Koishi is unpredictable, but even this is madness!
All of this is madness!
AND WHY IS THAT STUPID SAXOPHONE STILL PLAYING!?!?
---
You see Reimu stand there, acting very confused as her body lies on the ground, letting out some gasps and signs of pain.
It was pretty simple what you did. You activated your ability to the highest levels of power you can muster. It was only for an instant, but you put Reimu inside of an illusion within her subconscious where she thinks she is frozen in time, getting repeatedly stabbed by Koishi while a Saxophone plays a very peculiar yet bizarre song.
It won't last forever though, you need to act fast and get Reisen out of here.
You went over to where she is, picking her up slowly. "You okay?" You asked her.
She groaned a bit. "Yeah... I'm good..." She said weakly. "What did you do?"
"I stalled for a bit. Best we get out of here before Reimu realizes the situation." You say.
You begin to move, taking it slow so that Reisen doesn't stumble.
"You should've just left me... It's not like Reimu was going to kill me or something, you didn't have to go that far." Reisen said. "So why?"
"...Because I already lost one friend in the past because I was unable to do anything... I didn't want to feel like a coward because I did nothing instead." You say. "No rabbit left behind..." You mumbled the last part.
"...We think alike then." Reisen said with a smile.
The two of you walked for a while, eventually reaching a certain room labeled 'toxic waste', but in reality that's the panic room in case of emergencies.
"Okay, we're here. Lets just stay down here and hope that-"
You were about to finish your sentence when you noticed something charging at you. It was a small red and white object, shaped like an orb.
You quickly ducked, as the orb flew past you.
"Phew, that was a-"
What you didn't notice was the red blur that smacked both you and Reisen so hard, you were both launched out of the building with intense force.
You both rolled on the ground, with Reisen a good few meters away from you.
The impact definitely hurt. You're certain a few of your bones are broken as your mouth bled. You raise your head to look at the sight of the Shrine Maiden.
Who looked very, very pissed off.
"I can't believe it... A human like you... using an illusion like that... No... You're not just an ordinary human are you..." Reimu said, her left eye twitching a bit.
Oh, this is bad.
"I remember the last time I had to deal with a human becoming a youkai. Normally I'm against killing, but it would be a disaster if word got out of a human transitioning into a youkai and got away with it." She said.
Correction, this is REALLY BAD.
"So congrats Fargo. I won't send you back... No, you're too dangerous for the outside world. So I got no choice but you eliminate you here and now!"
"Wait... wait wait wait!!!" Reisen said, trying to stand up. "Reimu! Fargo isn't a youkai! They just-"
You see a sudden needle be thrown at Reisen's direction, grazing her cheek.
"Stay out of this Reisen... Rest assure you that I will not hold back if you dare interfere." Reimu said.
"W-what are you going to do?" You ask, feeling like you're in a panicked state.
"Don't worry... I'll make this quick." Reimu said, closing her eyes.
You see something appear behind her. It looked beautiful to witness yet it's clear that it's deadly to experience.
"Fargo... FARGO!!! REIMU'S ABOUT TO USE FANTASY NATURE!!!" Reisen shouted.
You're stunned. You never seen such a sight to behold. The patterns, the colors, the force of power pulsing past you...
You're gonna die aren't you?
You need to do something. But you can't... You can't do anything.
This is it. You managed to get this far. But you can't do anything against someone like her.
You can hear Reisen screaming behind you, trying to get you to move.
"Fargo! Please!!! I lo-"
*ring ring ring*
...
*ring ring ring*
...What the?
*ring ring ring*
Reimu opened her eyes, acting annoyed as her spell vanishes in an instant.
"Ugh... Who the hell is calling me? I'm busy!" Reimu said, pulling a tiny yin-yang orb from her pocket.
*ring ring ri-beep*
"Hello? Who is it?" Reimu asked.
"Reimu!!! You gotta help me!!! This is bad, so bad, very bad!!!" A voice shouted out.
You can hear the sounds of what seems to be a blender through the other end.
"Suika's drunk! She's trying to turn Shinmyoumaru into a smoothie!!! Auuunnnn!!!"
"What? Okay, okay Aunn, calm down. I need you to hand the orb over to Suika if you can." Reimu said in a much more calm voice.
"O-okay..."
"...Wazzup?" A drunken voice said.
"Suika! What do you think you're doing young lady!?" Reimu spoke in a stern tone, similar to how a mother would speak to a misbehaving child. "How many times have I told you not to bully Shinmy!?"
"We were only just having some fun. Right Shinmyoumaru?" Suika spoke.
"Help me Reimu! I don't wanna become a smoothie!!!" A tiny voice spoke.
"See? She's having fun." Suika said.
"No, she is not! I want you to put her down and turn the blender. Or I'll take away your sake privileges for a week."
"A week!? No Reimu! You can't do that!"
"It's my shrine, my rules. You were the one who decided to move in, it's only understandable that you do as I say!"
You are a bit confused at the moment... One minute, Reimu was about to blast you into smithereens, the next she's lecturing someone over what seems to be an orb-shaped phone in a motherly tone.
"But... But Reimu..."
"No buts! Turn off the blender and put Shinmy down now!"
"Um... Ugh..."
"Suika, I'm giving you the count of 3... 1... 2..."
"Okay, fine fine fine!!! I'll put her down!"
You hear the sound of a blender be turned off.
"Good, can you give the orb to Shinmy? I need to talk to her." Reimu said.
"Kay..."
"...Hello Reimu..." A tiny voice spoke again.
"Hey Shinmy. Are you okay? Did Suika hurt you or anything?" Reimu spoke in a much more gentle tone, like how a mother who is worried for their child would speak.
"Yeah, I'm fine. She didn't hurt me. But I felt scared of being put into the blender... I still remember the day when I was trapped inside the blender for a whole day." Shinmy said. You can hear her tearing up through the orb.
"Hey, hey. It's okay. Don't cry. Look, when I get home, I'll make something for you to enjoy. Would that be alright?"
"Yeah... Yeah it would."
"Good. I'll come back right now, I just need to take care of something real quick."
"Thank you Reimu... I love you."
"I love you too sweetie." Reimu said, hanging up.
Reimu looks at you, her face not as intimidating, but she still sent a shiver down your spine.
"Um... Mercy?" You say, hoping something will happen.
"...Sigh...Okay look. You should be thankful that something came up back at home else you'd be dead by now. I'll let this go for now, but if you dare start any incident... I won't hold back. Got it?" She said.
"G-g-got it..." You say.
"Good... Oh, and if you ever come visit the shrine, please donate with some coins." She said, beginning to float away.
"W-wait... You're not going to send me back? Or even try to kill me?" You ask.
"No of course not. Unless you start terrorizing the village, in which case I'll have to punish you thoroughly." She said as she flew off.
You don't know what just happened. But it seemed that luck was on your side for tonight.
You try to stand up again, but your injuries were too great for that as you fell over.
"Easy there." Eirin said, catching you. "Your ribcage is shattered, so best not to move too much."
"E-Eirin..." You say. "How long were you..."
"I was preparing a spell card in case Reimu tried to fatally harm you. But it seems that's no longer necessary. Honestly though, to think you would actually go up against her like that. You should be glad she was holding back the whole time."
"That was her holding back?" You asked.
You look over, seeing Reisen still lying on the ground. She raised herself up slowly, holding her right arm with her left.
"M...Master." Reisen said.
"Ah, Udonge. You did well." Eirin said. "I can see that your skills have improved since last time."
"T-thank you Master..." Reisen said, collapsing to the ground again.
"Ah!" You say. You suddenly realized that the pain from before is hurting much more now, it hurts to speak.
"The adrenaline from before is wearing off of you Fargo. It's best you get inside and get some rest. Don't worry about Udonge, I'll tend to her wounds alongside yours."
You controlled your breathing, being careful to not hurt yourself again.
"Oh wow, what happened here?" A voice said.
You looked up, seeing Tewi standing next to Reisen.
"Huh... It looks like Reimu did a number on you eh? You look like a wreck." Tewi said, poking at Reisen with a stick. "Serves you right."
You're not sure why, but you feel another surge of adrenaline within you.
It feels like a good time to make a choice right now...
Chapter 142: Part 142
Summary:
You walk over to Tewi and punch her in the face
Chapter Text
Though you are injured, you freed yourself from Eirin just for a moment as you stumble over to where Tewi is at. Eirin was confused but didn't stop you, wondering what your motive is.
Tewi notices you, standing up as she showed a sly smile on her face. "Well well, if it isn't Fargo... Surprised that Reimu let you go. Perhaps we can talk it over inside while we-"
You punched Tewi hard in the face, making her step back as she clenches her nose with both of her hands.
"Augh! You broke my nose!" She said in a muffled tone. "W-what is wrong with-"
You grab her again by the collar of her dress, and pulled her in so you can punch her once more.
"You... Fucking... Imbecile!!!" You shouted, repeatedly punching her. "Do you realize what you have done!? Not only have you put Reisen in harms way, but you mock her while she's frail and in need of medical assistance! What are you even thinking!? Huh!!!!!?????"
"I... I'm..." Tewi tried to speak, but had a hard time doing so with you punching her again and again.
You allowed yourself to be blinded by your anger as you pin Tewi to the ground.
"We tried to be reasonable with you! Yet you let you jealousy get in the way when all you had to do was accept humility!" You shouted, hitting Tewi again.
"Fargo! That's enough!" Eirin shouted. "You're taking this too far!"
"Shut up Eirin! She deserves this!!!" You say.
"Then you leave me no other choice."
Just as you are about to hit Tewi again, you felt something be injected into your neck.
Your vision suddenly begins to blur, and your muscles loosen up. You fell to the ground, finding your breathing slow to a lower pace.
"W...What...Did..." You spoke.
"I'll let this go this time Fargo, only because you're already injured as is." Eirin's voice said, yet you have a hard time hearing her.
The last thing you see is the sight of the moon above you as you close your eyes.
---
You open your eyes once again.
You listen to the sound of birds chirping outside. It was a pleasant tune.
You raise your head slowly, noticing all the pain from before completely gone now.
However, as you look around, you find yourself not in Eientei anymore.
The design of the interior is different. There's different furniture and the walls are of a different color. What's more, you notice a particular number of miscellaneous items that don't fit with any theme whatsoever hanging at random parts of the room. There were things like street signs, rain hats, silverware, and even a toy train, perfect condition even.
"Where... am I?" You ask yourself. "This isn't Eientei..."
You try to recall what happened last night, but your memories are fuzzy. You hear the sound of footsteps approaching you, looking over to the door that's close by.
"hmm hm hmmm hm hm hmmm hm hm hmmm hm hm hmm hmm hmhm~"
You could hear someone hum a song, one you don't recognize, yet have the feeling you heard it before.
The door opened slowly, revealing a tall figure walking in. They wore a white dress with a indigo tabard. On their head is a white ear-shaped hat with amulets covering it. They have blonde hair, yellow eyes, and 9 fox tails behind them.
"Oh? I was just about to wake you but it seems that you've already woken up." The figure said.
"Who are you?" You ask.
"Ran Yakumo. I believe you met my Master Yukari correct?" The girl named Ran asked.
"Y-yes I have... Where am I?"
"You're in Mayohiga, a place close to the barrier around here. Not many people know about it since it's hard to enter."
"How did I get here?"
"As much I would like to answer all of your questions, I musn't keep Lady Yukari waiting, she's been wanting to speak to you."
"Yukari's here?" You ask.
Suddenly, a cat pounced on you. But it was no ordinary cat. It was wearing a green mob cap, a red dress, and had cat ears and 2 tails.
"Nya!!!" They spoke. "So you're the human that Lady Ran's Master is obsessed with right?"
"Chen!!!" Ran shouted, pulling the girl off of you. "Geez! I told you again and again not to pounce on others like that!"
"Aw c'mon Lady Ran!" Chen said, flailing her arms and legs in an attempt to free herself from Ran's grip. "I'm curious!"
"And that will lead to your death if you keep it up okay?"
"Fine..." Chen said. "Can I at least play with them after they talk to Lady Yukari?"
"We'll see. For now I need you to finish your chores for today okay?" Ran said.
"Okay!" Chen said, running off as Ran let go of her.
"Apologies for that. Chen has a tendency to let her cat instincts get in the way of her reasoning."
"It's okay." You say. "So where is Yukari right now?"
"Follow me." Ran said.
You left the room with Ran, walking down the pathway. You look to your right and see the outdoors, admiring the such grassy green fields, the sight of the trees, and a large group of cats.
The last part doesn't make sense, but you're so used to these kinds of things that it might as well be common sense at this point.
You notice Chen talking to the cats, it looks like she's giving them a speech. But they don't seem to be listening that much to her as they immediately began jumping on her.
"Lady Ran! Help! They're not listening to me again!!!" Chen shouted.
"Hah... The 3rd time this week... Alright, she's just inside these doors. Just walk in and she'll greet you." Ran said, heading over to where Chen is at.
You go through the doors, immediately being greeted with the void lack of light.
This reminds you of the moments where you have entered the void every time you pass out or fall asleep, perhaps this was the area that you enter in everytime you meet Yukari.
You walk in slowly, walking further into the room. You hear the doors behind you close shut, all the light from before vanishing just like that.
You couldn't see, not even with your red eyes. You stood still so you don't run into anything.
"H-hello?" You spoke. "Yukari is that you?"
No response. You waited for a minute but got nothing in return.
"Where are you? I can't see!" You say, moving around a bit.
*CRASH*
*tumble*
*plonk*
*sproing*
*cat noises*
*car horn*
*poof*
...
You have no idea what just happened, but as you blink for a bit, you find that all the light has returned.
You're hanging from the ceiling, dangling next to some cymbals, streamers, a whistle, multiple model planes, and a hamster wheel.
What just happened.
"hahahaha... Oh what a predicament you got yourself in eh Fargo?"
You look down at the ground, not seeing anyone there. But when you look forward, you see an upside down Yukari.
"It's nice to see you again." Yukari said.
"Nice to see you too... Can you help me down?" You ask.
"Of course." She said with a snap of her fingers.
Suddenly all the things that were suspending you midair all fell down to the ground alongside yourself. You picked yourself up, not hurt fortunately.
"Um... Thank you." You say.
"It's my pleasure." Yukari said. "I'm certain that you have many questions at the moment...
"I do... For starters-"
"You're wondering why I brought you here instead of the usual place correct? Well I figured that a nice change of pace is suited for this occasion, especially since it may be the last time we'll talk for a while."
"A while? Are you going somewhere?"
"No not really, I'm staying right where I am. You on the other hand I'm uncertain of."
"...Then what about-"
"If you're wondering about Reimu and how she knows me. Well that's also easy to answer: I've known the Hakurei bloodline ever since the founding of Gensokyo. You could even argue that I'm the reason for their existence... As for Reimu herself, she and I have a special relationship, if you know what I mean." She said with a wink.
On one hand you can feel the implication, but at the same time you're certain she's messing with you like she has done before.
"What about-"
"Ah ah ah, not so fast..." Yukari said. "While I would love to answer your questions, I'm quite busy and can't keep you here forever, so I'll answer 3 more. You can ask me any question you would like, and I'll answer it to the best of my ability. Be it about the reason for your arrival here in Gensokyo or why fate made things the way they are, don't hesitate to ask what's on your mind."
It is true that you have so many questions, many of which you hoped to have answered long ago. But this may be the only time you will be able to get your most important questions out of the way, you can always figure out the rest later.
Chapter 143: Part 143
Chapter Text
"How did I get my ability?" You ask. "I remember being given one after I touched one of the orbs... But how does that work? How did I receive my powers?"
"Oh that?" Yukari said. "It was a long process actually. First I got help from a god who creates yin yang orbs. Then I went to various people and selectively extracted a small portion of their essence into the orbs. They were designed so that, when touched, will convert their form into something that can be used as an item."
"An item?"
"Yes, so when you first got the time manipulation powers, the orb you touched took the form of a pocket watch. While it could only pause and resume time, it was still quite powerful."
"Then what about the wavelength ability I have? That didn't come to me as an item."
"Sure it did. But that power couldn't be stored in a simple object, so I had it so that it replaces one's eyes with different ones."
"...Wait, so you're telling me that the eyes I have are artificial?"
"Correct. And this is the same for the other abilities you could've picked. If for example you picked the power of flight, you would've been given a ribbon that lets you float freely when worn. Or had you picked sword techniques, a sword would've appeared that would grant you the knowledge and wisdom of a swordfighter."
"Would that mean that only I can use these items since I picked them?"
"No. Anyone could use the items just like you would. If you picked the flight option, only to lose the ribbon, that person who has the ribbon can float freely instead. Which is why it was a shame when you lost that pocket watch of yours."
"Oh..." You say.
"Well then... you have 2 more questions." Yukari says.
"The dreams... What are they?" You began. "Are they a previous life I lived? Did they actually happen? Was it reality?"
"Ah, another good question... But let me put if this way: Suppose you are playing a video game, and you play as a certain character. You are able to choose their traits and appearance just like with most RPGs. But suppose that the character you make also has set traits that you cannot change, even if they clash with who you actually are."
"I don't get it." You say. "What are you trying to say?"
"Lets put it this way, if you are playing as someone else, does it make you that person? Are you the same Fargo as the one you control in your dreams?"
"I... I don't know..." You say. "But, I just want to know if the dreams I had actually happened... Did I actually meet Reisen on the moon? Did I help her escape?"
Yukari laughed a bit, pulling out a fan to cover her smile. "My Fargo, that's a question a bit too difficult to answer."
"Why is that?"
"Because answering it would be like trying to explain the history of a nation without knowing the nation you're referring to. You're asking me if I know whether or not Reisen escaped from the moon alone or with assistance."
"But I was there... Right?"
"In your dreams yes... But not all dreams correlate with reality."
"That doesn't make sense."
"It doesn't really. Maybe the dreams you had were actually only simulations used to explain something in your point of view. You say that you helped Reisen escaped from the moon, but maybe it was only portrayed like that to reach a reasonable conclusion. Perhaps the dreams were only shown to have you, or at least the one you were controlling, help save Reisen because it's the easiest way to explain how she came to Earth. It's like that one movie where they fill in gaps of Dinosaur DNA with frog DNA to complete the code."
"So you're saying... the dreams I had could be fake? They never actually happened?"
"I wouldn't say that for certain. Maybe you can ask Reisen about her past to get a better idea. All I'm saying is that dreams aren't 100% accurate to real life."
You find what Yukari said confusing, but at the same time it makes some sort of sense.
"Anyways, you have one more question." Yukari said.
"Yes... Why was I taken here to Gensokyo?" You ask.
"Why? Didn't I already answer that question before?" Yukari asked you.
"Yes, but I meant... I want to know what my purpose is here... Why I, of all the people you could've picked, was chosen."
"Ah... Well like I said before, there isn't any particular reason why I picked you. You just happened to be there around the time I was searching for potential victims... But when I saw the things inside of you... I knew that I could use you for something... So I made an experiment. You, my independent variable, who goes out into the land of Gensokyo, the dependent variable. And depending on your actions shall affect Gensokyo itself... My experiment was to see how one person, an outsider, would influence a nation if they were granted the ability to do whatever they want. And I must say, you have done many things Fargo... Yet I feel that you kept yourself severely limited. You could've been a celestial, wrecking havoc on the land and mountains. A Tengu, working you way up the ladder until you overthrow the current hierarchy. A normal youkai, slowly getting stronger and stronger till you face the shrine maiden... But you chose to be human, live a easy-going life as a medical assistant to a rabbit girl you just met."
"I... I don't understand... You make it sound like the world is a sandbox game."
"Isn't it though? A whole open world you can explore freely and do whatever you want. You can play god or work your way up slowly. The choice is yours to pick... Well it could've... But I didn't think about that at the beginning. To be completely honest I had no idea what was to be expected. It's like planting a seed without knowing what kind of plant it'll become."
"I'm confused... I'm really confused." You say.
"Don't worry, not all of you will get it. Maybe the next time we do this it'll be more clear."
"Next time?" You ask.
"Oh, I could take the time to explain... But you're out of questions." Yukari said. "And I'm afraid I'll need to send you back before you wake up. We're almost done with this path and I like to move on with other projects of mine." She said while moving closer.
"Other projects?" What other projects?"
"As I said before, you're out of questions... Goodbye Fargo." Yukari said, opening a gap portal and forcing you in.
You find yourself falling, seeing many eyes staring at you.
Then, you passed out.
---
You open your eyes slowly, feeling tired and exhausted.
You notice you're lying in a hospital bed instead of the bed you usually sleep in every night. You were covered in bandages and have a few tubes strapped to your body, injecting fluids.
Just as you open your eyes fully, the door opened as someone walked in, that being Eirin.
"Oh, Fargo. You're awake." Eirin said. "How do you feel?"
Chapter 144: Part 144
Chapter Text
"I feel like shit." You say.
"Hm..." Eirin wrote something down on her clipboard, placing the pen to the side then placing the clipboard on the nearby table.
"You actually wrote that down?" You ask.
"It's a normal procedure I do with my patients. I write down what they say to determine whether they have any mental or psychological effects. Right now, you're arrogant and miserable, but after what happened yesterday the reason is quite simple."
"Yesterday... I don't remember much of what happened last night..."
"That's because I dosed you with a tranquil that has some amnesiac designed to only be temporary for a day. Then I took you in and fixed your wounds, gave you blood, and then injected you with another serum to help repair your bones quicker. By now you should be at full health, but just in case I'll need you to do some physical therapy in just a moment."
"Oh, I see... But what caused my injuries?" You ask.
"You had an encounter with the shrine maiden Reimu."
"Reimu?" You say. You took a moment, trying to remember where you heard that name before...
Then it hit you at once.
"Where's Reisen!? Is she okay!? What about Tewi!!!" You ask, panicking a bit.
"Calm down Fargo, it seems the amnesiac is wearing off, so you're remembering everything again."
"Please! Is Reisen okay!? I just want to know if-"
"I said quiet." Eirin said in a more stern tone.
"Y-yes ma'am." You say sheepishly.
"Good... Udonge also was given treatment. Her injuries were much worse than yours however so despite the effort it will be a while before she can walk without support."
You were shocked to hear this. You also feel guilty knowing that you were partly the reason for getting her into that kind of mess.
"It's my fault..." You say.
"You shouldn't blame yourself for what happened. Reimu was only doing her task, it was Udonge that defended you in the heat of the moment."
"But-"
"No buts Fargo." Eirin said, moving over so she can check your temperature. "Say ahh~"
"Ahhhh~" You did as she said.
"Hm... 36 Celcius." She said. "Well you have no fever at the moment, let me check your heartbeat."
Eirin put on a shethoscope and placed the end on your chest. "Okay, your heart is normal. So far you're not suffering from any immediate side effects of the medicine but just in case I won't let you leave the clinic unless you have someone with you."
"Tewi... What happened with Tewi?" You ask.
"Oh her?" Eirin said. "I asked the princess to proceed with her punishment."
"What kind of punishment?" You ask.
"It's better you don't know Fargo... Your mind is still quite innocent and frail compared to what that girl has seen throughout her whole life."
The way Eirin said that got you curious.
"Um... If you don't mind me asking... What was Tewi's life like?"
"Now why would you want to know about that?" Eirin asked.
"I don't know... But I remember reading something once before. A fable, about a white rabbit... Is Tewi..."
Eirin looks at you, then takes a breath in.
"Yes, Tewi is the White Rabbit of Inaba... The fables, the stories, the tales, they're all true."
"Then... That must mean... Oh.. Oh wow..." You realized that Tewi is a very, very old person. "And here I was given the impression she was younger than Reisen."
Eirin laughed a bit. "Everyone always has that impression of her. But she's one of the oldest residents of Gensokyo. She's even older than some of the sages."
"How does someone live for that long?" You ask.
"Even I questioned that when I first met her. But I assure you she's not immortal in the slightest...I think."
"So the stories... Is it true when she said she lived a hard life?"
"...Tewi will probably never tell you the whole story Fargo, that I can promise you..." Eirin said, moving to a chair. "She's lived her life like any other rabbit, in that she needed to survive. Overtime she got smarter and adapted to her surroundings. I don't know what she did but she surpassed her lifespan and developed a conscience. You think that's a good thing, being able to live longer than what life intended, but I assure you that it's quite cruel. Imagine having a friend who lives only a third of your lifespan, you get along great with them, make memories, and do many things. But because you life longer, you're forced to see them move away form your life. How would it make you feel if you have to watch a friend die before you?"
"I...I would be disheartened."
"Exactly. Now Tewi, being who she is, may at first glance look like a happy-go-lucky person. She's carefree and doesn't worry about the struggles with life. She gets to prank others and act like the boss of the rabbits... But she's perhaps the loneliest person I've ever known."
"So she is lonely then..." You tell yourself. "But why doesn't she talk about it?"
"She's worried of what people will think. She once put her trust in others long ago, and it didn't end well for her. She's scared of being hurt."
"That doesn't... make sense. She provokes people all the time. Heck, she went out of her way to get my attention by messing with me."
"Perhaps she was trying to show you something. She's lonely, you know? She wants someone to talk to, someone who isn't going to judge her. She wants a friend."
"Is that why she hangs out with Reisen?" You ask.
"Correct. Udonge has been through many things before. Tewi is able to sympathize with her. Udonge knows the troubles of lonesomeness and isolation. It was quite easy for Tewi to find a friend in her."
You didn't know what to say... All that Eirin told you really got to you. You thought about all the things that Eirin told you. You felt immense pity for Tewi, and a little admiration for her. You wished you could talk to her. You decided to try, even though you knew it would probably make her upset.
"Eirin?" you ask.
"Yes?"
"Would it be alright if I talked to Tewi?"
Eirin looked at you. The answer that she gave you was rather unexpected. "Of course."
---
"Hey Tewi!" you said as you opened the door.
"Wha-?" she asks, turning her head.
"I want to talk to you."
You take a look at her. Currently she's dangling by a rope above a pool of water. There looks to be what seems to be crocodiles inside the waters, staring up at Tewi.
On the other side of the room, Kaguya is holding a set of darts, aiming at the rope that's holding Tewi.
"Um... What is going on?" You ask.
"Shh... I'm concentrating." Kaguya said.
You looked around, and saw no one else that you could see.
"What are you doing?"
"Aiming."
"For what?"
"Her!" Kaguya says, pointing at Tewi.
"Huh... Uh.... Okay..." You stand there, not knowing what to do next. Then Eirin walks into the room.
"Princess, you can stop now." Eirin said. "Tewi has been through enough for today."
"Aw, but I'm so close to hitting the rope~" Kaguya said. "Can't we at least dunk her in?"
"No." Eirin said sternly.
"Fine..." Kaguya said. "Let's get on with this."
She threw the first dart, and it pierced through the rope, going into Tewi's side and causing her to fall.
You watched as Tewi fell into the pool, and see the crocodiles start splashing around violently. It was hard to tell, but it certainly looks like Tewi's not having a good time.
"We need to help her!" You say.
"By all means." Eirin said.
You run to the pool, and jump in to grab Tewi's arm. She grabbed onto your arm really tight, and started tugging you to the surface.
"Ahhhh! Help!" She begged.
After a moment, you were successful in pulling her out of the water without suffering any major injuries.
"Are you okay?" You asked Tewi.
Tewi breathed for a moment, trying to catch her breath. "I'm fine. It's not my first rodeo after all."
"Oh, that's good... For a moment I thought you were-"
"Actually, on second thought, I think I require mouth-to-mouth. So if you don't mind..." Tewi said, lying on the ground and closing her eyes, smiling.
"I was just going to say that you seemed to be a lot more scared of the crocodiles." You say.
Tewi opens her eyes, and starts laughing.
"Me? Scared!? Get outta town Fargo! Why would I be scared of crocodiles?" Tewi laughed.
You notice that Eirin and Kaguya already left the room leaving just you and Tewi.
"I mean, it's not like I had a traumatic experience with them in the past. Definitely not!" Tewi said.
"..."
"...What? Why are you looking at me like that?" Tewi asked.
"Tewi..."
"Oh no... No no no... Don't you start with that!" Tewi said, standing up. "I'm not some kind of puppy living on the streets!"
"I didn't say that though."
"But you were. You were probably gonna go on about how I'm someone you should feel sorry for, that I am worth your pity."
"I would never think that."
"Oh yes you did! You were trying to cast me as someone who needs to be saved."
"What? That's not what I meant! I would never think that."
"Well, you didn't exactly say that you wouldn't!"
"I'm sorry. Please forgive me."
"Hah! Like that's even fucking possible." Tewi said. "Why would I forgive someone who beat me down?"
"...Tewi, I just want to-"
"Just shut up already. Things got worse when you arrived."
"Worse? What do you mean-"
"I don't wanna talk about it. I never want to talk about it. I don't wanna think about it. Just... Just leave me alone about it."
"Fine. I'm sorry."
Tewi gives a small nod in response.
You look at Tewi, and notice her eyes are a little red and puffy, but she's overall okay. Tewi seemed to be trying her best to remain composed, but there were still signs of distress.
You really want to talk about her problems, but as Eirin said, she has a hard time opening up to others.
Yet you still try.
"Are you okay?" You ask.
Tewi nods. You notice a few tears roll down her cheeks.
"I'll be fine." Tewi said.
"You don't have to..."
"I know. It's not your problem anyway." Tewi wiped her face clean of tears.
"Shouldn't you be with Reisen by now? Why are you focusing so much on me anyways?" She asked.
You didn't want to bring up the sensitive subject again, so you decided to change the topic.
"Tewi, I just-"
"I don't get it. I really don't... You show up one day and suddenly Reisen's all over you. What the heck is that about?"
"Well, I'm not entirely sure myself. We were never really... The first time was purely by chance, and I think she was actually looking for someone else."
"Someone else... I see then... So that's why she wouldn't shut up about you... That's why she spends so much time with you... That's why she would ignore me and focus on you... She thinks I'm not good enough for her."
Tewi's eyes welled up again at this point.
"I wouldn't say that-"
"Yeah, you would. You've been thinking it ever since you met me. Even though you've tried to hide it, I can sense it."
"That's not true."
"Really? You have no idea why you've been so nice to me, do you?"
"I'm just-"
"I know you think I'm a weak, worthless, trash person. But I'm not."
"I didn't say that."
"But you think it."
"Tewi, I'm only trying to help you. Why are you-"
"Because I'm weak? Worthless? Trash? Is that it?"
"T-That's not what I meant!"
"Then what?"
"I'm just trying to help you!"
"Then you can start by leaving me alone!!!" Tewi shouted.
"Tewi-"
"Just go! Go away! Leave me alone!" Tewi threw a object at you.
You don't know what it was, and it didn't hit you, so it must've been a bottle or something. It shattered when it hit the wall, breaking into several pieces. You look at where the bottle shattered, then back at Tewi, who was now leaving the room. You follow after her, trying to get her attention. But that only made her increase her pace. She finally stopped and turned around. Her expression was hard.
"Stay the fuck away from me."
"That's not fair!"
"Of course it isn't! Nothing's ever fair! Life's not fair! It's just a cruel joke, treating you like a puppet until the day you reach your end! Then it's just a body to be disposed of! You'll never get to be free of this wretched place, this miserable life! Nothing ever goes right for you! Everything always goes wrong! This is your fate! You should just embrace it and get used to it!"
"Tewi, please stop!"
"You want to know why I'm so angry? Why I'm really really upset? It's because I'm going to die here! I'm going to stay here, in this crappy place, with these crappy fucking people who I hate with all my heart! I hate them! I hate all of them! I wish I was dead!!! That's the only way this place will be rid of me! Then I won't have to be insulted every single second of every single day! Then I won't have to suffer anymore! That's the only way this world will be better off without me in it! Why the hell should I have to stay here and suffer when I don't deserve it? Why can't everyone just leave me alone?! Why!?"
Tewi fell silent. You are at a complete loss of words... This is just like with what happened with Satori.
What do you do?
Chapter 145: Part 145
Summary:
You decide to embrace her with a hug
Chapter Text
"Tewi, I-
Just as you were about to speak, you notice someone behind you. You turn around...
You See Reisen standing there, supporting herself with a forearm crutch, as she moves forward to where Tewi was kneeling down at.
"Reisen, what are-"
"Let me take care of this." Reisen told you. She moved over, kneeling slowly so she can face Tewi at her level.
Tewi didn't say anything, only staring at Reisen with teary eyes, like she was exposed, vulnerable, weak, defeated. She expected the worst from Reisen, fearing that the friendship they have is broken, torn, loss. But instead, she got the opposite. Reisen reached out, and patted Tewi on the shoulder.
"Hey..." Reisen said quietly. "You don't have to pretend with me. I know how you feel. I know you still care about me."
Tewi lowers her head, crying silently, as her body trembled with sobs.
"No...Please...I-I don't deserve this..." Tewi said. "I don't deserve your compassion..."
Reisen, who was still on her knee, wrapped her arms around Tewi, who had wrapped her arms around her stomach, and the two of them hugged each other.
"It's gonna be okay... I'm not mad, I'm not angry..." Reisen said. "I know you're hurting. I know you're going through a hard time. But we'll get through it. Okay?"
Tewi didn't say anything, but she wiped at her tears, and nodded slowly. Reisen then stood up, with Tewi still in her embrace.
"Come on. Let's get out of here." Reisen told Tewi.
Tewi nodded, and allowed Reisen to lead her out of the hallway.
You could only remain there, motionless.
And yet, you knew you made a choice, one that you were wanting to go forward with.
But was it a choice for you?
Was it a choice that was meant for you to fulfill? It almost looked like it was a choice meant for Reisen instead, seeing how she did the exact thing you were planning on doing.
It was Reisen, who decided to embrace Tewi with a hug instead of you.
But was it truly her alone that made the choice... Or someone else?
---
You were out waiting by the veranda, looking up at the partly cloudy sky. There were several clouds of many shapes.
You notice one that was shaped like a dango. It reminded you of the time when you first met Reisen, how you had dango together. You can still recall the taste of the Seiran-flavored Dangos...Which now looking back were probably made of Seiran's-
*BZZZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a very special broadcast brought to you by none other than Yukari Yakumo
...
Yukari was busy eating what looks like a bagel, when she notices she's being watched.
"Oh, sorry, no side story this time." Yukari said. "I'm just eating a snack is all."
Back to the main story then...
*BZZT*
---
That was weird, you somehow blacked out for a moment there.
As you looked around, you see Reisen again, walking over and sitting down next to you.
"Hey, how is your leg?" You ask.
"It's fine... Though I'll be needing to use this crutch for about a week. It's gonna be a pain delivering medicine."
"Can't you just fly?"
"Not when I'm carrying a pack full of fragile bottles and expensive medicine. The last time that happened I was only allowed to eat carrots for 5 days as punishment."
"That doesn't sound so bad, I mean you are a-"
You stopped yourself, realizing that what you were thinking would've been stereotypically offensive.
"What? Why did you stop?" Reisen asked.
"Um...I...You...Because..."
"...I'm just kidding Fargo! I take no offense to that kind of stuff." Reisen laughed.
"Oh really then? Thank god." You say.
Reisen smiled, looking up at the sky with you.
"...So how is Tewi?" You ask.
"...She's fine... We talked for a bit about our problems and the struggles we faced... Honestly I feel regretful for saying that she didn't know what I went through back then."
"Why did you then?"
"...I was angry at her, for how she was treating you and Rei'sen. If I knew better I would've apologized to her immediately... God I fucked up."
Reisen closed her eyes, pinching her nose while looking down.
"I really hope I didn't cause any harm, but I wouldn't have done it if I knew she didn't care..." Reisen said. "...It's not her fault though, she's a nice person at heart."
"I know she is." You say.
Reisen looks at you with a smile. "I'm glad to hear that." Reisen said. "We have to stick together, that's the only way we'll survive this."
"Yeah, I agree. We do."
"Also..." Reisen says. "...I was thinking. You've been depressed, haven't you? You've been thinking about what you did, right?"
"What? Where's that coming from?" You ask, confused.
"You know... Ever since the incident last night happened, it's been eating at you, right?"
"...I guess."
Reisen nods. "I think, we should talk about it." Reisen says.
"Yeah... We-"
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"
You and Reisen were both startled by the sudden scream that came from within the bamboo forest.
"What the fuck was that!" Reisen yelled, covering her ears.
"I-I don't know... It sounds familiar..." You say.
"Someone help!!! She's gone crazy!!!" The voice shouted.
You recognize it to be Cirno. While you only met her twice, you can recall what she sounds like.
She zoomed over to where you and Reisen were, crashing into the nearby support beam.
"What happened?" You ask. "I'm being chased by a crazy woman!!!" Cirno screamed. "Get me away from her!!!"
"What the hell is going on Cirno?" Reisen asked.
Suddenly, you sensed large source of waves nearby. They felt intense, like whatever was generating them was filled with insanity.
Looking over at where the bamboo was, you see a girl, wearing a blue dress, sporting green hair, and a pair of wings. You recognize this person to be Daiyousei.
"Oh Ciiiiiiiiiirnooooooooooo~" Daiyousei sang. "Why are you running away from me? Don't you know that I love you?"
You notice that Daiyousei was holding a knife in her hand, and an axe in the other.
"You gotta help me! She turned into one of those Yandere freaks Sanae talks about!" Cirno said, hiding behind Reisen.
"I'm no yandere!" Daiyousei shouted." I just want to preserve your innocent soul forever and ever. I realized that you are the only one I need, and after what happened with Yuuka I knew that the only way to keep you safe is if I chop you up into tiny little pieces and store each one away in a separate container, so that no one else will ever try to take you away from me!"
"U-Um... Reisen? What should we do?" You ask.
"Go inside, inform Master of an intruder, and don't play hero this time." Reisen said.
"G-got it." You say, turning around to head inside when you notice Daiyousei standing there.
You quickly step back, avoiding a swing of her knife.
"Aw... I missed. I was gonna take your heart out so I can feed it to Cirno later for dinner." Daiyousei said.
"H-how did you get behind me!?" You ask.
"Why would I answer that when you could Die-yousei instead?" Daiyousei said, charging at you so she can swing again.
You dodge another attack, as she swings her axe into the support beam, making it get stuck.
"Darn it... C'mon... C'mon already!!!" Daiyousei struggled, attempting to free the axe.
You look at Reisen, who was trying to move, but unfortunately her injury paired with cirno clinging desperately to her other leg kept her still.
"Cirno! Get off of me already!" Reisen said in a panicked state.
"I can't! I'm scared!" Cirno said. "Dai-chan never acts like this!"
That's true... What could possible be causing her actions in this moment?
You could try and figure that out the cause of this madness... Or you can take her out now instead of later.
What do you choose?
Chapter 146: Part 146
Summary:
You decide to figure out the madness.
Chapter Text
In order to do that first, you need to restrain Daiyousei.
You went over to where Daiyousei was. While being quick about it, you grabbed both her wrists and pull them behind her back. You then pin her to the ground so that she can't move.
Due to the difference in size and weight, she was unable to force you off of her.
"Let go of me you ******* *****. I'll kill you and **** everyone you loved!" Daiyousei screamed. "I'll turn your friends into ******** and fill them with *** and ****!!!"
You always had the impression of Daiyousei as a sweet and innocent girl... This was not Daiyousei.
"Uh... What's an *******?" Cirno asked.
"You don't need to know that!" Reisen said. "Fargo are you okay?"
"Yeah, I'm good. Luckily she doesn't have much stre-"
Suddenly you were lifted off the ground and thrown up high.
"Fargo!!!" Reisen shouted.
As you landed on the ground, you feel your injuries from yesterday coming back to bite you. The shock was enough to make you temporarily paralyzed as you see Daiyousei slowly walk up to you with the now free axe.
"Ah! I almost forgot! Dai-chan is one of the stronger fairies! (though obviously not as strong as I am) I seen her lift boulders like they're pebbles!" Cirno said.
"Now you tell us!?" Reisen said.
The axe dug into the ground, leaving a small trail as Daiyousei walked up, smiling like a lunatic.
You try to move, but found yourself unable to do anything. Reisen is still injured and is dealing with a scared Cirno. Eirin and Kaguya are both inside, and you don't know what Tewi is doing.
Crap... This is why Reisen told you not to play hero. You thought you could help Daiyousei yet you only made things worse.
Daiyousei raised the axe and brought it down.
Her face was in the corner as her eyes were shut in concentration.
You felt the blade hit your chest.
You screamed in immense pain. You began bleeding excessively, feeling the axe be pulled out again so that Daiyousei can swing it down once more.
You were already feeling faint as your blood loss began to catch up to you.
You had a brief image of your friends... Then everything faded away.
---
---
---
You see nothing but red as it swirls around you. Opening your eyes you find yourself in a place that's familiar, but different at the same time.
You hear the sound of water flowing, looking forward there was a river. You are unable to see the other side, but you know there must be something.
You look down at yourself, realizing that you are semi-transparent. You can feel yourself just fine, but you couldn't pick up the objects that are around you.
After some time, you hear a voice.
"Oh, another soul... And just when I was about to slack off."
You look around, laying your eyes on a small boat. There was a red haired girl standing on it, wearing a blue and white dress. In her hand was a scythe, the blade having a unique look compared to the ones you hear about in media.
The boat stopped at the edge of the river, the girl hopping off of it to look at you up close. You notice that she had a... well-developed chest. You did your best to not stare too much in that direction as you tried to not blush.
"Hello." She says, "My name is Komachi Onozuka. What's yours?"
"Um... I'm... I'm..."
"Hm? What's wrong? Why are you looking away like that?" She asked you.
"I-I'm fine... It's just I... You..."
"...Oh I get it! You're just shocked because you died isn't it!" Komachi said.
"Yes! That's it!" You say. "I died, that's why... wait... I died?"
"Yes, sometimes death is a relief. It means you no longer have to continue suffering. It means you could have finally managed to overcome everything."
"That's, uh..."
You linger in your thoughts for a moment, thinking what she just said.
"I...I died..."
You kneel to the ground, the moment slowly seeping in as a wave of horror struck you. You feel your throat go dry as you feel cold all over your body. This was really happening. You let out a small whimper, but it barely came out.
"I-I'm dead? No... No no no no no no no no no!!! I can't be dead! Not now!!!" You shout. "I need to go back! I need to go back and help Reisen!"
"Woah, calm down, you're dead, there's nothing you can do right now." Komachi said.
"Don't lie to me! I need to go back there!"
You start to run, hearing Komachi shout at you. You ignored her, running as far away from the river as much as you could.
But after a bit of running, you suddenly find yourself in the boat.
"Huh? What?" You were confused.
"I told you, you're dead. Even if you try to go back it's not like you could do much in your state." Komachi said.
"H-How did you pull me back here?" You ask.
"I can control distance. I made it so the distance between you and the boat shortened so that you end up here."
"The distance... It shortened..." You try to come to terms with what that meant. Your mind went into overdrive, wondering what could have been done to at least give you a chance.
You think about Reisen, how she is probably dealing with a mad Daiyousei. You know she can defend herself well, but that doesn't stop you from worrying.
As you pondered, the boat you were on started to move away from the land. Komachi began rowing down the river as you could only look from afar.
"What's going on!? Why are we moving away!? What's happening!?"
"Nothing. I just really like rowing." She said in a monotone voice.
"We need to go back!"
"Nope, can't do. I need to take you to the Yama so your soul can be judged."
"What are you talking about? What are you going to do with me?"
"Nothing. Jeez, for a dead person you sure like to talk."
"I just... I can't..." You hang your head low in defeat. "I can't do anything, can I..."
A few minutes passed shortly, nothing changed much as you felt the boat rock gently.
"I heard about you before, you're the new peddler from Eientei right?" Komachi asked.
"Yeah... I was." You say.
"I figured as much. I don't hear much from those people... Well to be fair 2 of them are immortal, and I'm a Shinigami so it's not like I have any reason to ever speak to them... I always wonder what is it with people and trying to outlive the expected time of their lives. I know one girl who I kinda wish I could kill myself just so I can send their soul down here... But the last time I did that I almost got mauled by a tiger. I mean who sends their pet tiger to attack someone?"
"A tiger... Are you referring to Kasen?" You ask.
"Oh, you met her?"
"Yeah, I delivered medicine to her once after she helped me when I was on Youkai Mountain."
"Did she give you a long lecture about the dangers of hiking afterwards?"
"No, she didn't."
"Huh... You got lucky then. Kasen's the type who would find any excuse to lecture someone to death. She's a lot like my boss actually... They just yap and yap and yap on an on about boring stuff like how we should be doing our jobs, or how life is precious and we shouldn't waste it, or how I shouldn't be slacking off so much despite the fact that the death ratio in Gensokyo is lower than an inchling."
"So you don't like your job?" You asked.
"That's not it, I'm just too lazy to do anything about it. I'd go mad if I had to work all day every day."
"If you're so bored, why don't you do something about it?"
"Like what?"
"I don't know... Pick up a hobby? Hang out with friends? Go on a date?"
"What kind of date?"
"A normal one?" You ask.
"Oh this is the part where you ask me out, huh?" Komachi asked.
"W-what!? No of course not! I wasn't implying that!" You say.
"Are you sure?" Komachi said in a sweeter tone.
You notice her hand moving to her outfit. She slid it off her shoulders, revealing more skin. "I'm no necrophiliac, but I do have a thing for dead people y'know?"
She moved close to you, leaning over as a smile formed on her face. You could feel her breath from where she is at. You can't move your mouth, but you are certain she could hear your heart beating.
And just when you thought something was gonna happen, the boat shook.
"Oh, we're here." Komachi said. She stood back up, fixing her outfit as she hopped off the boat. "C'mon, the Yama is waiting for you."
You were still blushing, wondering if she was being serious or not after what she did.
If you had a nickel for every time someone tried to seduce you, you have 2 nickels.
It's not a lot... but it's weird it happened twice.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You walk with Komachi down the road. The place looks vastly different from the surrounding land. It felt imposing, yet had a design you can't help but admire. It's like a mix between a castle and a labyrinth.
As you walked with Komachi, you look up to see a set of stairs, leading to what looks like a tall pillar, decorated with the image of various symbols.
You notice that the ones on the right were simple, and some you recognize to represent purity or light. While the ones on the left were darker, more jagged. You see a few you know to be affiliated with things people would consider cruel or evil.
Walking up the steps, you see someone sitting in a tall throne. They had a look of judgement in their eyes, as if upon contact they immediately began judging you from the spot.
You notice that they wore a blue and black uniform. Their hair is green, eyes blue and having a hat that matched what they were wearing.
From where you are standing, they look quite short and childish... But it's clear that it's not the case.
They stood up from the throne, walking up to you while holding a wooden rod. As they walked up to you only then could you see that they're quite tall, as tall as Komachi is.
"Hello Eiki! I brought another soul for you to judge!" Komachi said.
"...Komachi..." The woman named Eiki said.
"Yes?"
"You dare speak to me in that tone of voice, boy!?" Eiki shouted, her eyes piercing at Komachi.
You could feel the intimidation coming from her, she stared at Komachi with such ferocity that the Shinigami collapsed to her knees.
"You don't think I noticed how you been slacking off for the past 3 hours!? Honestly, the amount of times you done this is far too many! While it is true that things have been slow it is no excuse to avoid your duty as a Shinigami!" Eiki shouted.
"But... But Eiki!" Komachi said.
"Silence!!!" Eiki shouted. "You will refer to me as Eiki-sama!!! Do you understand!?"
You see Eiki raise the wooden rod as she swings it down on Komachi. You see Komachi raise her arms in defense, expecting it to hit her.
But it didn't happen. You see Eiki stop last minute just as the rod was about to hit Komachi.
Komachi looked up, wondering what happened when...
"Boop." Eiki said, booping Komachi with the rod.
"H-huh?" Komachi said.
"I was just teasing you Komachi." Eiki said. "I wasn't being serious when I said those things."
"O-oh... Oh you got me Eiki!" Komachi said. "For a moment I actually thought you were going to hit me with that."
"Well I'm not that cruel of a boss." Eiki said.
You see the two share a laugh, while you were confused as to what was happening. It seems that the two are actually good friends with one another.
Eiki quickly composed herself shortly, looking at you.
"My apologies for that display. You're probably aware of your current state, but surely you have several other questions yes?"
"Um... I think so." You say. "You're the Yama correct?"
"That I am. I am Eiki Shini, Yamaxanadu." Eiki said. "I am the Yama of Gensokyo. I judge the souls who are about to be sent into the afterlife. Depending on how you lived your life shall determine whether you get sent to heaven or hell."
"Heaven or hell?" You ask.
"Yes. It's a simple procedure. I look at the sins you have committed and weigh them with your virtues. Depending on what you have done will determine your fate. Of course there are exceptions to this rule. Say for example you are an important figure, like the child of Maire, in that case you will be offered reincarnation."
"What about being revived?" You ask.
"Revived? Well that's almost impossible. In order for that to be allowed, you would have to die a "hero's" death. That's a term I created to refer to those who have died while trying to save others. They get a special exception in being allowed to reincarnate."
"What about me? Do I qualify as a hero?" You ask.
"Lets see." Eiki said.
She pulled out what looks like a small, circular hand mirror. It was shiny, and glimmered like crystal.
"A mirror?" You ask.
"This mirror reflects the deeds of one's past. If it proves that you did die a hero's death, then you will be eligible for revival. However, if the sins of your past outweigh all else, then you will be sent down to hell, where you will be greeted by a chicken."
"A chicken that guards the gates of hell?" You ask.
"Yes." Eiki responded.
Eiki then shows the mirror to you, letting you see your own reflection. It then began to glow dimly.
But just as it began to glow, it shattered violently. The shards of glass falling to the ground and disappearing into thin air.
"Whoa." You say. "What was that?"
"I-I don't know... That never happened before..." Eiki said, her eyes widening with shock. "The only reason that could ever happen is if the mirror were to try and reflect one too many sinners. But you're the only one here... Unless-"
"My my... What are you doing Eiki?" A voice said.
You and Eiki look up, seeing Yukari.
"Yukari!? What are you doing here!?" Eiki shouted. "Are you interfering with my work again!?"
"No, not in the slightest." Yukari landed on the ground softly. "I'm here for Fargo."
"Fargo? Who is Fargo?" Eiki asked.
"They are." Yukari pointed to you. "If you don't mind I'll be taking them back with me."
"Not so fast!" Eiki shouted. "You can't take back a soul that already entered the afterlife! It's against the rules!"
"Oh, Eiki Eiki Eiki... You honestly think I care about your opinion?" Yukari said in a mockful tone.
"What do you want Yukari?" You asked.
"First, I want you to meet someone." Yukari said.
"Who?"
"Hello!!!" Koishi said. "Knife to meet you!"
Koishi starting swinging her knife at Eiki. She defended herself from Koishi's swings with her rod.
"Wha-hey! Stop that! Don't swing your knife like that!" Eiki said, trying to stop Koishi.
"Nope! It's too fun!"
"Komachi! Help me here!" Eiki told Komachi. "Wait, where did you go?"
Meanwhile, Komachi was slacking elsewhere.
"Komachi!!!" Eiki shouted, distracted by Koishi.
Yukari walks up to you, holding a fan and then hitting you on the head with it.
"Honestly... To think you would actually die like that... That wasn't even supposed to happen in this experiment... And after all the effort I put in to make everything conveniently work out." Yukari told you.
"What do you mean?" You ask. "What did I do differently?"
"Well first of all, you allowed yourself to get killed so easily... I mean who dies to an axe to the chest? At least go out with a bang, not a whimper."
"Well it was pretty..."
"Yes, yes it was." Yukari interrupts you. "Anyways, since it's clear that you weren't supposed to die yet, I'll rewind time a bit before you died, and let you try again. But don't make the same mistake this time okay?"
"Okay."
"Good, now if you just give me a moment..."
Yukari snaps her fingers as a gap portal opens up. She forces you in as you fall through.
---
You open your eyes, looking around to find yourself just before Daiyousei attacked you.
"Darn it... C'mon... C'mon already!!!" Daiyousei struggled, attempting to free the axe.
You look at Reisen, who was trying to move, but unfortunately her injury paired with cirno clinging desperately to her other leg kept her still.
"Cirno! Get off of me already!" Reisen said in a panicked state.
"I can't! I'm scared!" Cirno said. "Dai-chan never acts like this!"
This was the moment when Daiyousei was attacking you, but now you know better than to play hero.
Of course, while you can try and stop Daiyousei, it's better to just knock her out to prevent her from harming you. It's not like figuring out what's causing this madness would do you much good.
What do you do?
Chapter 147: Part 147
Summary:
You decide to Knock out Daiyousei
Chapter Text
As Daiyousei was distracted, you quickly pulled out something from your pocket, that being a small syringe.
It was something that Eirin gave you not too long ago. She called it the "Knock-Out Serum", designed to instantly knock someone out with a single dose. You were told only to use it in case you suddenly get harassed. Reisen also has one of course since there are many people out there who would want to deceive her.
Just as Daiyousei turned around to lash at you, you quickly inject the serum into her neck, as she collapsed to the ground in an instant.
You kneeled down slowly, checking to make sure she still had a pulse... She does of course but you wanted to make sure.
"Good, she's out." You say. "You okay Reisen?"
"I-I'm good... Cirno you can let go of me now." Reisen said, shaking Cirno off of her.
Cirno walked over to Daiyousei, feeling worried. "I-Is Dai-chan..."
"Don't worry, she's just asleep for now. I'll take her inside so she can get some rest." You say, picking up the unconscious fairy.
"But what if she attacks you again Fargo?" Reisen asks.
"I'm pretty sure she won't... But just to be safe I like it if you can take her weapons somewhere she can't reach them."
"Oh, that's easy." Reisen said. She whistled with her fingers as a couple of rabbits came over immediately.
"Yes Reisen?" The first rabbit said.
"Yes? Yes?" The second rabbit said.
"Take these weapons to the closet, and make sure you clean them first." Reisen told the two rabbits.
"We can do that!"
"We can! We can!"
The rabbits picked up the weapons and dashed off.
" Naw fair! Thets not fair at all!" A voice shouted out.
"Huh?" You look over at the area, noticing another figure you haven't seen before.
They look like another fairy, only thing different is their clothes. They look like a jester wearing the American Flag, holding a suspicious looking torch.
"Piece-chan?" Cirno said.
"Way wuz havin' so much fun messin' around an causin' madness! Yet yawl ruined it wheyun thangs wuz gittin' all riled up!" The girl said.
"Um... Who's that?" You ask.
"That's Clownpiece... She's a hell fairy who once caused me trouble back in the day. I advise you not to look at the torch's flame." Reisen told you.
"Wait... Were you the one who made Dai-chan go mad!?" Cirno said.
"Yayus uh course! Ah asked Daiyousei hif shay wanted tuh hav fun, so Ah showed her mah torch! Then shay started gittin' wild an evun terrorized thuh wildlife! It wuz so much fun, remindin' may uh home!" Clownpiece said.
"Why is it that every person who I met have different accents?" You asked yourself. "And why are none of them Japanese?"
"Hawh?? Yawl say sumthin yawl rapscallion?" Clownpiece said, walking up to you.
Despite her size, she did look like she was about to beat you up, but instead she started swinging her torch at you.
"Woah hey! Don't flail that around!" You say, backing away while still holding Daiyousei.
"Ahl show yawl how way do it back in mah hometown! Yawl better bay prepared cause thus liddel fairy ain't holdin back!"
Suddenly, Clownpiece was knocked out by a club of a fist. That fist belonging to a woman, wearing a weird t-shirt.
"Hecatia!?" Reisen asked. "What are you doing here?"
"Oh hello Reisen! It's so nice to see you again! Was Clownpiece bothering all of you?" The woman named Hecatia asked.
"No not at all, she was just messing around." Reisen said.
"Oh how lovely! Clownpiece is so funny when she messes around! But I'll be taking her back with me now."
"Hey hold on!" You said. "Clownpiece may have been messing around, but I was almost axed to death by the girl she manipulated. How could you just be taking this casually?"
Hecatia looks at you, then slowly walks up close to stare at you even more.
"Hm... Wait, I think I know you... You're Fargo Kaninchen right?" Hecatia asked you.
"You know me?"
"Of course! I heard about you from Junko the last time she visited. To be honest I thought she was joking when she said that Reisen got a new pet."
"I-I'm not her pet actually."
"Aw... And I even bought a leash and everything for Reisen to use."
"U-Um, Heactia, I appreciate you coming here, but it be best if you can leave with Clownpiece before Master finds out about your arrival." Reisen said.
"You're right. Again, sorry for what just happened... By the way what happened to your leg Reisen?" Hecatia asked. "Wait, let me guess... Reimu?"
"Reimu." Reisen said.
"That's all I need to know." Hecatia said, taking Clownpiece with her.
"...What was that all about?" You ask Reisen.
"Hecatia is someone who I met a while back... Like Junko she once attacked the moon but failed. Though unlike Junko she's more reasonable and not obsessed with anything... But I'm still weary of her since she and Junko are dating."
"Wait, Junko and Hecatia are together?" You ask.
"It's a bit complicated to explain." Reisen said.
---
Somemore time passed. It eventually became the afternoon, then late afternoon, then early evening...
Now it is dark, and the moon is full.
The Moon festival has begun.
You, dressed in a fashionable yet simple yukata, got yourself ready for the night.
You can remember how it feels to go out in these kinds of festivals back when you lived in the outside world, though most of your fondest memories were when you were a small kid.
The entire land is up, and the people roam this night with lanterns, fireworks, and music. The streets are alive with people, and the air is filled with the pleasant smell of food.
It only had been a week since you came to Gensokyo... But it felt like you lived here most of your life already.
"What are you zoning out for?" A voice behind you said.
You turn around, knowing who that is. You see Reisen, wearing a purple and red Yukata. her hair is tied up in a nice bun, and her ears are decorated with some flowers on the sides.
"Wow... You look amazing." You say.
"And you look like you don't know how to put on a Yukata." Reisen said, looking down at what you are wearing.
"I-I never exactly learned how to put these things on... I always had someone else do it for me." You say.
"Here, turn around for a sec." Reisen told you.
You follow her instructions, and she takes off the yukata, and puts it on you.
"Now this one." Reisen said, pulling a hair tie out of her pocket and fixing your hair.
You waited, letting her do her thing.
"Did you learn this from Eirin or Kaguya?" You ask.
"Actually, it was Seiran who taught me." Reisen said. "We also have festivals on the moon that we go to. I was in your position once, never knowing how to even put on a sash correctly."
"Really?" You asked.
"Yep. That's what makes her a good friend." She said. "...Okay, all done! Go look in the mirror!"
You walk up to a mirror, and look at your reflection. You looked fine... But you still felt out of place.
"Something the matter?" Reisen asked.
"I don't know... it feels like there's something missing..." You say.
"...Oh I know!" Reisen said, walking away to grab something.
A few moments later, she came back with the pair of rabbit ears you wore once a while back.
"Here! Put these on!" She said.
"Do I have to?" You ask.
"Yes." Reisen said sternly.
"Fine..." You sighed, taking the ears. They looked a little weird on, but they were surprisingly comfy. Perhaps it's because you're familiar with them.
You look in the mirror again... And somehow, you feel a lot better about how you look.
"There! You look great now. Now come let's go!"
You follow Reisen out of the house, and onto the road of the Moon Festival.
...
The road was bustling with many faces, most you recognize from the days when you were delivering all the medicine. So many people were wearing Yukatas, Kimonos, and whatever seemed suitable for the occasion.
"This is a bit different from the streets of Edo, isn't it?" You say.
"Edo? What's that?" Reisen asked.
"Nevermind... Still, I'm surprised that so many people have come here just to admire the moon."
"Well I don't think most people actually care for the moon viewing that much." Reisen said. "It's mostly just a cultural festival. And a big party."
"I still wonder though, why do we have it on the night of the full moon?"
"Well if my knowledge is right... A youkai's power is at their strongest during a full moon. So we have this festival to remind us to stay watchful and cautious."
"Really? I thought it be more than that."
"Well I think it also has something to do with the Tale of the Bamboo Cutter... But I wouldn't know anything about that. Besides, I think most people don't even care for the symbolic stuff and rather just eat food... Speaking of..."
You and Reisen eyed the many stands, selling various foods more delicious than the last.
Upon closer inspection, you notice that most of the people running these stands are very familiar.
And since you and Reisen are already hungry, you might as well go to one.
Which one do you go to?
Chapter 148: Part 148
Summary:
You decide on Koishi's Fishing Stand
Chapter Text
While it may seem strange to you, it was the first thing that came to mind as you and Reisen walk down the Moonlit Festival.
You pass by several people. A few you recognize to be human, but it seems the majority of the people here are actually youkai. It really says a lot about Gensokyo's population ratio doesn't it?
Soon enough, you arrived at the small makeshift stand. There was a painted sign above, written in Kanji that says "Koishi's Fish Shack". Yet you notice that the kanji for "Fish" is painted a bit strangely, making it hard to read at first glance.
In front of you was an empty booth, with the walling yellow-green striped patterns the first thing you see. But you don't see any fish, or anyone at all.
"Um... Fargo, why did we go to a empty booth?" Reisen asked you.
"I don't know. I thought there would be someone here." You say. "I guess we can just-"
"Hello!!!" Koishi announced, appearing out of nowhere.
"GAH!!!" You jumped, instinctively running behind Reisen. "Stop doing that Koishi!" You say.
"Do what?" Koishi asked, showing an expression of confusion.
"I...Nevermind." You say, coming out of Reisen's shadow.
"Welcome to my beloved shack! Would you like to fish for something?" Koishi asked. "The first try is free of charge!"
"Fish for something?" Reisen asked. "So, it's like a game booth?"
"Not exactly... Well depends on how you view it I guess." Koishi walked into the booth, ducking down as she fades from your sight.
You and Reisen waited for a moment, hearing the intense sounds of rummaging and searching. You could've sworn you heard a cat hiss down there.
Seconds later, Koishi popped out with a fishing rod.
"Behold!!!" Koishi said, holding the rod high in the air.
"A fishing rod?" You and Reisen say.
"Tsk tsk... This is no ordinary fishing rod... It's THE Golden Fishing Rod!!! Legend has it that only those who pass the trail of Femti fisk will be offered this relic that's been passed down by generations of Anglers. I managed to acquire this after venturing through a world of mystics, trickery, and all things slime!" Koishi said. "I killed exactly 26 people to get this!"
You were confused, and disturbed at the same time.
"I-I see Koishi... Good for you." Reisen said, showing visible signs of uncomfort.
"Thanks! Would you like me to show how this works?" Koishi said.
"Sure."
"Okay... I'll need you to step out of the way while I do this then." Koishi said. She took the time to put some strange bait on the hook.
"Do what exactly?" Reisen asked while you and her step away from Koishi's range. "Wait, isn't there supposed to be a pool you fish in or something?"
Koishi didn't respond to Reisen's question as she focused on positioning her line back and throwing it into the crowd. You and Reisen could only stand there, wondering what was going on.
"...Ah! Got one already!" Koishi said, yanking on the line as hard as she could. She started reeling as hard as she could, looking like she's struggling a bit to pull whatever she has caught.
You were confused, but you didn't stop her, as what she caught came to sight.
You see what looks like... a person... Correction, this looks to be what's known as a mermaid. She had blue hair, wore a green kimono, and has a big ol' fish tail where one's legs would be.
"Yay! I got a big one!" Koishi said, feeling proud of herself.
"Um...Hi..." The mermaid said. "Can one of you help pull the hook out of my mouth?"
"I'll do it." You say. You got down, helping pull out the hook from her mouth. The girl rubbed her cheek, making sure she's not bleeding too hard.
"Ow...Thank you." The Mermaid said. "I'm Wakasagihime by the way. I saw something delicious land on the ground and I couldn't resist."
"Well be glad that you weren't caught by an actual fisherman." Reisen said. "Anyways, how did you get here? I doubt you came here alone."
"I was with my friends. They're probably confused as to where I am. Can you help take me to my friends?" Wakasagihime asked.
"Of course we can." Reisen said. "Here, let me help you up."
Reisen helped the girl get back on her...fins... As Reisen picked her up easily, even if she's still injured.
"A-are you sure about that Reisen?" You ask. "You're still injured from yesterday."
"I'll be fine Fargo, it's not the first time I had to carry people while wounded." Reisen said, carrying the girl like a princess.
...You feel slightly envious.
---
After walking for a while, you and Reisen managed to find Wakasagihime's friends, who were a Werewolf named Kagerou and a Rokurokubi named Sekibanki respectively. They thanked both you and Reisen for finding her and went along to enjoy the festival.
You and Reisen never managed to acquire any food unfortunately, but Kagerou and Sekibanki did give you a few things to enjoy, so you weren't left in vain.
Having acquired said food, the two of you went over to a more quiet part of the festival to enjoy the food you got. You could still hear the sounds of music playing and the bustling of lights, but it was more ambient now.
You noticed that Reisen was looking tired, probably from carrying Wakasagihime all around the festival.
"Hey, you need to sit?" You ask her.
"Yeah... I wasn't expecting to tire myself out that much." Reisen said.
The two of you went over to some kind of rest stop. It was something the rabbits built for the festival, intended for those who want to take a break from everything that's been going on. It's surprisingly convenient. You and Reisen sat down on the bench together.
"Well, how are you enjoying the festival Fargo?" Reisen asked you.
"I'm-"
"Hey! Look who it is!"
You and Reisen hear a voice, looking over to see two people come your way.
The first one was Tewi, wearing a bright pink Yukata as her hair had a big ribbon on the back. the other was Aunn, wearing a red Yukata that had a cloud pattern on it.
"Fancy seeing you both here together." Tewi said with a smile.
"Oh, hey Tewi." You say.
After what happened yesterday, you find it weird to talk to Tewi again, even if you did speak to her earlier in the day in what was a very emotional moment. She looks a lot better now though. It does make you wonder what she and Reisen talked about when you weren't around.
"What are you doing with Aunn?" Reisen asked Tewi.
Tewi paused for a bit, looking at Aunn, then back to you two. "Oh, we're dating."
"...What?" You say.
"Aunn!!!! That's right!" Aunn said.
"When did that happen?" Reisen asked, acting as confused as you are.
"About a few days ago." Tewi said. "At first I visited Hakurei Shrine to take some time to think. Then Aunn showed up, being all friendly and... well one thing led to another and-"
"Tewi said she's gonna teach me how to become a H-Protagonist!" Aunn said innocently.
"Oh yeah! That's why!" Tewi said. "So yeah, we're a thing now. And don't tell Eirin or Kaguya, I don't want them breathing down my necks if they find out the reason for my slacking."
"Tewi, you know you don't need to skip work to see me y'know?" Aunn said. "I can always come visit."
"That be too suspicious though. Plus, wouldn't your master be stingy if you started coming over?"
"Reimu doesn't mind it! I go to Moriya Shrine and Myouren Temple all the time! Aunnn!!!" Aunn said.
You tried to configure what Tewi just said. But you can only think about what Aunn meant when she said "H-Protagonist".
Then suddenly, a little slip of paper fell into your hands.
You're welcome. -Yukari
...You don't get it.
"...Hey Aunn? Do you mind going over to the dango booth and get us a couple of the Seiran-Ringo blended combo?" Tewi told Aunn.
"Sure thing! Aunnnnn!!!!" Aunn said, running off.
Tewi looked at you and Reisen, with a more modest expression this time.
"...C'mon Tewi, we talked about this." Reisen said.
It felt like the world around you started getting quiet. Like all the music that was around you was trapped within a Cinderella Cage as Tewi looked at you, as if she was trying to hold back tears.
Suddenly, she bowed.
"Forgive me Fargo." Tewi said.
"W-what?" You say.
"...I'm sorry for how I treated you, ever since you arrived to Eientei... When I first met you, I thought you were just another customer... But when Reisen started talking fondly of you, as if you were a long forgotten friend, I felt a bit envious. That's why I did all those nasty things. I'm sorry." Tewi said, holding back tears.
"It's OK. I mean, I get it now." You say.
"No... You don't get it..." Tewi said. "I... I know what I did was wrong... The reason why I did those things was because I was so... so lonely."
"No..." Reisen said. "Tewi, you don't need to-"
"I do." Tewi said, cutting Reisen off.
Tewi looked straight at you, feeling more determined. "Fargo... I seduced you back then because I wanted to make Reisen think that you were already taken, so she wouldn't try to win you over. I pulled those pranks so you would think of me more than her... But when you started telling me that I was lonely, I panicked and went over to Reimu to send you away... But now I know that I was wrong... I have learned my lesson. I still wish we can be friends. Would you... be willing to forgive me?" Tewi asked.
The way Tewi looks is as if she is truly sorry for her actions. She looks full of guilt and remorse, as if the thought of further isolation would put her over the edge.
You look over at Reisen, who had a sincere smile on her face, then back at Tewi.
"Tewi..." You began, standing up.
Tewi looked up, you can see that she is shaking a little, her hands clenching tightly and her eyes wavering a tiny bit.
You took a breath in, exhaling as you spoke the following words:
Chapter 149: Part 149
Chapter Text
"I forgive you." You say.
"H-Huh?" Tewi said, almost in disbelief. "W-what was... What did you say?"
You raise your hand, like how one would raise a flag, before placing it down on Tewi's head, patting her gently.
"Of course I forgive you, dummy. Hehe~" You say with a smile. "I mean, after everything else I faced since coming here, I think what you did is just a bump on the road."
"...he...hehehe...hahahahahahaha!!!" Tewi laughed. She laughed with joy and relief, she went over and hugged you firmly.
"Thank you!! Thank you for forgiving me!" Tewi said.
"Woah there, you're not about to German Suplex me are you?" You ask.
"What? Where did that come from?" Tewi asked.
"German... Suplex?" Reisen asked, confused.
"It's nothing." You say.
"So... Do you also forgive me for hitting you with a pie back then?" Tewi asked.
"Of course." You say.
"And for making you fall in a pile of lego bricks?"
"It hurt, but yes."
"And for filling your bed sheets with aphrodisiacs?"
"Yes I- wait what?" You say.
"U-um, Nothing!" Tewi said.
"Hey! Tewi!" Aunn shouted from a distance. "They're about to set off the fireworks! C'mon, I know a good spot! Aunn!!!!"
"Coming!" Tewi said, letting go of you as she started to move. But she suddenly stopped as she looked back at you and Reisen.
Just as quickly, she ran up to you, hopped a tiny bit as she laid a good ol' peck on the cheek before running off.
You stood there, taking a moment to realize what Tewi just did, as a large red blush started to form.
Reisen, who was behind you, started to laugh a bit.
"Hahahahaha!!! I should be mad that Tewi did that but just can't help but laugh!" Reisen said, still laughing. "Was that your first kiss or something!?"
"Well yes, but actually no." You say, keeping yourself composed.
"I'll let her off this time. But if she tries to bathe with you or something like in those doujins Sanae showed me once I'll rip her ears off and feed them to Rumia."
"Who's Rumia?" You ask.
"Imagine the letter t."
"T?"
"No, t." Reisen said.
That's what I said. T." You say.
"You're saying it wrong, it's- ah, forget it." Reisen said. "I'm just glad that she mustered up the courage to apologize."
"Were you the one who made her?" You ask, sitting back down with Reisen.
"Well, I didn't directly tell her, but I did say that it's better to make amends since you're going to live with us."
"Yeah It really has been a week hasn't it?" You say.
"Sometimes I wonder about that... How long life has been, how much time has passed. To humans it can feel like forever, yet back on the moon a hundred years for us is only a month for humans."
"How old are you if you don't mind me asking?" You ask.
"Hm...I think if I were to compare the Lunarian Calendar to that of Earth's... I was born in the year 1955." Reisen said.
"Oh, 1955, that makes... Wait, 1955?" You ask. "A-are you sure?"
"Um...Yeah? I think I would know when I was born." Reisen said.
"But... I mean..." You stutter.
"You okay?"
"Yeah... I'm just thinking is all..."
You thought about the dreams you had. You also thought about what Yukari told you regarding your dreams, how they don't correlate with reality.
...
You decide to ask Reisen about her past.
"Reisen." You say.
"Hm?"
"You were a soldier on the moon right?" You ask. "You fought a war before haven't you."
"..."
"..."
"..."
"...Rei-"
"Yes, I did. Fargo." Reisen said, sounding serious. "I was wondering when you would ask that."
"You...You were?"
Reisen looked up at the moon with Lunatic Eyes, like she's reminiscing.
"Like I said before, I didn't grow up with a normal childhood. I was abused, treated like an object, and had many times when I just wanted to end it all. But when I met Yorihime and Toyohime, my life changed. I had hope, faith, a reason to keep on going for the sake of others... But of course that changed in the year 1969. That was the year the Lunar War began."
You didn't say anything, but sat there as Reisen continued on.
"Of course, because of the war, there was a mandatory draft for all available moon rabbits within the age range. And even though I was the pet of the Watasuki sisters, I wasn't given the exception. Still that didn't stop my former masters from doing whatever they could to keep me safe. They pulled every string to keep me from engaging in actual war with the Astronauts..."
"..."
"It's where I became friends with Seiran. It was where I was able to meet Sagume. It was where I got to be acknowledge by Lord Tsukuyomi themselves... It was where I met the love of my life."
"..."
"They were a lot like you to be honest. They were weird when I first met them, always doing things that didn't make sense, but they had an honest heart. They adapted to their surroundings well, and was always willing to help whenever possible. They even helped me when I was going through struggles that not even Yorihime or Toyohime could fix."
"..."
"But that didn't last long. Despite all the efforts from Yorihime and Toyohime, they couldn't keep me out of the war forever. Too many rabbits got injured, and they needed to send in reinforcements. So I, along with my unit, were sent in... We faced against some astronauts, a brutal battle it was. So many lives were killed around me. The blood of my friends and allies staining my clothes. The screams of agony as I watched the brutality of the ones who wore those chrome helmets. The way they jump around as if gravity was but a minor inconvenience. The way they spoke almost mechanical..."
"Reisen..."
"I could've killed one of them on the spot. Hell I could've killed them all from where I was. I had the perfect opportunity too. But I couldn't. I couldn't bring myself to kill at that period of time. And that was the biggest mistake I made in my life. And the one who I loved took the bullet for me."
".Reisen I-"
"Let me finish Fargo..." Reisen told you.
"O-okay..."
"Seiran was there when it happened... We were all close, like childhood friends. When she saw what happened to them. She just, snapped... I watched as she brutally killed all those Astronauts with a makeshift mallet. She crushed their skulls with no hesitation. Like they were mochi. And I... All I could do was run..."
"Where did you run to?"
"Into the Astronaut's ship obviously. I hid there. I had no idea what was going through my mind that time. All I could do was stay where I was at, waiting for when they would board on and take me with them. It was crazy, stupid even, hiding in the enemy's ship so I could desert my friends, my nation, everything. Eventually making my way to Earth, and then to Gensokyo sometime later where I met Master and Princess for the first time..."
Reisen took a moment to breathe, letting herself calm for a bit before resuming.
"Even though I ran away physically, I couldn't escape mentally. My mind was haunted with several dreams. Dreams about how my life could've been more peaceful. Dreams where I was killed in battle. Dreams where I was called a traitor to the Capital, and forever marked with guilt and sorrow. I would hear the cries of those who have died, telling me that I should've died with them. For the longest time I dreamt of when I abandoned Seiran. I feared for ages of the rage she must've built up for when I just left her in the battlefield."
"But you're good friends aren't you?" You ask.
"Yeah, we are now. But there was a period of time when I couldn't enter the Human Village without having to cross paths with her. It just made me uneasy, knowing that the one I deserted was living in the village I go to. It wasn't until Ringo came and forced us to talk that we finally made up."
"..."
"But the dreams that I had the most of were the ones with the person I loved. I dreamt how their broken body would be filled with bullet holes, boiled in lava, crushed by wheels, dissolved in acid, skewered by spikes... Every form of death one could imagine, I had to see for myself. It was like whoever gave me those dreams wanted me to suffer."
"Reisen..."
"But there were also moments when I was able to dream of them, being happy to see me. They would be so kind, so generous, so... so much like you Fargo..." Reisen said, turning her head around to look at you.
"M-me?" You ask.
"Yes. I remember one of the dreams I had. They said that we would meet up again. They said that if I were to ever meet someone who looked just like them, someone who showed an act of selfless virtue, then that would mean that it was them. That it was the one who I loved, defying fate just so we could be together."
You recall your dreams, wondering if they were somehow connected to Reisen's.
"Fargo. I wanted you to work at Eientei, because I was convinced you were that person. I believed you were the one I loved. I wanted it to be true, I really did..." Reisen said with tears in her eyes. "But I knew that was too good to be true..."
"Reisen, I-"
"Don't. I know what you're gonna say..." Reisen said.
"Y-You do?" You ask.
"Yeah. I know you just want to comfort me by saying what you want me to hear. I know that there's a small possibility that you are the one... But lets be honest, Not even Remilia could manipulate fate like that."
"But Reisen, I-"
"Just stop Fargo, please. I don't want to make it feel like a lie. Besides, it was a long time ago when I lost them. And by meeting you, spending time with you, I realized that it's better to move on from those kinds of fantasies. I don't want you to pretend to be someone for my sake. I rather you just be you, yourself, and the one named Fargo Kaninchen."
"I just have one question Reisen..." You say.
"Go ahead and ask." Reisen said.
"Does the name Shirai ring a bell?" You ask.
Reisen too a moment, trying to think about what you said.
"Shirai... I don't know anyone by that name." Reisen said.
"Oh, I see then." You say.
"Was it someone you knew?" Reisen asked.
"Yeah, I guess you could say that." You say. "They were someone I lost."
"I'm sorry to hear that, I know the feeling."
"It's okay. Like you said, it's better to move on from those kinds of feelings."
"Can I ask a question then?" Reisen said.
"Yes." You say.
"Do you love me?" Reisen asked.
You felt the world stop for a moment, all the music coming to an immediate halt. You could not believe the words that Reisen said to you.
"Reisen..." You say.
"I-I'm sorry if this seems abrupt. I know we haven't gotten to know each other for that long. But I want to know, and it's okay if you don't reciprocate those feelings. But do you love me Fargo?" Reisen asked with genuine eyes.
What is your response?
Chapter 150: Part 150!!! *FINALE*
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"I love you too."
The moment you said that, Reisen eyes glowed dimly, but not enough to do anything to you or anyone else that's nearby.
A smile formed on her face, her expression looking more relieved, and also joyful simultaneously. She looked like she got done with a long voyage.
"That... That makes me happy to hear... I-I'm happy Fargo. I really am. I'm so glad!" Reisen said.
*boom*
You and Reisen look up, not realizing the fireworks have already begun. Several colors of different sizes lit up the sky. It reminded you of the first time you met Reisen.
You recall the beautiful patterns she let out, while she fought in the air against Sakuya. It was a sight too hard to forget.
You could also recall how you shared some dango together, talking about a few things that happened. She was so nice to you, even giving you advice on what to do next so that you wouldn't struggle with living in Gensokyo.
You remember the times when you learned about medicine under Reisen's guidance. From being taught CPR to the various medicines that exist.
You were reminded on when Reisen was hurt, doing her best to protect you against Reimu. How you were willing to step up to defend her instead when she got badly injured. It was probably at that moment when you really began to feel something special for her.
While the fireworks went off, you didn't notice that Reisen moved closer to you, placing her hand on top of yours. You decided to hold her hand in response to that gesture.
Reisen had a slight blush on her face, like she is nervous about this. You were too of course, but you don't mind.
"I guess we'll need to inform the others of our relationship now. Hopefully Master and Princess don't mind." Reisen said.
"I'm certain that Eirin and Kaguya would have no problem of our relationship Rei." You say.
"Rei?" Reisen asked.
"Yeah, do you not like it?" You ask.
"...No, I don't mind it actually. It feels nice that you have a name for me." Reisen said. "Even if it's just half of my name."
"Would you rather I call you Udonge?"
"Don't you dare." Reisen said more sternly. "Only Master is allowed to use that name."
"Woah okay, calm down." You say.
Reisen giggled a bit. "I'm just messing with you. You can call me Rei, or whatever name you want Fargo."
The two of you stared at each other for a moment. As the fireworks were about to end, you suddenly felt Reisen grab you by the neck of your outfit.
And pulls you in for a kiss.
*BOOM*
And just in time for the biggest firework to go off.
This wasn't the first time you kissed Reisen, but it felt really nice. It was sweet, like a peach.
As the kiss ended, Reisen pulled you in for a hug, resting her shoulder on yours.
"I love you Fargo." She said.
"I love you too Rei." You say.
The night continued.
And you, were happy.
Reisen Ending Achieved (Possible Ending #5 of 6)
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Somewhere, within a dark room, as dark as the night. There only a singular soul resided inside.
They drank what looks to be a cup of black tea, though it's color is slightly red due to an added ingredient. To most, it would seem like it would run the tea. But for Remilia, it was perfect. It was best suited for a dead princess.
Remilia Scarlet, wearing a black dress instead of her usual pink outfit, watched outside, staring up at the full moon from her window. It's not something that she would do normally. At times like this she would be out in the night, enjoying the freedom of flying around without fear or worry of the sun hitting her.
But there's a reason why she's not at the moon festival. There's a reason why she instructed her servants and friends to go out and enjoy the event without her.
It's because she was waiting for someone to arrive.
She took another sip of her tea, enjoying the flavor of its sweetness and bitterness, before placing it down on the table to her right.
She stood up from her spot where she could see the moon. With a snap of her fingers the curtains suddenly closed themselves, blocking the remaining light that was inside the room.
It was dark, quiet, and like a void...
But there was still some light despite all of this. This room, the one that not even Sakuya or Patchouli know about, was a special room. It was used to contain those who wish for isolation and peace.
It was originally a room specifically for Flandre, to keep her from unleashing her powers mindlessly. But overtime, as Flandre slowly matured, and started controlling how she used her powers thanks to the efforts of Marisa and many of their newfound friends, it wasn't needed as much.
But there was still someone who wanted to use this room, someone who knew a good way to use it.
"...So, are you just gonna hide forever, or are you going to greet me?" Remilia said, speaking like someone is there.
"..."
Just then, a gap opened, a blonde figure walking out, holding a closed parasol around her arm.
"Well I didn't want to interrupt you while you were having your tea, now would I Remilia?" Yukari said.
The gap closed behind her, leaving nothing behind.
"So, how did you enjoy the moon festival?" Remilia asked.
"It was delightful, but it was just like last year so there wasn't much else to do." Yukari said. "I'm surprised you didn't go."
"Well I could've... But it seemed that someone had to ask me something important. Let me guess, is it about the experiment?"
Yukari smiled. "Before we begin, do you mind if I sit?"
"By all means." Remilia said, snapping her fingers as a chair conveniently slid to where Yukari sat down on. A table and an entire tea set plopped down, while another chair manifested itself to where Remilia decided to sit.
A series of reactions, causing the kettle to pour itself into Yukari's cup, and then landing safely back upright. It looked as if it moved by itself.
"...This doesn't have blood in it right?" Yukari asked.
"Why? It adds flavor to the drink doesn't it?" Remilia said. "Besides aren't youkai supposed to like the taste of blood?"
"Yes, but I personally prefer my blood to be made into a meal, rather than enjoyed as a drink." Yukari said. "Though it's probably just my cultural background speaking."
"It's fine." Remilia said. "So the experiment, did Keine do as we asked?"
"Yes." Yukari nodded. "She already begun the process in changing history as we speak."
"Perfect."
Remilia reached forth with her hand, taking a sip of her tea. "So what will happen now?"
"That I do not know. Whether anyone will remember or not is something that I haven't thought of yet."
"It'd be nice if someone else could do this, but that's probably asking a lot. Of course, we could always try it ourselves. Though I'm not sure if it'll work with my... limitations."
Yukari let out a laugh, while Remilia looked at her strangely.
"Why are you laughing?" Remilia asked.
"Oh, forgive me... It's just you already proven that your power to control fate is far beyond my expectations."
"Control? I merely redirected, I don't control anything."
"But it works. And you're a powerful and respected vampire. People will listen to you even if nobody else is willing to admit it. You already know the situation better than anyone... Except me of course."
"I wondered... When I met that human for the first time, I thought they were some random person you took a liking too... But there's more to it isn't there?" Remilia asked. "Because why else would to come to me to change fate everytime they made a choice?"
"There's always a reason, and sometimes I don't know what they are. But that's part of the fun, isn't it?"
"And by fun, you mean forcing people's lives to revolve around one person."
"I do not!" Yukari said, offended. "I mean having an impact on the course of many events, and relishing in the fact that I can choose the direction of those events at any given moment."
"So in other words, enjoying the power."
"Bingo!" Yukari said.
"Ah... What did I expect from you Yukari? Once you have your mind set on something you want, you would do what it would take until you're satisfied."
"If that were the case, I wouldn't still be a mortal."
"Oh please!" Remilia said, leaning back on her chair. "I know you secretly keep a stash of the Hourai Elixir somewhere in your home for emergencies! Why else would Eirin and Kaguya be very weary of your visits?"
Yukari laughed again, but more subtle. "I never said I have the elixir, did I?"
"No. Of course not. But you're the type who is prepared for any given situation... And I noticed you have been more prepared than ever for anything since Fargo arrived."
"Well I wouldn't say that..." Yukari said, but she didn't continue.
"...Tell me Yukari. Be honest. What exactly makes Fargo so special? Why did you put so much effort in bringing them to Gensokyo only to let them do whatever the hell they want?"
"...They're not just one person Remilia Scarlet." Yukari said, sounding more serious. "They're a group." "Yes, but whose idea was it to get them involved in Gensokyo?"
"Mine." Yukari said.
"Okay..." Remilia said, raising an eyebrow.
"I originally brought them here so that I could feed them to some hungry youkai. I wanted to toss them into a nest and watch as their flesh gets torn apart bit by bit. But when I checked their mind, I noticed that they had more than one conscious."
"More than one?"
"It was like they had more than one person living in them. Almost as if they had multiple souls stored, working in unison to operate one person."
"And what you did was to... Merge their soul into one person?"
"That's basically it."
"So they're not your puppets then?"
"No."
"Then what are they?"
"A vessel."
"A vessel for souls?"
"Yes, but I don't know who these other souls are. I don't know where they're from. I have no idea. Overtime as I watched them grow, I noticed that more and more souls built up inside of them. There were certain souls that always had a say in what goes on, while other souls barely did anything. I noticed one soul in particular that always did the main works of the body... Like a leader of a hivemind."
"So is this hivemind like a computer?" Remilia asked.
"I don't know."
"Is it an alien one then?"
"I'm not sure."
"Is it something the Lunarians made?"
"It's not. I asked Eirin if she knew anything but not even she could figure something out, despite living with them."
"Are they a god?"
"..."
"So let me get this straight: You encountered a being, capable of storing multiple souls inside of them, all working together to operate one individual, and you let them roam around freely in Gensokyo? Despite not knowing exactly what they are?"
"..."
"What was your plan in case they got powerhungry? Or worse, their secret exposed?"
"..."
"I suppose... There is nothing you can do to stop them?"
"Unfortunately, no."
"As in, you didn't know how to?"
"As in I couldn't. Whoever this thing is... They seemed omniscient. They knew all my strengths, weaknesses, everything. Yet they acted like they had no idea who I was. They might as well have been a part of my brain for all I knew."
"So they knew how to kill you?"
"They knew how to make me submit to their will."
"Well what's stopping them from doing that right now?"
"Their personal interest. That's what." Yukari said. "They didn't feel like putting in the effort to make me do what they want... yet."
"Yet?" Remilia asked.
"Yeah. They keep saying they want to do things their way. But if they wanted things their way, they wouldn't have needed to put me under a contract. They would have just taken over my body. But for some reason, they wanted me to do what they asked. Why, I have no idea."
"Do you know why they decided to come here in the first place?"
"No. They said they wanted to have fun. That's all there was to it." Yukari said.
"So they do those things..." Remilia asked.
"Because they can." Yukari said. "And I have no say in it. Not anymore at least."
"W-what do you mean? What do you mean you have no more say?" Remilia asked.
"I'm sorry..." Yukari said, looking down.
"Y-Yukari???" Remilia asked.
"?"
"W-what's going on with your hand?"
Remilia looked down at her hand, which was starting to glow ever so faintly ever more brightly. She soon realized that her entire body was starting to glow, all but the flesh of her face.
"It's begun, Remilia... I'm sorry I had to get you involved in this." Yukari said with a smile.
"W-what is happening... Yukari answer me!" Remilia shouted, standing back, forming a scarlet spear in her hand in defense.
"Don't worry, Keine will fix this. I'm sure of it." Yukari said, her body glowing more and more. Soon, it was so bright that Remilia had to look away or suffer blindness.
And then, she-
*BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZT*
We interrupt this program to bring you a message by none other than-
Notes:
This is the end of the first chapter of CoYA. I hope you enjoyed it.

Ghost_Of_Nobody on Chapter 1 Wed 04 May 2022 05:48AM UTC
Comment Actions
Teeman (Guest) on Chapter 2 Tue 27 Sep 2022 10:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
Derago on Chapter 65 Sat 07 May 2022 06:41AM UTC
Comment Actions
Derago on Chapter 74 Sat 07 May 2022 07:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaSilver64 on Chapter 87 Fri 17 Jun 2022 08:39AM UTC
Comment Actions
CakeFanatic196 on Chapter 87 Sun 20 Jul 2025 03:14AM UTC
Comment Actions
Derago on Chapter 90 Sun 08 May 2022 10:39PM UTC
Last Edited Sun 08 May 2022 10:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaSilver64 on Chapter 150 Fri 17 Jun 2022 04:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
CakeFanatic196 on Chapter 150 Sun 03 Aug 2025 07:32AM UTC
Comment Actions